--
GROUP / SECTION INDEX
BackupServiceManual General
i
3000~l1992-l 996 Volume 2
........................
Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or Storage Connector Location . . . . . . . . . . Inspection Terminal Location . . . . . . . . . Grounding Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .
Electrical
Control Unit Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location . . . . .
FOREWORD
i L
Diode Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .
This Service Manual has been prepared with the latest service information available at the time of publication. It is subdivided into various group categories and each section contains diagnossis, disassembly, repair, and installation procedures along with complete specifications and tightening references. Use of this manual will aid in properly performing any servicing necessary to maintain or restore the high levels of performance and reliability designed into these outstanding vehicles.
Junction Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centralized
Junction . . . . . . . . . #. . . . . . .
Harness Connector Inspection . I . . . . . .
., @
National lnaltute for AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE EXCELLENCE
Alphabetical Index
Mitsubishi Motors Corporation reserves the right to make changes in design or to make additions to or improvements in its products without imposing any obligations upon itself to install them on its products previously manufactured.
L @ 1995 Mitsubishi Motors Corporation
. . . ..*.............
Chassis Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WESUF’FORT VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN CERTiFiCATlON THROUGH
Reprinted in USA
m m w m d w II w w 111
Configuration Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . - . .
Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
w
How to Diagnose . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .
Circuit Diagrams A
w
.............
NOTE: For information concerning all components other than the electrical system and on-vehicle service procedures for engines and transmissions, refer to Volume 1 “Chassis & Body” of this paired Service Manual. For overhaul procedures of engines or transmission, refer to the separately issued Engine Service Manual or Manual/ Automatic Transmission Service Manual.
m;
2
G E N E R A L - Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or Storage Connector Location
FUSIBLE LINK, FUSE AND IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR LOCATION 1 Symbol 1
Name
1 Symbol 1
Name Dedicated fuse No. 1 to No. 7
B
Fusible link
A
Dedicated fuse No. 8 and No. 9
C
IOD or Storage connector
B
Dedicated fuse No. 10
E
Multi-purpose fuse
D
z19Fo134
00002606
\
I
\ \216~0265
1
216F0260
1 TSB Revision
’ fuse
\\
Y16FO246
3
GENERAL - Inspection Terminal Location
I I
INSPECTION TERMINAL LOCATION Name
Symbol
Name
Data link connector
C
Fuel pump check connector
A
Data link connector
B
Ignition timing adjustment connector
A
Engine speed detection connector
A
'0257
Ai32m-1
\6
I- 1
abjustment connector f ,
-
From 1994 models
\
Y16FC498
TSB Revision
I
m
Y19FO134
00002697
A tz-+v A--+% P l,& ~:~~~~p::~“eotor
I
Symbol
GENERAL - Groundina Location
GROUNDING LOCATION
I
\ Xl 9FO134
216FO267 NOTE Same ground numbers are used in the circuit diagram.
qZ F
\
w -.-mt-, ----
1 ’m fi
T= i’ A8~ )&
1 TSB Revision
..__-
GENERAL - Grounding Location
I \\ 1
crossmember
216FO258
c TSB Revision
6
GENERAL - Relay Location
RELAY LOCATION Name -ABS power relay*’
Symbol /A
Name 1 MFI relay
Symbol
TJ
Auto-cruise control relay
I
Motor relay (ABS hydraulic unit)
B
Blower motor relay
E
Pop-up motor relay*3
A
Blower motor relay (Hl)*5
K
Power window relay
F
Condenser fan motor relay (HI)
D
Radiator fan motor control relay*3
D
Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
D
Radiator fan motor relay (HI)
A
Defogger relay
F
Radiator fan motor relay (LO)
A
Door lock power relay 1
F
Rear intermittent wiper relav
L
Door lock power relay 2 l 2
L
Starter relay
A
Fog light relay
A
Tail light relay
A
Fuel pump relay
C
Theft-alarm horn relay*4
E
Generator relay
A
Theft-alarm starter relay*4
H
Headlight relay
A
Turn-signal and hazard flasher unit
G
Horn relay
A
Valve relay (ABS hydraulic unit)
B
Magnetic clutch relay
D
NOTE *l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. (1) l 2: Except 1993 and earlier models without keyless entry system. I:; *3: Up to 1993 models (4) *4: Vehicles with theft-alarm system. (5) l s: Except vehicles with manual air conditioning from 1996 models.
00002699
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Relay Location
P:
I
Z16FOOO8
4~ to 1993 models> 4
L-7 \ \ I. \_ H?ic\ -% Theft-z2 5:\ Y starter relay -Z16FO282
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Relay Location
control relay
X16FO396
v
EA 169s
models> L
?I
-
“i ” ‘jH$iy (1: i I/
&@IId---~::~~~ I II: I. II -Cd
p! Rear intermittent
TSB Revision
\
I
il
i
(j
”
‘1 (
\.\ ' . ‘yliFO264
9
GENERAL - Sensor Location
SENSOR LOCATION Name
Symbol
Name
Symbol
ABS front speed sensor
Y
Kickdown servo switch
M
ABS rear speed sensor
Z
Knock sensor
E
Air inlet sensor (for A/C)
S
Left bank heated oxygen sensor
D
Air therm0 sensor (for A/C)
R
Manifold differential pressure sensor*4
C
Automatic transaxle oil temperature sensor M 4lT>
Photo sensor
T
Camshaft posit!on sensor and crankshaft N ... posrtton sensor” I
Power steering pressure switch
F
Camshaft position sensor (from 1993 model)
G
Pulse generator A, B
M
Crankshaft position sensor (from 1993 model)
H
Revolution pick-up sensor
I
EGR temperature sensor*3 cTurbo, Non Turbo (for California)>
C
Right bank heated oxygen sensor
D
Engine coolant temperature sensor (for A/C)
Q
Steering wheel angle speed sensor
0
Engine coolant temperature sensor (for engine control)
L
Therm0 sensor*2
K
Engine coolant temperature switch (for A/C)*2
L
Thermostat
I
Front impact sensor
Ix
1 Throttle position sensor
IJ
1
G sensor (for ABS)
PJ
( Vehicle speed sensor (Reed switch)*’
Ip
I
1 Vehicle speed sensor
IB
1
( Volume air flow sensor
tA
1
G sensor(for ECS)*3 Heated oxygen sensor*” Interior temperature sensor
ID /
Iw
I
I
I
I
NOIF
: Up to 1992 models I:; *2: Up to 1993 models
(3) *3: Up to 1995 models (4) *a: From 1996 models
19FO134 00004237
TSB Revision
I
I
GENERAL - Sensor Location
00002701
Volume air flow sensor
pressure sensor
Y7FUlOlO
AOSFOOM
GENERAL - Sensor Location o> - 1994,1995 models for Federal
and from 1966 models
0 .: \I0w r- m CUD to 1993 models>
Revolution pick-up sens’or
I
\u /c, fd
‘-I I I Throttle position sensor (with built-in closed throttle position switch)
) ) 1
\ \l/ / \ \v
/
~~1026
1 TSB Revision
built-in closed
12
GENERAL - Sensor Location I
> servo switch
L
I I f$3&FZX ‘AI
6F0063
1
Vehicle speed sensor
Steering wheel angle speed sensor
Y66FOO12
Y12FOO72
ZWFOO47
TSB Revision
I
216FO26-3
GENERAL - Sensor Location
-
216FOO51
Interior temperature sensor 4 Qs
1 TSB Revision
14
GENERAL - Control Unit Location
CONTROL UNIT LOCATION Name
Symbol
Name
Symbol
ABS control unit
J
Engine control module
B
Active exhaust control module cup to 1994 models>
H
ETACS control unit
A
Air conditioning compressor lock controller
C
Keyless entry control unit
F
Air conditioning control unit
B
Light automatic shut-off unit Motor antenna control unit SRS diagnosis unit Sunroof control unit
19FO134
16FO267
00004239
control module
TSB Revision
d
GENERAL - Control Unit Location
I
’ ~ ‘X1‘6FOPtM
A16FO568
Electronic d&trbl 1 suspension control unit
I’
Z16FO281
1 TSB Revision
I --J
IFi& \\ I\ 216F;)OO6 -q== ’ r’--?K
16
GENERAL - Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location
SOLENOID, SOLENOID VALVE LOCATION
to 1995 models for California
TS’B Revision
17
GENERAL - Diode Location
DIODE LOCATION Name
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Diode (ABS circuit)
A
Diode (Theft-alarm circuit)
C
Diode (MFI circuit)
B
Diode (4WS fluid level warning light circuit)
D
Diode (Seat belt warning circuit)
C
I
\
T19F0134
00002703
Diode (ABS circuit)
,
/ ’ i’16FOO24
(MFI c?uit)
f
Y16FO251
236FOO16
1 TSB Revision
18
GENERAL - Junction Block
JUNCTION BLOCK ccc-74)
K(C-80)
J(C-78) pTiRz$q
H(C-76)
ULTIK""
E(C-83) pTisq
ACC-68)
F(C-82)
B(C-69)
q *
EL!
HROOMOOAA
Remarks (1) Alphabets assigned to the connectors are keyed to those assigned to connectors on P.19 (2) Terminals of the harness side connector are indicated in parentheses ( ).
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Junction Block
Front
19
Back
To front /I wiring harness
To roof wiring harness
- TO instrument panel wiring harness
/ L
To body wiring harness W-9
Theftalarm horn relay
L ,.c !! +JII { . i/11
\oi
,
Z16FO304
Z16FOO58
00002704
/ id TSB Revision
GENERAL - Centralized Junction
CENTRALIZED JUNCTION FUSIBLE LINK (Relay box in engine compartment)
I
No.
I
Housing color
Rated capacity IA)
1
Generator circuit
Wine red
120
2
Pop-up motor circuit (Up to 1993 models)
Pink
30
3
Lighting circuit
Green
40
4
Ignition switch circuit
Pink
30
5
Radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor circuit
Green
40
6
Junction block (Multipurpose fuse (l), (6), (14), (16), (17), (19))
Green
40
7
ABS circuit
Yellow
60
8
Top stack circuit
Pink
30
9
Power window circuit
Pink
30
10
Defogger circuit
Green
40
11
Active aero circuit
Pink
30
I
1
116FO256
1 TSB Revision
I
21
GENERAL - Centralized Junction DEDICATED FUSE
L
Power supply circuit
Rated capacity (A)
No. ,
.
!
I
Housing color
Circuit
/
1
20
I2
115
1 Blue
1 Tailliaht circuit
Fusible link (6)
3
10
Red
Horn circuit
Fusible link (3)
4
15
Red
Fog light circuit
Headlight relay
5
10
Red
Upper beam circuit
Battery
6
10
Red
Hazard light circuit
7*’
10
Red
ABS circuit
7*2
20
Yellow
Sunroof circuit
a
20
Yellow
Condenser fan motor circuit
9
10
Red
Air conditioning circuit
10
10
Red
Remote controlled mirror heater circuit
Battery Tailliaht relav
Fusible link (6) Defogger relay
Yellow
MFI circuit I
NOTE *l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. *2: Vehicles with sunroof
L
1
216FO256
Z16FOOO2
TSB Revision
Up to 1993 models F r o m 1994 models
Z16FOOO3
Z16FO431
00002705
22
GENERAL - Centralized Junction
MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE (In junction block) Power supply circuit
No.
Rated capacity (A)
Battery
Ignition switch
10
Battery Ignition switch IG2
Ignition switch
1 7
I 10
18
I-
ACC 9 I
15 I
Battery Battery
14
10
Battery
I 16
130
Ignition
I switch
17
115
IGl I 18 ( 10
NOTE (l)*‘: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. (2)*2: From 1994 models. (3)*3: Up to 1995 models.
Multi-purpose fuse
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Centralized Junction CENTRALIZED RELAY Relay box in A-01X engine compartA-02X ment
L
Name
Classification
i
Classification
Air condition- A-31X ing relay box in engine A-32X ABS power relay (vehicles compartproduced up to Oct. 1993) ment Headlight relay
Name Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Radiator fan motor control relay (Up to 1993 models)
A-03X
Fog light relay
A-33X
Magnetic clutch relay
A-04X
Radiator fan motor relay (LO)
A-34X
Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
A-05X
Taillight relay
A-06X
Horn relay
A-07X
Radiator fan motor relay (HI)
C-06X
Defogger relay (Up to 1993 models, From 1995 models)
A-08X
Pop-up motor relay (Up to 1993 models)
c-07x
Power window relay
A-09X
Starter relay
A-l OX
Generator relay
A-11X
IOD or Storage connector
Interior relay C-04X box c-05-x
Door lock power relay 1 Defogger relay (1994 models)
NOTE IOD: Ignition Off Draw
Y16FO256
Up t;-;t;3 models c-05x
TSB Revision
From 1994 models c-04x c-05x
24
GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection ess connector
HARNESS CONNECTOR INSPECTION CONNECTOR CONTINUITY AND VOLTAGE TEST When checking continuity and/or voltage at the waterproof connectors, follow the steps below to avoid poor connector contact and/or reduced waterproof performance of connectors. (1) When checking is performed with the circuit in the state of continuity, be sure to use the special tool (harness connector). Never insert a test bar from the harness side, because to do so will reduce the waterproof performance and result in corrosion. (2) When the connector JS disconnected for checking the female pin, the harness for checking the contact pressure of connector pins should be used. Never force the insertion of a test bar, because to do so will cause poor contact. (3) When the male pin is to be checked, apply the test bar against the pin directly. Care must be taken not to short-circuit the connector pins.
contact pressure checking harness
201 R057
TERMINAL ENGAGEMENT CHECK When the terminal stopper of connector is out of order, engagement of male and female terminals becomes improper even when the connector itself is engaged perfectly and the terminal sometimes slips out to the rear side of connector. Ascertain, therefore, that each terminal does not come off the connector by pulling each harness wire.
IJ I
Z16R1317
CONNECTOR TERMINAL ENGAGEMENT AND DISENGAGEMENT
I
Connectors which are loose shall be rectified by removing the female terminal from connector housing and raising its lance to establish a more secure engagement. Removal of connector terminal used for MFI and 4 A/l control circuit shall be done in the following manner.
I COMPUTER CONNECTOR (1) Insert screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] as shown in the figure, disengage front holder and remove it.
1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection
25
(2) Insert harness of terminal to be rectified deep into connector from harness side and hold it there.
Z16R1320
(3) Insert tip of screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, raise housing lance slightly with it and pull out harness. Caution Tool No. 753787-l supplied by AMP can be used instead of screwdriver.
Housing lance /
(4) insert needle through a hole provided on terminal and raise contact point of male terminal.
’ Needle
ROUND WATERPROOF CONNECTOR (1) Remove waterproof cap by using a screwdriver. (2) Insert tip of screwdriver [I.4 mm (.06 in.) or 2.0 mm (.08 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, raise housing lance slightly with it and pull out harness.
’ Housing lance Z16R132
(3) Insert screwdriver through a hole provided on terminal and raise contact point of male terminal.
1 TSB Revision
~
26
GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection RECTANGULAR WATERPROOF CONNECTOR (1) Disengage front holder by using a screwdriver and remove it.
Front holder \\Z16R1325]
(2) Inset-t tip of screwdriver [*0.8 mm (.03 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, push it lightly to raise housing lance and pull out harness. *If right size screwdriver is not available, convert a conventional driver to suit the size.
Housing lance 7,fiEL,
(3) Press contact point of male terminal down by holding a screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] in a manner as shown in the figure.
INJECTOR CONNECTOR (1) Remove waterproof cap.
(2) Insert tip of screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, press in terminal lance and pull out harness. (3) Press contact point of male terminal down by holding a screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] in a manner as shown in the figure.
Caution Make sure that lance is in proper condition before terminal is inserted into connector. Terminal lance
00000400 \c
1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose
27
HOW TO DIAGNOSE
L;
The most important point in troubleshooting is to determine “Probable Causes”. Once the probable causes are determined, parts to be checked can be limited to those associated with such probable causes. Therefore unnecessary checks can be eliminated. The determination of the probable causes must be based on a theory and be supported by facts and must not be based on intuition only.
TROUBLESHOOTING STEPS If an attempt is made to solve a problem without going through correct steps for troubleshooting, the problem symptoms could become more complicated, resulting in failure to determine the causes correctly and making incorrect repairs. The four steps below should be followed in troubleshooting.
Ii
, ;zirvation of Problem Symp-
Determination of Probable Causes I
Observe the symptom carefully. Check if there are also other problems.
In determining the probable causes, it is necessary to check the wiring diagram to understand the circuit as a system. Knowledge of switches, relays and other parts is necessary for accurate determination. The causes of similar problems in the past must be taken into account.
Troubleshooting is carried out by making step by step is found. Always go through what check is to be made where
After the problems are corrected, be sure to check that the system operates correctly. Also, check that new problems have not been caused by the repair.
INFORMATION FOR DIAGNOSIS
/ b
This manual contains the cable diagrams as well as the individual circuit drawings, operational explanations, and troubleshooting hints for each component required to facilitate the task of troubleshooting. The information is compiled in the following manner: (1) Cable diagrams show the connector positions, etc., on the actual vehicle as well as the harness path. (2) Circuit drawings show the configuration of the circuit with all switches in their normal positions. (3) Operational explanations include. circuit drawings of voltage flow when the switch is operated and how the component operates in reaction. (4) Troubleshooting hints include numerous examples of problems which might occur, traced backward in a common-sense manner to the origin of the trouble. Problems whose origins may not be found in this manner are pursued through the various system circuits. NOTE Components of MFI, ETACS, ECS, etc. with ECU do not include 3 and 4 above. For this information, refer to a manual which includes details of these components. TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose INSPECTION 1. Visual and aural checks Check relay operation, blower motor rotation, light illumination, etc. visually or aurally. The flow of current is invisible but can be checked by the operation of the parts.
2. Simple checks For example, if a headlight does not come on and a faulty fuse or poor grounding is suspected, replace the fuse with a new one or ground the light to the body by a jumper wire to determine which part is responsible for the problem.
3. Checking with instruments Use an appropriate instrument in an adequate range and read the indication correctly. You must have sufficient knowledge and experience to handle instruments correctly.
Changeover k&b
Z1680224
INSPECTION INSTRUMENTS In inspection, make use of the following instruments. 1. Test lights A test light consists of a 12 V bulb and lead wires. It is used to check voltages or short circuits.
Z1680225
2. Self-power test light A self-power test light consists of a bulb, battery and lead wires connected in series. It is used to check continuity or grounding.
TSB Revision
d
GENERAL - How to Diagnose
29
3. Jumper wire A jumper wire is used to close an open circuit. Never use one to connect a power supply directly to a load.
Z1660227
4. Voltmeter A voltmeter is used to measure the circuit voltage. Normally, the positive (red lead) probe is applied to the point of voltage measurement and the negative (black lead) probe to the body ground.
5. Ohmmeter An ohmmeter is used to check continuity or measure resistance of a switch or coil. If the measuring range has been changed, the zero point must be adjusted before measurement.
I
Normal open (NO) type I ON OFF
1
t
/- 4 1 X
Current does not flow
a
a
CHECKING SWITCHES In a circuit diagram, a switch is represented by a symbol and in the idle state. 1. Normal open or normal close switch Switches are classified into those which make the circuit open and those which make the circuit closed when off.
i
Current flows
16X0691
16X0690
00000401
Normal close (NC) type ON OFF i===
aI I
Current flows
1
/ - 4X 1 Current does not flow 16X0690
16X0691
00000402
TSB Revision
30
GENERAL - How to Diagnose 2. SWITCH CONNECTION This figure illustrates a complex switch. The continuity between terminals at each position is as indicated in the table below.
1
5 4 3 2
18AO253
4th stage
10W808 00000403
CHECKING RELAYS
Cover
1. When current flows through the coil of a relay, its core is magnetized to attract the iron piece, closing (ON) the contact at the tip of the iron piece. When the coil current is turned off, the iron piece is made to return to its original position by a spring, opening the contact (OFF).
Spring
Coil
Iron core
Iron
- ContZt
21680231
2.
(NO) type
Normal op6
Energized state
Deenergized state
nKil X
Current does not flow lSXO804
!
1
By using a relay, a heavy current can be turned on and off by a switch of small capacity. For example, in the circuit shown here, when the switch is turned on (closed), current flows to the coil of the relay. Then, its contact is turned on (closed) and the light comes on. The current flowing at this time to the switch is the relay coil current only and is very small.
3. The relays may be classified into the normal open type and the normal close type by their contact construction. NOTE The deenergized state means that no current is flowing through the coil and the energized state means that current is flowing through the coil.
Current flows 10x0095
00000404 J
TSB Revision
I
GENERAL - How to Diagnose
31
When a normal close type relay as illustrated here is checked, there should be continuity between terminals (1) and (2) and between terminals 3 and 4 when the relay is deenergized, and the continuity should be lost between terminals 3 and 4 when the battery voltage is applied to the terminals 1 and 2. A relay can be checked in this manner and it cannot be determined if a relay is okay or faulty by checking its state only when it is deenergized (or energized),
Normal close (NC) type Deenergized state Energized state
i
Current does not flow
CHECKING FUSES A blade type fuse has test taps provided to allow checking of the fuse itself without removing it from the fuse block. The fuse is okay if the test light comes on when its one lead is connected to the test taps (one at a time) and the other lead is grounded. (Change the ignition switch position adequately so that the fuse circuit becomes live.)
Z1680235
State of fuse blown due to overcurrent
/ L I
21680237
State of fuse blown due to thermal fatigue
CAUTIONS IN EVENT OF BLOWN FUSE When a fuse is blown, there are two probable causes as follows: One is that it is blown due to flow of current exceeding its rating. The other is that it is blown due to repeated on/off current flowing through it. Which of the two causes is responsible can be easily determined by visual check as described below. (1) Fuse blown due to current exceeding rating The illustration shows the state of a fuse blown due to this cause. In this case, do not replace the fuse with a new one hastily since a current heavy enough to blow the fuse has flowed through it. First, check the circuit for shorting and check for abnormal electric parts. Only after the correction of such shorting or parts, fuse of the same capacity should be used as a replacement. Never use a fuse of larger capacity than the one that has blown. If such a fuse is used, electric parts or wirings could be damaged before the fuse blows in the event an overcurrent occurs again.
(2) Fuse blown due to repeated current on/off The illustration shows the state of a fuse blown due to repeated current on/off. Normally, this type of problem occurs after fairly long period of use and hence is less frequent than the above type. In this case, you may simply replace with a new fuse of the same capacity.
Z1660236
1 TSB Revision
32
GENERAL - How to Diaanose CHECKING CABLES AND WIRES 1. Check connections for looseness, rust and stains. 2. Check terminals and wires for corrosion by battery electrolyte, etc. 3. Check terminals and wires for open circuit or impending open circuit. 4. Check wire insulation and coating for damage, cracks and degrading. 5. Check conductive parts of terminals for contact with other metallic parts (vehicle body and other parts). 6. Check grounding parts to verify that there is complete continuity between attaching bolt(s) and vehicle body. 7. Check for incorrect wiring. 8. Check that wirings are so clamped as to prevent contact with sharp corners of the vehicle body, etc. or hot parts (exhaust manifold, pipe, etc.). 9. Check that wirings are clamped firmly to secure enough clearance from the fan pulley, fan belt and other rotating or moving parts. 10. Check that the wirings between the fixed parts such as the vehicle body and the vibrating parts such as the engine are made with adequate allowance for vibrations.
HANDLING ON-VEHICLE BATTERY When checking or servicing does not require power from the on-vehicle battery, be sure to disconnect the cable from the battery (-) terminal. This is to prevent problems that could be caused by a short circuit. Disconnect the (-) terminal first and reconnect it last. Caution 1. Before connecting or disconnecting the negative cable, be sure to turn off the ignition switch and the lighting switch. (If this is not done, there is the possibility of semiconductor parts being damaged.) 2. After completion of the work steps [when the battery’s negative (-) terminal is connected], warm up the engine and allow it to idle for approximately five minutes under the conditions described below, in order to stabilize the engine control conditions, and then check to be sure that the idling is satisfactory. Engine coolant temperature: 85-95°C (185-203°F) Lights, electric fans, accessories: OFF Transaxle: neutral position (A/T models: “N” or “P”) Steering wheel: neutral (center) position
1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CHECKS
Power supply
L Fuse
ON (2)
,----c / /
Switch
I ’I
33
i
Motor
Z16AO260
A circuit consists of the power supply, switch, relay, load ground, etc. There are various methods to check a circui; including an overall check, voltage check, short circuit check and continuity check. Each of these methods is briefly described in the following. 1. VOLTAGE CHECK (1) Ground one lead wire of the test light. If a voltmeter is used instead of the test light, ground the grounding side lead wire. (2) Connect the other lead wire of the test light to the power side terminal of the switch connector. The test light should come on or the voltmeter should indicate a voltage. (3) Then, connect the test light or voltmeter to the motor connector. The test light should not come on, or the voltmeter should indicate no voltage. When the switch is turned on in this state, the test light should come on, or the voltmeter should indicate a voltage, with motor starting to run. (4) The circuit illustrated here is normal but if there is any problem such as the motor failing to run, check voltages beginning at the connector nearest to the motor until the faulty part is identified.
i
TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose 2. SHORT-CIRCUITS CHECK A blown fuse indicates that a circuit is shorted. The circuit responsible can be determined by the following procedures. Remove the blown fuse and connect a test light in its place (Switch is in the OFF position)
+ 1 Short circuit between fuse block and switch (A)
Test light comes on NO Turn on the switch (Test light comes on but the illumination light does not come on) I
t
Disconnect the illumination light connector I
+ Short circuit between the switch and illumination light connector (B)
Test light remains on NO
i Short circuit between the illumination light connector and illumination liaht ((3
C
B
A Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Fuse block (Remove the fuse.)
(Remove the fuse.)
Test light
Fuse block (Remove the fuse.)
location OFF
a
g
1 i
Switch
Switch
* Disconnect the load
Illumination light iii T 16Aom
Illumination fight 16.4om2
1 Self powertest light (or ohmmeter)
Disconnect the load Short-circuit - location Illumination light 16Alncd ii ? 00000741
3. CONTINUITY CHECK (1) When the switch is in the OFF position, the self power test light should come on or the ohmmeter should read 0 ohm only when the terminals 1 and 2 are interconnected. (2) When the switch is in the ON position, the self power test light should come on or the ohmmeter should read 0 ohm only when the terminals 3 and 4 are interconnected.
Z16AO269
TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS CONTENTS _ Dash Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Engine and Transaxle CA/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Instrument Panel and Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . 54 Interior.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 How to Read Configuration Diagram . . . . . . . . . 37
Overall Configuration Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
I
36
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Overall Configuration Diagram
OVERALL CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM Roof wiring
Instrument panel wiring harness
/
Front wiring harness
- ,; “l, .-----y , \.
Door wiring* harness Body wiring harness (LH)
Y36FOO19
Roof wiring Body wiring harness (RH) Instrument panel wiring harness
Control wiring harness
/
Door wiring* harness /
Front wiring harness
‘x\..e----qT .\ , ‘-*
’
Body\Niring
harness (LH)
NOTE (1) This illustration shows only the major wiring harness. (2) * indicates also equipped at the right side.
TSB Revision
Z36FO124
00002733
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - How to Read Configuration Diagram
,l id
. ueriotes a sermon coverea
by a corrugated tube.
236F0122
L
37
A-01X Headlight relay A-02X ABS power relay A-03X Fog light relay A-04X Radiator fan motor relay(L0) A-05X Taillight relay A-06X Horn relay A-07X Radiator fan motor relay (HI) A-09X Starter relay A-l OX Generator relay A-11X IOD or Storage connector A-12 ABS front speed sensor (RH) A-13 ECS front shock absorber (RH) A-14 Washer fluid level sensor
TSB Revision
A-18 A-l 9 A-20 A-21 A-22 A-23 A-24 A-25 A-26 A-27 A-28
ignition timing adjustment connector Front washer motor Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid (Vehicles for California) EGR temperature sensor (Vehicles for California) No connection Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH) Theft-alarm horn Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump
38
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) Connector symbol
01x A
A-12 A-13
A-14 A-15 A-16A:174-18 A-79 q-20 A:21 4-22
thru 34X
A-20
A-21
A-22
A-01X A-02X A-03X A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-08X A-09X
Headlight relay ABS power relay Fog light relay Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Taillight relay Horn relay Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Pop-up motor relay Starter relav
1 TSB Revision
A-10X A-11X A-12 A-13 A-14 A-l 5 A-16 A-17 A-18
Generator relay IOD or Storage connector ABS front speed sensor (RH) ECS front shock absorber (RH) Washer fluid level sensor Front wiper motor Engine speed detection connector Fuel pump check connector Ignition timing adjustment connector
I
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
A-23 A-24 A-25
A-26
A-27
sJ=+?6Foo13 00004251
A-l 9 A-20 A-21 A-22 A - 2 3 A-24 A-25 A-26
Front washer motor Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid (Vehicles for California) EGR temperature sensor (Vehicles for California) No connection Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH) Theft-alarm horn piFE&l
A-27 A-26 A-29 A-30 A-31X A-32X A-33X A-34X
Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump ABS front speed sensor (LH) 4WS fluid level sensor Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Radiator fan motor control relay Magnetic clutch relay Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
39
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
A-69 \
A-70 \
A - 6 7 + 36FOO14
A-72 A-71
A-5
A-57 A-55 A-54 A-53 A-52 A-51
A-35 A-36 A-37 A-38 A-39 A-40 A-41 A-42 A-43 A-44
Dual pressure switch Air conditioning relay box Air conditioning relay box SW front impact sensor (LH) Front combination light (LH) inspection light switch Headlight (LH) Front wiring harness and headlight wiring harness (LH) combination Fog light (LH) POWJO motor (LH) TSB
Revision
A-45 A-46 A-47
A-48 A-49 A-50 A-51 A-52 A-53 A-54 A-55
Condenser fan motor Condenser fan motor Horn Horn Horn Horn Fuel pump resistor A/T fluid temperature sensor Kickdown servo switch GAIT> Pulse generator Radiator fan motor
A-47
A-48 A-49 A-50
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
ENGINE HOOD
A-73 \
/ A-46
A-56 A-57 A-58 A-59 A-60 A-61 A - 6 2 A-63 A-64 A-65
I A-45
I
I A-44
A-42
A-43
Engine coolant level sensor Active aero front venturi skirt Fog light (RH) Pop-up motor (RH) Front wiring harness and headlight wiring harness (RH) combination Headlight (RH) Front combination light (RH) SRS front impact sensor (RH) ABS hydraulic unit ABS hydraulic unit TSB Revision
A-66 A-67 A-66 A-69 A-70 A-71 A-72 A-73
Hood switch Front wiring harness and control wiring harness combination Diode (for ABS circuit) Resistor Turbocharger waste gate solenoid Fuel pressure solenoid Control wiring harness and solenoid valve harness combination Inspection light
42
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (FROM 1994 MODELS)
A
A-01X
01x thru 34X
A-12 !
A - 1 3 A-14A-15 A - 1 7 \ 1 A-16 / A-18 A-19 A-20 A-21 A-22 i I /
A-20 A-21
A-22
NOTE *: Up to 1995 models
A-01X A-02X A-03X A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-09X A-l OX
Headlight relay ABS power relay Fog light relay Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Taillight relay Horn relay Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Starter relay Generator relay TSB Revision
A-11X A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 A-16 A-17 A-18 A-l 9
IOD or Storage connector ABS front speed sensor (RH) ECS front shock absorber (RH)* Washer fluid level sensor Front wiper motor Engine speed detection connector Fuel pump check connector Ignition timing adjustment connector Front washer motor
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
A-23 A-24 A-25
A-26 A-27
A-30 A-31X A-32X A-33X
tim-I
i
\ ; , . , , / /--fk!pJ / -_---__ jfy--@--o Id\ / rilf+ ““1 =\2 I ::36FOt22 00004253
A-20 A-21
L
A-22 A-23 A-24 A-25
Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid cTurbo, Non Turbo (Up to 1995 models for California and from 1996 models)> EGR temperature sensor* No connection Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH)
1 TSB Revision
A-26 A-27 A-28 A-29 A-30 A-31X A-33X A-34X
Theft-alarm horn Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump ABS front speed sensor (LH) 4WS fluid level sensor Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Magnetic clutch relay Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
44
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment , ‘d , Connector symbol
A
35 thru 79
A 6g
A-70
36FOOl4
A-72
A-67
,
:
A-71 A-64 --+py>
I k&i I A-77
\
1
\
A-49 A-50
NOTE *t: Up to 1995 models *2: From 1996 models
A-35 A-36 A-37 A-38 A-39 A-40 A-41 A-43 A-44 A-45 A-46
I
Dual pressure switch Air conditioning relay box Air conditioning relay box SRS front impact sensor (LH) Front combination light (LH) Inspection light switch Headlight (LO, HI) Fog light (LH) Pop-up motor (LH) Condenser fan motor Condenser fan motor
TSB Revision
A 47 A 48 A 49 A 50 A-51 A-52 A-53 A-54 A-55 A-56 A-57
Horn Horn Horn Horn Fuel pump resistor AIT fluid temperature sensor Kickdown servo switch Pulse generator CA/T> Radiator fan motor Engine coolant level sensor Active aero front venturi skirt
I
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
45
ENGINE HOOD ; i \ ’ -7’
A-46
A-58 A-61 A-62 A-63 A-64 A-65 A-66 A-67 A-66
A-45
A-43
! i 1 ._ !\\ I \ ‘\
A-73
A-76
Fog light (RH) Headlight (LO, RH) Front combination light (RH) SRS front impact sensor (RH) ABS hydraulic unit ABS hydraulic unit Hood switch Front wiring harness and control wiring harness combination Diode (for ABS circuit)*’
TSB Revision
A-69 A-70 A-71 A-72 A-73 A-76 A-77 A-78 A-79
Resistor Turbocharger waste gate solenoid Fuel pressure solenoid Control wiring harness and solenoid valve harness combination Inspection light Headlight (Hi, LH) Headlight (HI, RH) No connection Motor antenna control unit cConvertible>*1 or motor antenna 4onvertible>*2
46
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle
ENGINE AND TRANSAXLE Connector symbol
:
Front View
B
B-0: B;lO 53-11
I
B-12
R-i?
B-06 B-07 B-08 B-40*’
B-02 ------+ B-01 B-30 \ 7
I
B-29
i *
B-:4 B-25
\
B-23 A36F0176
B-25
NOTE *‘A992 models [:I *2: From 1993 models *s:1994, 1995 models for California and from 1996 models *4: From 1996 models B-01 B-02 B-03 B-04 B-05 B-06 B-07 B-08 B-09
Engine coolant temperature gauge unit Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature switch (for air conditioning circuit) Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor*’ Throttle position sensor Control wiring harness and oil pressure wiring harness combination Control wiring harness and injector wiring harness combination Knock sensor Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor)
TSB Revision
B-10
B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 B-16
B-17 B-18 B-19 B-20 B-21 B-22
Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor) Injector No. 5 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Ignition coil Capacitor Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Generator Generator Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Magnetic clutch Power Transistor Power Transistor
L)
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle
Rear View B-46*4
B-32
B-33
A36F0167
B-23 B-24 B-25 B-28 B-29 B-30 B-31 B-32 B-33
Starter motor Starter motor Back-up light switch Fuel pump relay Volume air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor and atmospheric sensor) Control wiring harness and battery cable combination Injector No. 2 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 6
TSB Revision
B-34 B-35 B-36 B-37 B-38 B-40 B-41 B-44 B-45 B-46
Speed sensor Idle air control motor (stepper motor) Oil pressure gauge unit Oil pressure switch Power steering pressure switch Camshaft position sensor*2 Crankshaft position sensor*2 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Manifold differential pressure sensor*4
47
48
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Ennine and Transaxle
ENGINE AND TRANSAXLE Front View
By ‘-[ i”i 7741e2
B-05
B-06 B-07 B-06 * \ \I
\
I
I
/A
/
B-04*’ B-03 B-02 B-01 -
B-30 B-20 B-29
* /
I
m
1
I
\
B-24
A36F0176
i-42*2
B-27 B-26*’ B-26*2 B-43*2
NOTE [:I 1:: zif ~$$‘~ode~s (3) l ? 1994, 1995 models for California and from 1996 models (4) *4: From 1996 models B-01 B-02 B-03 B-04 B-05 B-06 B-07 B-08 B-09
Engine coolant temperature gauge unit Engine coolant temperature sensor Air conditioning engine coolant temperature switch Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor*’ Throttle position sensor Control wiring harness and oil pressure wiring harness combination Control wiring harness and injector wiring harness combination Knock sensor Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor)
TSB Revision I-~~~
B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 B-16 B-17 B-l 8 B-l 9 B-20 B-21
Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor) Injector No. 5 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Ignition coil Capacitor Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front)*3 Generator Generator Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Magnetic clutch Power transistor
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle
Rear View
B-46*4 B-32
8~33
A36F0169
B-22 B-23 B-24 B-26 B-27 B-29 B-30 B-31 B-32 B-33 B-34
Power transistor Starter motor Starter motor Inhibitor switch ELC-4 A/T control solenoid valve Volume air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor and atmospheric sensor) Control wiring harness and battery cable combination Injector No. 2 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 6 Speed sensor
TSB Revision
B-35 B-36 B-37 B-38 B-40 B-41 B-42 B-43 B-44 B-45 B-46
Idle air control motor (stepper motor) Oil pressure gauge unit Oil pressure switch Power steering pressure switch Camshaft position sensor*2 Crankshaft position sensor*2 Kickdown servo switch*2 AA fluid temperature sensor*2 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Manifold differential pressure sensor*4
49
~ I
50
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel
DASH PANEL Connector symbol
C
01 thru 45
/
/i .mi
NOTE *I: 1992 models *2: Up to 1995 models c-01 c-02 c-o.3 c-04x C-06X c-07x C-08 c-09 C-l 0 C-l 1 c-12
Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Door lock power relay 1 Defogger relay Power window relay Diode (for seat belt warning circuit) Diode (for seat belt warning circuit) Column switch Column switch Diode (for theft-alarm circuit)
c-13 c-14 C-l 5 C-l 6 C-l 7 C-l 8 C-l 9 c-20 c-21 c-22 C-23 C-24
I TSB Revision
Accelerator pedal switch*’ Control wiring harness and instrument panel wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and instrument panel wiring harness combination Air conditioning control panel Air conditioning control panel Air conditioning switch Blower switch Heater control panel illumination light Blend air damper control motor Mode selection damper control motor Power transistor (for full-auto air conditioning circuit) Blower resistor
\ LJ
51
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel
C-32 c-33
A36F0179
00004255
C-25 C-26 C-27 C-28 c-29 c-30 c-31 C-32 c-33
Air conditioning control unit Air conditioning control unit*2 Air-inlet sensor Air selection damper control motor Body wiring harness (LH) and control wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and control wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination
TSB Revision
c-34 c-35 C-36 c-37 C-38 c-39 c-40 c-41 C-42 c-43 C-44 c-45
Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination Foot light (RH) Body wiring harness (RH) and control wiring harness combination Auto-cruise control unit Blower motor Blower motor relay (HI) Air conditioning compressor lock controller Air-inlet sensor *2 Air-therm0 sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor MFI relay Over drive and power / economy switch
1
52
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel
JUNCTION BLOCK C-68 C-69
Junction
/ C-91*5 i I :Av///
36FOOOl
C-76
/
:-8! C-64 1 / C-63 C-63 C-61 ( ,
C-80
NOTE 36FOOO3
[-I! 1:: : 1992 Up to models 1993 models *s: From 1994 models *4: 1995 models (5) *5: From 1996 models C-46 c-47
C-48 c-49 c-50 c-51 C-52 c-53 C-54 c-55
C-56 c-57 C-58
ELC-4 AA control module ELC-4 A/T control module ELC-4 AiT control module*’ Air conditioning control unit Air conditioning control unit Air conditioning control unit Engine control module Engine control module Engine control module Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Theft-alarm starter relay Clock spring Key reminder switch
TSB Revision
c-59 C-60 C-61 C-62 C-63 C-64 C-65 C-66 C-67 C-68 C-69 c-70
Ignition switch Steering wheel angle speed sensor Stop light switch Stop light switch Clutch pedal position switch (for auto-cruise control circuit) Clutch pedal position switch (for theft-alarm circuit) ETACS unit ETACS unit Foot light (LH) Front wiring harness and junction block combination Front wiring harness and junction block combination Front wiring harness and junction block combination I
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel
c-86*3
-J-----1)!_1/
C-87*3
53
c-88’3
- -b!w
t’ \.
C-89*3
36FO179 00004256
c-71 C-72 c-73 c-74 C-76 c-77 C-78 c-79 C-80 C-81 i C-82
Adapter wiring harness and junction block combination Theft-alarm horn relay Blower motor relay Roof wiring harness and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Data link connector*3 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination
TSB Revision
C-83 C-84 C-85 C-86 C-87 C-88 C-89 c-90
c-91 c-92 c-93 c-94 c-95
Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Auto-cruise relay Spare connector (Hand free microphone) Passenger’s air bag module*3 No connection Control wiring harness and front wiring harness combination*3 Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination*3 Engine control module*3
Data link connector *4y*5 Engine control module*5 MFI relay*5 Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination*5 Motor antenna control unit*5
54
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Instrument Panel and Floor Console
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND FLOOR CONSOLE D-1
I
D-11 D;‘2 0 ‘., \
Connector symbol
\\ Id&
D
D-Or ~~
D-03 D-02
*~
ITSBion
/ E-28
E-14 E-15 E-16 E-17 E-18 E-19 E-20 E-21 E-22 E-23 E-24 E-25 E-26 E-27
E-27
1
E - 2 5 1 E-i4 / E:22/ E-21 1
E - 2 6 E - 3 9 *2 E - 2 3 EJJ,
+4 ,520
Front seat belt solenoid (RH) Door switch (RH) ABS rear speed sensor (RH) Light automatic shut-OFF unit Rear intermittent wiper relay ABS rear speed sensor (LH) Front seat belt solenoid (LH) Door switch (LH) Door lock actuator (LH) Door key cylinder unlock switch (LH) Front seat belt switch (RH) Door light (LH) Front seat belt switch (LH) Power seat assembly
I
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Interior
E-45 E-46 E-47
E-48
E-4g
’ E-18
\ E-19
E-28 E-29 E-30 E-31 E-32 E-33 E-34 E-35 E-37 E-38 E-39 E-40
A36F0180
ECS G sensor Door speaker Turn signal and hazard flasher unit Diode (for MFI circuit) Body wiring harness (LH) and door wiring harness (LH) combination Door mirror (LH) Power window main switch Power window motor (LH) Keyless control Unit”’ Door lock power relay 2*’ (for keyless control system) Amplifier*2 Body wiring harness (LH) and door wiring harness (LH) combination
TSB Revision
E-41 E-42 E-43 E-44
E-45 E-46 E-47 E-48 E-49 E-50 E-51
Jumper connector A (LH) Jumper connector B Body wiring harness (RH) and door wiring harness (RH) combination Jumper connector A (RH)
Sunroof control unit Liftgate wiring harness and sunroof wiring harness combination Sunroof switch Sunroof motor Interior temperature sensor Rear courtesy light (LH) cConvertible>*4 Rear courtesy light (RH) cConvertible>*4
58
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Luaaaae Compartment
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
pIl
--.
-
F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 F-15 F-16
FF-34
NOTE (1) l ‘: From 1993 mod [;I I’,: Up to 1994 models : Up to 1993 models F-01 F-02 F-03 F-04 E-05 F-06 F-07 F-08 F-09 F-l 0 F-11 F-12 F-l 3 F-14 F-15 F-l 6 F-17 F-l 8 F-l 9 F-20
I ‘id ~ -_
Interior temperature sensor Defogger (+) Rear wiper motor High-mounted stop light or active aero rear spoiler Defogger (-) Rear speaker (RH) ECS rear shock absorber (RH) Luggage compartment light ABS resistor Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) ECS control unit ECS control unit Body wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Rear washer motor Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Body wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination
1 TSB Revision
F-21 F-22 F-23 F-24 F-25 F-26 F-27 F-28 f-29 F-30 F-31 F-32 F-33 F-34 F-35 F-36 F-37 F-38 F-39 F-40
License plate light (LH) Luggage compartment light switch Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch Back-up light (LH) Active exhaust control unit*2 Active aero control unit Active aero control unit Active exhaust actuator assembly*2 Rear combination light (LH) Motor antenna control unit ECS rear shock absorber (LH) Rear speaker (LH) Body wiring harness (LH) and liftgate wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and liftgate wiring harness combination Telephone cable*3 Spare connector (Wireless telephone unity3 Spare connector (Hand free controller)*3 Jumper connector (or Hand free controller)*3 CD changer*’
~
I II
~ I LJ
59
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS.- Luggage Compartment 1995 models
F-41
/
F-45
F-42 F;43 I
F;44
Z36FO125 F-30
J
i
F-05 F-06 F-07 F-08 F-09 F-10 F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 F-l 6 F-17 F-18 i: ;:;; F-23 F-24
Defogger (-) Rear speaker (RH) ECS rear shock absorber (RH) Luggage compartment light ABS resistor Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) ECS control unit ECS control unit Rear wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination License plate light (LH) Luggage compartment light switch Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch
TSB Revision
F-25 F-30 F-32 F-33 F-40 F-41 F-42 F-43 F-44 F-45 F-46 F-47 F-48 F-49
Back-up light (LH) Rear combination light (LH) ECS rear shock absorber (LH) Rear speaker (LH) CD changer Top stack harness Top stack harness Top stack harness Body wiring harness (RH) and rear wiring harness combination ABS resistor Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination
60
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Luggage Compartment
From 1996 models Connector symbol
F-51
c F-14
F-48
F-47
F-l 0 F-11 F-14 F-16 F-17 F-18 F-21 F-23 F-24
Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination License plate light (LH) Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch
TSB Revision
F-25 F-30 F-44 F-46 F-47 F-48 F-50 F-51
Back-up light (LH) Rear combination light (LH) Body wiring harness (RH) and rear wiring harness combination No connection Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination No connection No connection
61
i
CIRCUIT DlAG.RAMS CONTENTS Active Aero Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Active Exhaust System Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit . . . . . . 322 Auto-cruise Control Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Back-up Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-85 Buzzer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Car Telephone Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Central Door Locking Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3 Cigarette Lighter Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-120 Cooling Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Defogger Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-193 Dome Light, Foot Light and Ignition Key Cylinder Illumination Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-72 Door Light and Luggage Compartment Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-81 ELC-4 A/T Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit . . 352 Fog Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-58 Full Auto Air Conditioning’ Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Glove Box Light, Vanity Mirror Light and Inspection Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . 54-84 Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-40
Heater Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,239 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54-116 How to Read Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-32 Manual Air Conditioning Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Meter and Gauges Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-12 MFI Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Power Distribution Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Power Seat Circuit . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Power Window Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Radio and Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-124 Rear. Wiper and Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Starting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-20 Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-98 Sunroof Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Taillight, Parking/Side Marker Light and License Plate Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-64 Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit . . . . . . 423 Theft-alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-206 Top Stack Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Turn-signal Light and Hazard Light . . . . . . . 54-90 Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . 316
I Li
I
62
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams
HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS The circuit of each system from the fuse (or fusible link) to ground is shown. The power supply is shown at the top and the ground at the bottom to facilitate understanding of how the current flows.
Indicates connector No. The same No. as in the wiring harness diagram is used. Connector numbers enclosed by frame are indiIndicates the circuit name to be cated with the connector symbols at the 1 [ connected. connected. r The arrow arrow indi- [ lower part of the page. Connector numbers cates the the current current flow flow direction. direction. not enclosed by frame are indicated without connector symbol. Indicates harness junction point No. for another system. It corre-
Indicates the circuit name to be
Indicates the powersupply in the B control unit. If no voltage is displayed, this indicates battery positive voltage.
An “X” at the end of a connector No. indicates that the connector is connected to a centralized junction that is shown in the section “Centralized Junction”.
t
GC Indicates the operating condi-
Indicates the connector symbol. are indicated in numerical order.
1TSB Revision
3
~
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams
from control unit (current flow input Output output A broken line indicates thatthese
SIS I’OR
Indicates that the diagram comes from v in the same circuit.
B i B .
c
,
/
Indicates current flow downward or upward as controlled by the .
a
I, 1
indicates harnessjunction where wire diameter or color changes.
ground point in GROUNDING
the terminal is a
i/
TSB Revision
63
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams CONNECTOR / GROUNDING INDICATIONS
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I
RESI s1 TA
7
3 \ J?--: ‘- ^r;l
I3
3
B-L
I
22
e
8..
:
6
5
$ ic-26)
E&3
6----
V
---A
45
5
f3~
1
-PI I
t -t G-RI1 n
G
,I
iI
AI 7-
SENSOR
4 0
q \v 213 1
6
A* ii, ,’
,m,fC-021
ic-15)
(c-18)
fc-271
(c-28f
(c-35) tr
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams Item
No.
Connector / Grounding
Symbol
65
Contents
Male terminal
Connector 1 and terminal marking
For the terminal symbols, the connetted terminal is indicated as the male terminal, and the receptacle terminal is indicated as the female terminal as shown in the illustration. Male connector The connector in which the male terminal is assembles is indicated as the male connector and the connector in which the female is assembled is indi- cated as the female connector. The Female terminal connector symbols shown the male connector with a double outer contour line and the female connector with a T single outer contour line.
A16R0001 Female connector Female terminal
Female connector AWR0002
Connector 2 symbol marking
I
I
I Device
m/
For the connectors which are not connetted to any appliance (spare terminal, terminal for inspection), the connectors at the harness side are shown.
:6A~c333 Connector 3 connection marking
4
Direct connection type
/
Hams
16A0334
5
Intermediate connector-
I SA0339
TSB Revision
The symbol indicates the connector as viewed from the illustrated direction. At the connection with a device, the connector symbol on the device side is shown, and for an intermediate connector, bolisshownthe male connector sym-
,
t ~
A connection between a device and connector on the harness side is either by direct insertion in the device (direct connection type) or by connection with a harness connector furnished on the device side (harness connection type). The two types are indicated as illustrated.
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams
WIRE COLOR CODES Wire colors are identified by the following color codes. Code Code Wire color
Wire color
1 Black
1P
1Pink
BR
Brown
R
Red
G
Green
SB
Sky blue
1 B
I
GR I~--
I Gray
v
Violet
I
1 L
1 Blue
1W
1White
I
Y
Yellow
LG
Light green
0
Orange If a cable has two colors, the first of the two color code characters indicates the basic color (color of the cable coating) and the second indicates the marking color.
Example: e+ 1.25 5-E 1
-i2
cl
No. 1
Al660244 -1
2
Meaning : Flexible wire
TSB Revision
68
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
BATTERY
Y 2QB-Y A
n n
20B-R
BW-R
8W-R
1 i;+!$;ER
1
1
GENERATOR
n FUSIBLE LINK 0 @ 40A
!R-B
I
I
0
6 2 ?OA
@ 30A
MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @ 3R-B D
L-RY - 3R-B
0
IOA
10A
L
R-i
B-R B-R 1
ABS ;C$ROL
R-B 1
1 .HORN RELAY .HORN
HROlMOOAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
69
FUSIBLE LINK /
1;
2R-E GENERATOR
2R-E
2R-B
E&RUP
LIGHT AUTOMATIC ~+-oFF
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
I 1.25R-B
R-B ..l A
2B-r; i
r
,.5 TAIL LIGHT RELAY (A-05X)
2R-
2R-L
LIGHTING SWITCH
1.25R-Cc .LIGHT AUTOMATIC ;#JT-OFF
HEADLIGHT
. #;HNG
2R-I c 9
.OA
B-W
B
!OA
2L-B
AIR CONDITIONING #~T"~~IC
10A
T 'L-W
Y-F
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR
IA-01x) (A-05X) @iqJ
,
0
COMBINATION METERCBEAM)
0
0
15A
2R-L
15A
G-k i
.FOG LIGHT $"fALyIGHT
r
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
MFI RELAY
(c-01)
HROlMOOAB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
$TED Q
L’
BE .b 6
5W-B
G-W G-W
1 Et$:EE CONTROL
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
[Beg; COMBINATION
G-W J/B
s(c-69)
.AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX ,I~~~tjINATION 1 .[\i#yINATION
Tug;T-ALARM
SEAT BELT SOLENOID
I._...
4~;;;"""" .LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .REAR ~~!&"""0"
1
.THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY
.DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 .DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 2 .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT
.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT 1 i r
.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT Y245~i6~"~~BT NATION
_- .__.. -- _.._. . @%!A
,DOME LIGHT -DOOR LIGHT E~;;;;~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT
.RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
'ESE! ILLl LIGt .KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE fP;bfiRTMENT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( 8%PHoNE ) .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE
(A-13X) (c-sa) ic-ss) (c-70) mj fl pjq p&q
HROlMOOBA
TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
71
/
2B-Y
I
>:5
IOD OR %iMOR
1 B-W I
2B-W
L
.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR ,MFI RELAY
.&~[E"~ORY .ETACS UNIT TRANSAXLE f%m"
I
.BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT
G~GAERo
CONTROL UNIT +J;&~L"U'SE MAIN SWITCH .#&lyCRUISE $i$&NATION $$;NATION
.SPARE CONNECTOR
*tf@'$ESS CONTROL .REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY
:ABS POWER RELAY (UP TO 1993 October) .AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT *&L"$R MOTOR
(#&i;iE) .SPEED SENSbR .ggTDIAGNOSI~ .TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
'REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
.CONDENSOR AiFAyOTOR
.AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT $~~CJ&~AND TAPE 7
$&JTR.INIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT *RADIATOR FAN MOTOR RELAY
.BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)
.ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT
REMARK THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION.
0 (c-59) (c-70) (c-82) ~giJJ~jq$q L HROlMOOBB
TSB Revision
72
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Po,wer Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)
ij~
FUSIBLE LINK I I 0
0 0
63
30A
L-R #ROL
2R-BI
3R-Bl3R-Bl
5W-E
3R-B ,.3
.ACTIVE
,\ 4 /\
;E[;$GER
E##E
\/
\I
. %F" .POWER WINDOWS RELAY
ON,;-OFF
G-Y ' , 3B-R
KP=iAULIC
MODULE
------(c-05x)
6 z ?OA
30A
MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @ 3R-B D ,.2 (c-01)
ACTIVE
0 @
40A
l----
2!R-B
0
" 5
3B-R
EFS DEFOGGER
2B-R(
DEDICATED FUSE
2W-B
I
IOA
NOTE %:UP TO 1993 OctoDer
R-I 3 v
B-R B-R v
R-B t
7 .HORN 'HORN RELAY
ABS ;#$OL
HROlMOlAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
73
FUSIBLE LINK
ii $OA
0
30A
-
40A
2R-E
";1
2R-B 2R-f
2R-E
I-----_
LIGHT AUTOMATIC &-$;-OFF
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
0m 2R-L
r
LIGHT AUTOMATIC &{Yi-l-OFF I
(L)
1.25R-B
@
R-B ,.5
,\ 1 /\ -
ON
2B-I
2L-k
r
4 G-Y
2R-L
2R-L
R-k 41 i .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .&FT"gHNG
HEADLIGHT
2R-L 9
a
OA
B-W
OA
2R-L
0
AIR CONDITIONING F; p!E$IC
0
10A
2L-B
1.25R-Cv
15A
2R-L COMBINATION
METERCBEAM)
.FOG. LIGHT QfAi+GHT
G-W TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
MFI RELAY
i7
\C
HROlMOlAB
TSB Revision
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED) ,ij
G-W
5W-B G-W
* +43WFE CONTROL
[Pgfi; COMBINATION
2B-Y IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
S;SRTDIAGNOSIS .STARTER MOTOR
G-W
~3%""
J/B MULTIRE"""
AMPLIFIER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX .ILJ&INATION
SEAT BELT SOLENOID
LIGHI
~~~l&INATION
T'#;;T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY
.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT
*fi;;~yL~CK
dM&CT'ON
'i&fEyLgCK
.LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .REAR COMBINATION LIGHT .RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
.MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT $#~~NATION *DATA LINK CONNECTOR .DOME LIGHT .DOOR LIGHT *TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE E~;LE;[~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
.KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT ,LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .SPARE CONNECTOR i ~~~@i~wE I \ UN11
/
HROlMOlBA
TSB Revision
’
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
75
3y; 6
IGNITION SWITCH (c-59)
2B-Y
I
2B-W
I
V
IGl
pL5
2B-W *2L-B
IOD OR %ii&!OR I I
B-W J GENERATOR RELAY 7 __-_--_-_____-___-_____________
.--_ .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR .MFI RELAY
TRANSAXLE ki8%EL
f ,BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT $$~TDIAGNOSIS .ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT $@RC~UISE MAIN SWITCH ~f$J&CRUISE ~'$@~NATION .&y&NATION .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT
.SPARE CONNECTOR (jiifb%E) .SPEED SENSOR $/$TDIAGNOSIS .TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
\
I
--
.ⅇqORY
+ '#fiBi;'"
.ETACS UNIT
.REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
c $
+
jjf$ESS CONTROL
i .AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY
'ABS POWER RELAY (UP TO 1993 October) .AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT 'R MOTOR
L-l
T
.BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)
REMARK THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC","ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION.
HROlMOlBB
TSB Revision
76
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)
BATTERY
20B-Y 208-Y 1
IlJ 1
i
IL . 20B-R
‘GENERATOR’ NOTE (1)Fusibie (2)Fusibie
link No.8:For Convertible link N o . 1l:For H a t c h b a c k
Jl a40A
EYWKBLE
I ZK-II! -- -
MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @ ,,o,GE;;l 3 -B
I
KkLHY ~
I
3R-B
I ~(c-01)
2R
I 3R-B[ T;h2z$cK3R-iEi:~:Ic 5 ,
k------------A
11 5W-B
/
DEFOGGER
0
10A
B-R B-R 7
R-l
7
HROlM02AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
77
FUSIBLE LINK 0
@I
0
SOA
0
40A
2R-I
30A
2R-l 3
(F)2R T GENERATOR
2R-B 2R-I
2R-E
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
)-----_ 2R-B
r
LIGHT AUTOMATIC WT-"""
6
I
5 (L)
1.25R-B
R-B
5
r
,\ 1
..5 C\ /
IN
"4
1
G-Y
2R-L
2R-L
&w,:l 3w B
1
2B-F
1!
(R-Y)
2R-B LIGHTING SWITCH
1
LIGHT AUTOMATIC f%YT-""' LIGHTING SWITCH
HEADLIGHT
2R-L
2
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :E:CONVERTIBLE
-
3
OA
i3OA
0.
B-W
Y-R
CONDENSER ~%DITIONING FAN MOTOR p~.w~;Ic
0 (A-05X) (A-36)
0
IOA
COMBINATION METERlBEAM)
Ic-ol)
TSB Revision
15A
2R-L .FOG LIGHT .;'fA\'GHT
G-h
7
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
MFI RELAY
I
78
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
F&J&C2TED Q C
Y G-W
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
5W-B G-W
1
[W/; COMBINATION G-W
-_-+
d
AMPLIFIER
v
+
,AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
SEAT BELT SOLENOID
W&T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY
.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT r
.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT' *AIR COMDITIONING CONTROL UNIT
.RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER *REAR COMBINATION LIGHT .RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
4Mi8EU68FT $#~NATION
.DOME LIGHT .DOOR LIGHT .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE ~~~~~$~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
;L MODULE .ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT .lGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT .KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT *RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
NOTE =:HATCHBACK
(A-13X)
(c-68)
Fm)
mi fg
piq
(c-70) p&q
HROlM02BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
79
FUSIB E LINK b 4 B
Y
3w
c
' CONTROL
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
.;gTDIAGNO~~~ ,STARTER MOTOR $$$;ER
4’ I
-J 4a
2L-w 2B-W
*(c-70)
f
.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ,IGNITION COIL ,IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR ,MFI RELAY
$#;&TE .ETACS UNIT ;I$@fLE MODULE
.REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
I $i$ESS CONTROL l-----l
!
.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY
;gL"itGER
.AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
A
.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT: .#J$$;U'SE MAIN SWITCH j&CRUISE
.ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .SPEED SENSOR .$WSTDIAGNOSI~
$&&NATION
.TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
.~~~~RNATION
TIIMPRESSOR R CONDITIONING 2INTROLLER LOCK .A1 R CONDITIONING CClNTROL UNIT $kL"A"&R MOTOR .BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)
.CONDENSOR FAN MOTOR RELAY f~~~;~L"NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .RADIATOR [;FAyOTOR
NOTE THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION. ::HATCHBACK
HROlM02BB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
BATTERY
20B- Y 20B-Y Y
d
i
20B-R n
I
(F>8W-R (F)8W-R 1
1
h 0
1
‘GENERATOR’ NOTE (1)Fusible I ink No.8:For Convertibie (2)Fusible I ink No. 1l:For Hatchback
5W-B
UNIT
DEFOGGER
2W-B
WATED
‘] 63
1QA
0
10A
HROlM03AA
I TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
81
FUSIBLE LINK I 0 0
0
?OA
0
40A
2R-E
30A
2R-E
(F>2R 7 GENERATOR
2R-B 1
2R-r
2R-F
i -----_
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
10m 2R-B
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT
r
CL:
) I
1N 1 2R-L
(R-Y
?R-L HEADLIGHT
@
2R-W 1.25R-W
0
@
20A
NOTE =l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE
0
10A
Y-R CONDENSER AIR CONDITIONING FAN MOTOR ggI"c;1 C
LIGHTING SWITCH
HTI NG TCb1
2R-L
10A
2R-B
!HT OMI: $-C
I-
v
1.25R.
1 I3
5
2B-F
&wJ 3w
COMBINATION METERCBEAM)
15A
2R-L 'FOG LIGHT $fAbIGHT
GTURN SIGNAL MFI RELAY AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
HRO lM03AB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
G-W
5W-B
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
G-W
----1 [owl;; COMBINATION
I 1
G-W J/B
T_@
10A
AMPLIFIER
+ .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX ILLUMINATION LIGHT $@INATION
SEAT BELT SOLENOID 1 .#3?YL~CK
W&T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY
4W'~CTION
@iiyLgCK
.LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER *REAR fW&NATION
.MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT
R-k
1 ------
2(c-70)
T
-_--_--
--
\ LJ
.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT + I
*ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT' *AIR COMDITIONING CONTROL UNIT 4i#@-%tiET .&&NATION
.RHEOSTAT *VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
I
.DATA LINK CONNECTOR *DOME LIGHT *DOOR LIGHT .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE
, .ENGI CONT %L MODULE *ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT .IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT *KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
NOTE 2:HATCHBACK
(A-1’IX) (c-68) ms) (c-70) p&q fg mi [&I HROlM03BA
1 TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
L, FUSIB E LINK b 4 B 3wP P $$d! CONTROL jj!JyTDIAGNOSIS .STARTER MOTOR $$eEl?ER
2B-b
J I
2L-w @#"TO" 7 __-__--__-__-_--_--_--~~-~~-~--
--- -_t
1
/
I
C\ 4,
2-_-----__-_--_ /
/ i/
.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR .MFI RELAY
.REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
: .BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .;;~TDIAGNOSIS i @L"'$jGER :ACTIVE AERO : CONTROL UNIT ~~~&~~U'SE MAIN SWITCH $&CRUISE
.ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .SPEED SENSOR jiyTDIAGNOSIS
.@j&NATION
*TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
$'~$!$NATION
'
r
.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY
*
.AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT .&A";R MOTOR .BLOWER MOTOR RELAY(HI)
.CONDENSOR ;@AiOTOR
.AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
\
.~@;~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .RADIATOR &JAFOTOR
THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION. X:HATCHBACK
HROlM03BB
TSB Revision
84
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) ZRY -
IGN ‘ION SWI' :H(ST)
iw?B”
J/B
1-83)70.85R-B
25R-E
M/'T 1 A/T r, 11 .--A1
t
v R-B
2B-Y
2B2B-Y
25R-E I 2B-E
2B-k +
IJME I SE ;OR 7 uI d M/T
3.85F
!
--
$2;
I /-
10
M/T' A/T I 2B-Yig
2B-
3
MFI RELAY
----
--------.
OFftON
B
A/T
C ~
W-R
B-W
r
m$i---- -1 E.
4
108
(c-52: 8
(c-53)
4 HR05MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
IGN IT1 SWI'TCF iTG1) 2B- -W 7@33
MFI RELAY
J/B 3
iA
1.25B-L I S(c-71)
0.85~ .W c(D-44)
40
0.85B- W ;&bKPUMP CONNECTOR
B-.W
90
59 (D-04) 11.25B-F;
)
COMBINATION METER r----- ----1
6
1.25B-L 1
SPEED ZNSOR (REED i 'ITCH)
G-
I / I / I
I
Y-W
1 I I /
S(c-14)
I I
( r
L
1 2
Kb (F-16)
1.25B
Y-W
66
1
ENGINE k!imL
(c-82) HR05MOOAB
TSB Revision
86
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
-
XW”” FLOW
0.85R CRANKSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT Wan" (~-64) 0.85R
SENSOR (8-29)
“7
\/
\k
" 5
“6
R-W 1.25B
r--I v I I I / I I I I I I I I / I / GND
L
C
BY
\/
" 1 "2
G-Y 0 0.85R L-Y I
19 v
5v
5v
5v
fr
F
L-
Y-
5v
&r
GND
(c-52) %6 130 56 1.25B 1.25B w/--i j I ' I B +
I
"4
V ------Y
L-
MFI RELAY
R-L
r
I iI
61 64 G-Y BR-R1.258
I I I I I
I
I B 1I ------i 253 $51 ts;
B 0.85R W/ 0
:,4
B-W
. 25:B 1.25B 1
THROTTLE !Xl;Xl;;ON
( B - 0 2 ) mz) (B-05) (8-29)
(c-52)
ic-53)
(B-05)
ENGINE f[i&i/iTURE (8-02)
(c-55)
HR05MOOBA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
87
MFI RELAY 0.85R 0.85R R
1.25R 1 1.25G I‘ 1
I
I
0
1.25R IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR
1.25R
..2 I\
1.25R
,\ 5 ,\
1.251
1.25R
f-1
/1.25G 1.25R-W II I
1. 251
lm 1
n INJECTOR
r
3
I. 85G-J ).85G-B
V
V
i -Ii
A --__--------_-_--_ ________---_----__
58
110
53
109
1
i-l
G-Y
I / I I
II II WII II
B
B
G-W 1
G-B 1 B-L ------
1Emo 1
G-i L
1.25B
2 ---_
clI
1 0
KNOCK SENSOR
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (~-22)
TSB Revision
I
VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR
88
ii I,
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE IGHT g;fK;TIC CLUTCH ( FUSE@ > Ki w --I 0.85R-B 1.25R-W 1 WITHOUT WITH G-Y 3B-I iXJ$XJc;?UISE &J$~~~~UISE DEDICATED FUSE 2
IXEGER
1
-I
&I ;:iH c
d
G-W
OFF - 0~
A(c-62) r
L
0.85G
1
J/B
B-I
G-W
G
(c-52)
s(c-69)
t R-G 1’9 (c-29) R-G 24
e(A-36) G
DIODE 1 E-31
G
(L-0 (c-29) (L-0 /
L
POWER TRANSISTOR
AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
AIR ~;~~;$~ONING UNIT
HR05MOOCA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY
I
TRI -
;AXLE i
L-'
W-i
'ROL
NJLE
R
EGR SOLENOID
(A-21)
LG- R
BR-L
- -E -
7B
b
I
-_-_-_____--__--
------
107
-----___
113
L-'
12
(Y 1 & .___--_
16 -_-_-___ 1 / ENGINE / i;/g;L
%
f -
IB-06)
W-
-----------------A
104
1
B-G
2 r 1
(c-79)
(Y 10 TA LINK NNECTOR
1
1:
IG; TION 86" !%MENT coi ECTOR
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
HR05MOOCB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) :TE:RY -
1
is: -
WATED
1.25R-E 1
2B-'
2B-'
,,l ------------1
R-B
;ER
3(A-67)
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-ITX)
2B-'
1
1.25R-B (c-29)
2B- Y
3 +
2B-'
ME SE 'OR yg
2B-'Y
2B-'
10
3 -
r
% cu 2
a: d
0.85F
E (c-53) 71 _-----
MFI RELAY (c-44)
$0
B-W
1. 25 B-R 31 (c-52)
0,,108 (c-52))\ 8
Y
Y
Y
HR05M05AA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
91
IGN ION SWI' H(IG1)
0.85B-
T‘L’S I 3
FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28)
0.85B-
5
1.25B-1
COMBINATION METER
40 ;-$&PUMP !ONNECTOR 1.25B-R r---/
G-R
R-W
;
SPEED SENSOR
----
6
1.25B-LI
I / I
G-R
R-B
Y-W
1I L--------
1.25B-R
5(F-14)
i 1.258
(c-54)
06 .-----------_
36
(LaAc-117)4) IEBl~~~~~,” m3-2 (8-28) (c-54) (c-71) (c-82)~~~ L
(c-52)
!1 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ---I
(c-53)
I 2B 1 =
q
(F1-14) m 2 3456
HR05M05AB
TSB Revision
92
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
0.85R CRANKSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT @a~" (B-04) 0.8s
Xi%““” FLOW
SENSOR (B-29)
CMP
INTAKE AIR ~WJ’&$ATURE \--\I-,L..-.A,/
"7
"6
" 5
R-W 1.25B
R-L
" 1 " G-Y 0
65 -__-------.
I
/II I
--------- :‘5eaB;mm
(1 0 MFI RELAY
I
II
-
-
q H
B
w:--; ' I ' I ; L--., I I I / /
G-Y BR-Rl. 0
Y-R
B-W
MODULE B -----------
B 0.85R W; 1 B i\ ------J ,?3 '/Pl 9?4 I I ;I 0 Ii,
HEATED ^.,. ,^_", ~&i~&LH) (B-16)
HR05MOSBA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
93
MFI RELAY RESISTOR
-31) NJECTOR
A
A 55
------------------2 58
j3
jc-53)
LG-B
HEATED OXYGEN (~-19) SENSORCRH)
HR05M05BB
1 TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
\ d
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE (FUSE@
GER
A
ACTIVE CONTRO
KEST
0.85R-B 3B-R
R-W
B-R
(c-29) r---II /I // II 1 j R-W I
i
0.85G
r---------------------------------------I
'
r-------------------------------------
I I I I / I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I / I 1 I I I I
------------------------ J
(c-52)
102 (c-54)
‘d
1 ; L - - - - - - - - -
+ 4 ------. v --------- ----
22
20 I I I
3
(L-0
L------------
10
%* _---
3
23
G
I 7
6 _------------- .---_ B-L G I 80
(L-0
B-U
BR-F
R-I G-l
G-Y
AIR ~~~Kl~~~ON'NG UNIT
POWER TRiNSISTOR 1 hMg,NE,;IC RELAY
B(c-14)
---------R
Bf
#T
ABS ;;ON"FROL
(c-61)
HR05MOSCA
1 TSB Revision
95
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY F RV r---
2
2, d ---7T FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID I , l(A-71) L---
2( A EVAPORATIVE EMISSION B, PURGE SOLENOID "1 (A-20)
;
2
I
TURBOCHARGER ERE i SOLENOID
l(A-;ll)
-_----__-___---_
_-__--_____--___
3
1 t
L -R
LG-Ii
LG-B
R-E
ma f 7 9 c._______-__-__-_-_ I _~____~____~_____ Y
------
113
---1 104
112
(Y 9------B-G (Y
L-R 10
AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT $@$'&ATURE
IGNTTION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
X
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
(A-18) (A-20) (ml (A-70) (A-71) (A-72) a@m@m
m (B-38) I ig( 2 3 Q HROSMOSCB
TSB Revision
96
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) BA1 TTIZRY 5\v I
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNITION SWITCH(ST) 2B-Y
WTER
I
J/B \/ ---- .J/
,
(c-83)T7&'2 'r2 25R-1 "1 R-Y 1 R 0.85R-B .\2 I\ 1 IOD OR I A STORAGE A CONNECTOR R-B (A-11X) 1. 25R-I L
2B-Y
2B-Y I
i
28-l
WITHOUT EKG-
I
,,,-‘I8
2B-Y
2B-\
kise,pi;
30 Lq
-I-
VOI ,ME !Lt I
1.25 B-6
SE1 iOR 7
D-
t
2B-’ 1o
+,:lr; ,
3 MFI RELAY
4
a d
NR' N
2B-R 7
2B-Y
r
P 2B-'
I;(B-26) '2k
,--------4
OFF-ION
I IFF (C-44)
\, 1,
V I
J
M/T
I (c-53: 71 ------
r
(F>1.25B-L B 1.25 (F) B-R 1.25R C 0 D B W-R v L-G 1.25 1. 25 B-R B-R 50 (c-38 (c-3 _--- 12 ----- 1 510 25 Y Y Y M/T A/T e
ATT
--A’ I
4
B-W (c-53)
-4
1234 m
HROSMOlAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
IGNI ION SW11 I(IG1) 2B-
!Yi
\7 Ic-82)
97
iY 7
J/B 'I. 25B-I L.--s '6 (c-71) 0.85B 1. 25B-I
s(D-44)
4(c-30)
0.85B1.258-F #&PUMP CONNECTOR
B-
90
59 (D-04)
1.25B-F 1
COMBINATION METER
1
/ l(D-03) SPEED (REED
G-’
Y-W
4
r----- ----, 1
ZNSOR ITCH)
I I
--_-__---__--_~--___-~~~~-~~-7
G-l
(c-54)
Y-W
cc-531
106
1 1/ III
S(c-14)
I!
66 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
6
1.25B-L 1
I 2
FKk (F-16)
1.258
i ------ --___
J@gg
2B
HROSMOlAB
TSB Revision
~
98
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
(F)O.B5R ,(F>O.B5R
6 (F)O.B5R
(F>O.B5R
XPk”“” FLOW
r
;4
SENSOR (8-29)
/
f-.-p3
7
~p~i&%y
/
1
g
pP:-
j
F
,,~i~t5~ A I/
!f \/ + \/ a, "7 "5 "1 '(2 "4 3 "6 (F) (F) (F> (F> (F)R-W 1.25B (F)R-L G-Y (F>O 0.85R L-Y I I I
E
E#S,EpsaasN ,, CII
(B-40) “1 "2 (B-41)"1 "
(F>B(F)L-R (F)B (F)L-R
5V
-----------
MFI RELAY
56 --1 III
I I
C
1
B Y
1 I I 1 I I
n
---
A
61 (F) (F)G- Y BR-I 1
AL
B
1 -
i--
I I (F) (F) (F>B 0.85W Wi (F>B :F>G-' BR-i .---0 3 v4 t:3 - 1 1
(F) (F>B B-W
1.25B 1.258 n
(B-02) ( B (B-05) - 2
9
a’
)
/li * 3
ir-
OFF
HEATED Kg! (c-55) (B-40) mm (c-52)
THROTTLE wlRoN (B-05) (c-53)
ENGINE
(c-55) 1 2 3 4 cl%
I HROSMOlBA
TSB Revision
99
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY :F) 1. 25R 1;$.251
(Fj0.85R (F)O. 85R O R
4
IDLE SPEED pr&oL (B-35)
r
1.25(
25R 1?>1.25F Fj'l.251
F (F>1.25!
1a 7$x I 2 2 l(B-33) j-
I I2
r”
n INJECTOR
1
I
:F) F) (F) (F) (F)G-R G-B GR-L 6": (:F)G ; ).85G-k .85G
=~4---~2- ,\ ,\ d&-&d
5 18 -__--_L___
(F) 0. 85G-' 3--------_-___-
i
E
0. 85W -----? ' j B-W 2 d,1 (B-08)
0.85BF ---___
ti
_---____-_--_-__-_ A -----------------(F)G-Y (F)B
1. 25F
1.25R-W
E
'l.25E A h
KNOCK SENSOR
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (A-P~)
VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR
(2 (B-lo) (8-07) ( B (B-08)- (8-09) 1 1 ) CFm @ml Fm Em-2) Gm 1 2 @j~~r@~~@JJl@EJ@J@J
(8-35)
HROBMO IBB
TSB Revision
100
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED) d J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ > A 0.85R-B
$fi&IGHT
Y
CLUTCH
1.25R-W -TDEDICATED FUSE
G-Y
3B-R
,30 J/B
G
B-R
1
DIODE E-31 t,
i
I G
R-G,, 19 (c-29) (c-52) R-G 24 c___-----_-_~_____-_____________________~~~---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~-~--~~
3----ti
- 22 _---------__
i
23
I (c-29)
(F) B-L
(F) B-W
(F> BR-R
(F>h
(F)L-R
7
(L-0 \
/ * IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
AIR @@DRONING UNIT
HR05MO 1C.A
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY
EGR SOLENOID VALVE
TRANSAXLE
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE SOLENOID
LG-I
101
L-1
W-I;
BR-L
j.--------p ------- - -------- 5-i ti L
-_--___-___-_____
------
107
(F>L-W
113
(Y 4 mF ------_
1
/ENGINE I g;;p I
--------.
112
___-____-____----
104
I
B-G
2
(B-06)
116 ---------7
F
(F)L-W (8-38) 1 r- 1
(Y 10
l(A-18)
r
-
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH oFTi (A-20) (A-21) (B-06) (8-38) (c-29)
(c-79) @$T
L3BER fzFqm/
HROSMOlCB
TSB Revision
~
102
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
~
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)
’ ~
‘d
“‘4riTVER UI,
BA:rTERY -REI I/ I - ~~&CATED
FUSIBLEn LINK@ J/B 15A f
R-B
D I
1
T
2B-
2B-Y i ------------_
50
30
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-31X)
2B1.25R-B
2B-k
(C-2E D i9 2B-
I I i
t
JME / i0R I
‘iJ ‘k’B”
1. 2
8 0 1II0 If
2B
1. 251
(c-53:
r
1. 25 B-Y
R- B /
71 ------ -I.t30 ----1
(c-29)
I!
r
2B-Y
2B-
10
3 MFI RELAY
(F) 1.25B-R 8 E L-G
$2; jl (c-52)
3
7 W-R
(c-54) 108 (c-52) 8
2 (F) 1.25B-L 8D
B-W (c-53)
---I
(c-31)
(c-44)
(c-52)
HROSMOGAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
IGNI ION SWIl -I (IGl) 2B- \7 (C-82) J/B
103
MFI RELAY
(F) '$Z 3 ,\ 5
(F>
II '6 (c-71)
FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28)
___--- OFF / \/ 11(F;5"4"2 L-B (F) (F) 1.25B-F 1.25B-L
:6 (D-44)
0.85B-'
(F) 1.25L-B ,,l --FUEL PUMP RESISTOR -+$m (F> 1.25B-L 4 4 (c-30)
COMBINATION METER
9 (c-34)
CONNECTOR
G-R
R-B FUEL PUMP (F-16)
G-R
L--------
R-B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(F-16)
2B !
HROSMOGAB
TSB Revision
104
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
,W>O. 8SK (F)O. a5R
(F)O.a5R
r
KUME FLOW
1m
11
SENSOR (B-29)
yy-j
1
R!r":]
JmF ,\
jib ,\
III -I? J II I -gIlI q-
xl,, \, \/ v \I Y \/ 3 "7 "5 "6 "1 "2 "4 (F> (F>R-W 1.25B (F>R-L d": (F>O 6%5R I L': I I E
(B-40)1201
(F)B(F>L-R (F)B(F>L- R 68 E~~--~~~~~~~~~~ L--------V
5v -
5v
69 -
5v
5v
&-
I I I ;
2d.d 2
L-r
G+D
LAL--~~~~
ly---_\L wu56 ---------- - - Yys7 ---- - - - - - - - - 2.‘siENG.i-.--61 y64 72 CONTROL (F) (F) (F> (F> (F) w[--; MODULE B-W G-Y BR-R1.258 Y-R I I 0 B ; I r_----i____-' L-B I I).RE?R 1 B B
(c-52) 26 1.25B 1.25B
t
V.
---_-_-..
q q
(B-05)
YYI.
nnnr n?,vl. %+~%TURE 0 9-02) 8FRvmR UYLY""I\
(B-05) vm (B-29) ljp@ij)
HROSMOGBA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
105
MFI RELAY (F11.25R
RESISTOR
4 1
1 3 :{6 :F)OSdg (F1O.a: G-1 I= ,.l (B-12)
IDLE , 1 "3
1 )
"4 "6
I[ 2
i
(F> (F> .85G-Y 0.85G-B
(F)LG-I --------------------_--__J ---_--_-____-----_---~-~~
I I L---m-
I I I
I
1 I / I v
j B-W
+i
// It II dzlo B (F)B-W-+; 2 I\ 9E l(B-08) 0 II
B I2
:l
(A-22)
7-k HEATED OXYGEN (~-19) KNOCK SENSOR SENSOR SENSORCRH) (A-69) CB-07) 0 cTm-7) (rn (8-13) (B- (B-31) (B-32) Em3 mm @JjzBldjz&@ziJ~@J#sJ
HROBMOGBB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
GER -
ACTIVE CONTRO-LEi
:I#“’
R-W
3B-R Ed""'""
(c-29)
B-R
0.85G
r - - - -
I I 1
G " DIODE E-31 Y
12
I
R-d
r---------------------------------------II r-------------------------------------
/R-W
IQ CZ----------------------
i ----- ----
10
i
(c-52)
23
11
\ 102 (c-54)
-5 b ----------- ----------114
101
R-L _- --------(F> (F> B-W BR-f
_-----------
103 (c-54)
R
a(c-14)
---- .------ ---- \ 4(A-67) (F>\
i
R-L
R t
G-B
7
G-Y AIR ~~Yl~~T~ON'NG UNIT hWWg;IC RELAY
Y
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
#T
ABS ~{ClfROL
(c-61)
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY 77 (F>R 2 r----O
(F)l B
(F11.258
(F)R-lr
(F)1.25B
(F)R-I
(F)G-Y
(F>L-Y
(F>B-b
I
L I
t
I (c-52)
.9 (c-54) 92 _-----
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE +(j
(30 2-------. 11_--- 15 --------------_ 33-.----------/c -------_--.
f
1
ii 5v
Tf
3-e 5v
,
HR05M07BA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
THROTTLE ;;~&;~ON I OF!.
EGR ggNgb[ATURE (CALIFORNIA) -
KNOCK SENSOR r&l
6-iI L
ON
I 1
2
1
(B-05
(F)Y-1
(F)
C)G-
I
(F>LG-B
(F)E
W
(F>BR-R
78 (c-54)
I
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GND V
(c-52)yy----;:p58y26 1.25B
0 1.25B 1.25B h -
(A-22) (B-05)
(W) (c-52)
B
1.25B h -
(c-54)
HR05M07BB
TSB Revision
120
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
MFI RELAY
.r (F) 0.85R
C
(F) 0. 85R
, (F) 1. 25R 1 (F> 1.25R (F) 1.25R (F) 'I- 25R
RESISTOR (A-69)
I
(F> 0.85R
-
r
1
(F>B
18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I GND V
Di >I ‘:- : I
I
(F)L-I
(F)GI 7 (I 39
4 I. il
I
:F)G-1
/
(F G
8
1
6
2
5
Q5 7
(F> (F) (F> (F) (F) 0. 85 0. 8: “i;“$ G-R G-k Os8E “$3 1 1 1 6 j ,,4 INJECTOR _---.---- --7 I v r. ni / 8
jl IL I 1 :B-12: ii3 21. 2:
1.25 R-W
1.25 R
I /
1 m
r I[
(F) 0. 85 G-Y
(F) 0. 8E G-E
5 18 ._---_ --
I----- 3:---
ti
ti
(B-33: &E 0. 05 0. 85 Y-W 3 3 --:$2--i .---(F> (F) (8-07) (F) Og; “$!$ “;I”g 3----- 16 _--- 14 (C-52) _---. 15
Y
“1
GND V
1.25B 1.25B 1.25B h
HR05M07CA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
(Fj0.8:
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (CALIFORNIA) (B-44) -
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (8-
t r I / I I I
BII II I/I
F-! 4 II I III I I
/i2 v
% A3
iz
m
d
c
_I 1
B
v
v
1/ II B// 1 /1I II I I II
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (CALIFORNIA> (B-45)
6
% m d
2
m
2 v
vi B B
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA) (B-1S) -I
2 ---
w
121
-
II III BI/ I III II/ I I II
\I
2“4 --- 71 II , WII I I/I II I 1 I ---_ i
\I
r": I%
z 62 -
:
--_ I GB 7 -- -_
B J
B
E
B-W B-1
R-I (F)B-W (F>BR-R
(F>W G-E
G- Y AIR ' CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT 9
RADIATOR &doToR (HI) (LO)
G-F
1GN $i YLrl
IGNITION POWER TRANSIST;OR
(c-29)
(c-52)
'E 6Bor ROL & ST UN H (c-53)
HROSM07DA
TSB Revision
123
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY 7 (F) r---- 2
1 I I I , I I I 1 I
1 TURBOCHARGER
@ENOID r Q
L
e
e
-
-
(F)L-I
-__--___--_-___
3
(F)LG-I
(F>LG-E
(F)R-7
(c-52)
E! I
j(A-72)
. _ ~._
32 (c-53)
L
ENGINE ##w"
7
5____-_----____--__
.-----56
2
(F)L-b l(c-29)
G
DATA Lib
/
m
(C-FRONT
SIDE
ZONNECI
i.”
B-G
I1
(A-18)
[ IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR (c-52)
0Si2
HROSMO?DB
1 TSB Revision
124
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL)
2W-B
IGNIT ION SWITCI ‘i1 (ST)
mER
BATTERY
FUSIBLE LINK0 P
2B-Y --I.
J/B+===+@&ATED ; 2B-Y
?-I ;
2B-Y
(F> R-E 2B-Y R-B HEADLIGHT DOME LIGHT. FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDEE ILLUMINATION LIGHT
E8:1 iEIGHT AND
COMI LIGI
7TMENT
R-E
2B-Y I -
I
&ARM 2B-Y
t .ELECTRbNIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C
m ‘fiiJ;&@“‘sE 1.25R-1 3 1.25B-Y R-E
l-
1.25B-W
1.25B-k
!EI%!R 7
r
1.25R-E
(R-B){ELC-4A/T
:F) 1. 851 2
3 --If 1
L! --------
d
OFF-ION \/
“2 “3 1.25 (F> B-R 1.25R 0 1. 25 C B-R 2_L7\ 12 (c-52)
ON'-&F \,
“6 L-G
“5 W-R
“1 1.25B-L
B-W D
108 (c-54)
8(c-52)
(c-53)
‘2
HR05M03AA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
125
tiF1 IEL AY 7 1.25B-
\,
\I\I
5
S(c-71)
-___-_---__
1.25B-
,6 (D-44)
FUEL PUMP CHECK CONNECTOR 1.25B59 (D-04)
t TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
COMBINATION METER /
g(c-34) 1.25B-
WARNING LIGHT
r--------
(F>1.25B-W
COMBINATION &%O,METE,:
G-I
.25B-1 3 FUEL PUMP (F-16)
Y-W
7 --------- -- _-_____-__- 6m
IGNITION
Y-W I G-R
OSic-54)
3
1.25E
.25E
2B
HR05M03AB
TSB Revision
126
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) ‘d
(B-02)
VOLUME i%usow m
----4SENS0R
ATMOSPHERIC
I-
]
NGINE OOLANT ~bP;~ATURE
VOLUME K2Jk0"
INTAKE AIR ‘IWIW~~ATURE
I
7
2 (F>G-k
(F>1.25B
(F>[
(F>t
(F>O.&R
(F)B :)G-Y
(F)R-W
(F>1.258
(F>R-L
(F>G-\I
(F>L-I
(F>B-'
I
I
Et----- 52 ---------
r---
% 5V
GND L
V
------
- 13 26 (c-52) 1.25B 1.25B
1.25B n
1.25B h
HROSM03BA
1 TSB Revision
~
127
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR
THROTTLE ?';;A;;""
i-i!-
c IN
3
-i 1
a
t-Y
-a%.----_. 1
----_ -----_
3
3-09)
(F>Y-R
(F)l
Y-L
Y-R
(F> BR-I
)G-‘I
I
(F)G-Y
1
2 B-10)
(F>B
(F)B (F>G-Y / (F)R-$
r 1
ELCdA/T
(F>B-L
F)G-E
(F>G-h
#;f;~IW~XJISE ELC-4A/T
1 (F>Y-R
(F>BR03 ----_
B
t
I
09 ------
.lO
ITOR !IVE I I( ! ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TSB Revision
(
128
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
MFI RELAY :)1.25R (F>1.25R (F)l. 25R (F10.851;
(F>O.85R
L
CMP 3 SENSOR
(Fj1.251 (F>1.25R (F11.251 CKP ..3 ,\ SESSOR
ISC 5 MOTOR i
JLA-L / \/ 2 &
1
(F>E
(f T
:) 1. 25R
F)l.25F ? ( F) 1.251 B-13) I 1 ,\ I I 2
LALI
;
(F)1.25R
3-11) 1 T 1 1
(F>E 3 r2
‘)B F)L-W
I
(F)L-F ! I
ill-.
GND V
3 (I I-4 4
(F)G-E i9
D
(F) ?G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F>(
:F) (F) 0.85G-Y ; ).85G-B
i____- 17 ----- 5----- 18 ----
L-----. _-2-
Y
Y
Y
1
GND V
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TSB Revision
1 2 9
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
(F)1.25R
(F)O.B5R
1
(F) 1.251
KNOCK SENSOR
s-20 J
-
1.25(
.25R
1. 25(
.25R-W
I I 1 I I 1 I I 1 I I / I
1.25(
1
I
I”’
L
I
(B-08)
(B-33: 0.85Y-h
1 m
R
I
i
:B-3;
vi
I I Ii 2 2 II I (B-31 I
0.8% 0.8581
’ I
L/
.---_
3 -----_
I I I I I I I I I 2' --J
D
1
L-
18
(F) 0.85G-W
L-f
(F> I. %Y-
(c-52)
;----
15 -----
tq I I I / I I 4 I , I I I
k I 1 I I I I
i
*
1
(F>f 3
(F) 1.258 I 14
ti
4
I I I I I I I I I / 1 , I
r
/W
(c-53)
2 I I I I
1 ;
B/ (B-07)
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT)
1 --72
jS(c-53)
I
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
c&l 1 2 3 4
HR05MOXB
I TSB Revision
I
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit I
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) Yj J/B MULTI-PURPOSE l FUSE@ i v O.S5R-BI WITH &EU'SE I A
I
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
V&IGHT
c: CLUTCH
I nn I., I
I. 4
G-Y
;;EXkCATED 3B-R
O F F 1 ON
(c-62)1
0.05G
c @iNTI-LOCK
p
CONTROLLED MIRROR G )
-,.
u
,t-?nv r ?.I,7 DID,C,VI LII,C.TF,l I bmmlluu .STOP LIGHT + ch;;h~~fUISE .I
I
%I I i
I lnIfli-lF
I
I t
ENGINE (c~~~~~p r------------------
R-G
19 (c-29)
G
R-G ---------------t24 ------------------------------.
17
-5 101B W
I
_-----------
m
L-F
--I ELC-4A/T METER AND GAUGES
11 (c-29)
RAD IA' FAN REL,FE"' (Lo:
130
-3 -i ZJi
15
G -R
G-k
LE
'2 1-------------
V
(F)B-L
(F)B-W
L
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTO;
17
I
G -R
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR %PY
ELC-4A/T
EI(A-67)
3@g
G-E
(G-R)
G -R _ !!m!~fiIC
HR05hi03DA
1 TSB Revision
d
~
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY
TRP
7
131
qXLE C TROL M ULE
1 EVAPORATIVE %P ON SOLENOID
W-l
W-I
BR-l
'(c-53) 59
B _--___-- __-__
P
5v
P
_-_-_-____--_-____--- ------_ 07 r113 ELC-4A/T
(p)
J/B
(F>L-h
---_-_-_-___-___-_------.
12
p
@s>
P
A
116 ----------7
P
(Y)
-----4 ':I(c-29)
$tB@FN’C SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO m
2B
A/C
B-G
B
n =
B P R-B (Y) 16 7 (c-79) 4 5 1 A A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR
1 IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
(A-18) ( A - 2 0 ) CFnl (B-06) (B-38)- (c-29) f?JJ @3J @ •~p7Jmmmq Ii3 9 ~10j11~~12~13/14/15~16)171118/19 (c-79) FRONT SIDE HR05M03DB
TSB Revision
(
132
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit -
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA)
2W-B
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
EKE”
BATTERY
HORN
J/B 04
I
15Ab
\/
I :;
(c-83) 11 "7 (F)R-B Ok"; (c-77) R-E3 (F) R-B 2B-Y
2B-W
1
HEAbLIGHT I30ME LIGHT, 'OOT LIGHT /4ND IGNITION IG-Y
2 (F>C
(F>B
_ (F)B -CF)G-Y
4c (F)R-'I
(F> 1. 25:
(F)R-I
B -W
I I?--..-
I
1 GND GND V V :-x------Y
13
1.25B
E------- .-E i 5v
15---------______
.0---- ---- -- I :Y-
(F)l
(F>B OG-Y Y-L
Y-R
(F) BR-f
F)G-
I
(F)LG-B
(F>B
IELC-4A/'
1 3 5
(F)G-!
(F>B
(F)R-W
1
(F)B-L :F>G-E
(F>G-h
.ELC-4A/T $J~@fU'SE
(F>BR-f;
(F>Y7
ITOR 'IVE IC CONTROL MODULE
(A-22) (B-05) m I/~)
(B-OS) j@+-/
(B-10)0 p&
(c-54)
i HR05M04BB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)
MFI RELAY (F> 1.25R
( (F> 1. 25RI
(F> 1. 25R
(F) 0.851;!!I
F)L-W
(F) 1.25R (F) 1.25R
(F) 1.25R
(F)l.25R z5R (F):5Rm %fR
(F)L I
I~8_----E
5v GND
GND V
-----13 26 ‘;i 1.25B 1
(c-52)
,
ENG I NE CONTROL MODULE
L I
HR05M04CA
/ TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
(Fj1.25 (F11.25
(F)O. 85R 1 --_-____I__--_--_
1.25
1.25R
1.251
1.25R-
I 1 I I I I I I I I / I / I
1.25( INJECTOR
r
1
RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN ~~~~~~ HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) SENSORCREAR) SENSORCFRONT) (B-16) (8-44) cB-45) (B-19) 'r------Ii1 3 : II m/ III /II
l I v I
I
L H
/
1: 2 21 I (B-33: (8-32: I I I I I 0.85Y-'i 0.85h 0.85B.R I I I I I I
(B-07)
4.----- L----. 3 2.-J1
;B ;
I
4 “I '3 1 /% 105 m I
6
2
12 / .J j I I
*I -
i B " /I J B
B (F>E
'7---. -
:I I mj / I I / I I / I
I Ir 1I L
1
CF:
(F) 1.25B 14
,I L
c
L;
(F) F) (F) 0.85G-W .85G-R 0.05Y-
137
1 1p V
5-
ti
J
ENGINE Elm"
HR05h404CB
TSB Revision.
138
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE
: CLUTCH
‘gFGER -TG-Y
86 A-36)
2B-R REAR WINDOW
,,,,,~~B-1
;'q
.REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .REMOTE Sy[$K!8LLED
-'T
G
1
;~;;'L"~G;;STEM ~;LJh#J'SE
DIODE E-31
19 (c-29)
6( 1A-67)
G
ENGINE
2p_--------- ____________________
i IL L---
_---. 10
ti
------------
!l
_----------15
11 i-R
(F>U L-F
G-Y I 7----
(L-o:
LB
17 (G-R) .ELC-4A/T .g;KEISAND
11 (c-29)
:-R
ELC-4A/T
Ei(A-67) (F)B-L
(F)B-W
F)BR-R
L
i-R
(F>'Ei
J
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
1 AGNE' LUTC!
P
NOTE :l:Hatcnaack Z2:Convertible mm (c-62)
HR05M04DA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY
1 3 9
TRANSAXLE C TROL k YJLE
7
F
I
1
EGR $i@O'"
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE I SOLENOID 2m
(A-21)
LG-F
L-k
W-l
BR-1
146 (c-53)
iyi p#L
H
_____--__--__
-_- _-_
‘&
37 (C-53)
%”
P
ELC-4A/T
7
v-----------------------62
(P)
26
(F>L-W
(Y)
P A
(B-06) ,,2
*&;F;$lNIC SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C
(c-29) yf-----y
P
(B-38)
I
,,l 2B B B P R-B (Y) 4 5 1 A A A n
T
(P)
35)
(F>L-W
B-G
=
A
16
7(c-79) A
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
I?
1GN;TION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
id HR05M04DB
TSB Revision
140
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)
I ‘i
BATTERY
FUSIBLE LINK@
I
;ER
i% -
2W-B 2B-
5W-B ,,l (c-68)
HORN
J/B 09
@ 10A
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
418:” L1GHT LUGGAGE
2B-
-Y
SUPPLEMENTAL l?&"sW~~INT
l(c-29:
,,4 \' (D-151
\ ‘d
fW'qRTMENT
I .DOME LIGHT, !TI;T LIGHT, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATIO LIGHT .HEADLIGHT
MFI RELAY
7 I@$
I
--------ON'*OFF
6 (F> 1.25B-L
. . 25B-‘
1.25B
B-W
--IEi (A-11X)0 1 2 3 4 ia5i (c-sa) (c-71) c57Q
(c-jq)
Y
Y
Y
(c-44)0
(c-29)
Y
(c-53)
(c-54)
II:pRif
(c-77)
(c-83)
(D-15)
(D-44)
HROSMOEAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
IGN TION SW1 CH(IG?) 2B\ 2B-
MFI RELAY B-W
,7 (c-82) J/B
,
F>l. 25L(F) 1.25B-L
CHARGING
I c 3
FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28)
3 '6 (c-71) 0.85B-\
1
5
--------_
RESISTOR I!m
S(D-44)
(F) 1.258-
0.85B-\r
.258-L ( 35B-L
r
(F>1.258-I t TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGH
L-R
B-1
Rib CIRCUIT
B-1
1
COMBINATION GAUGE
lmg I
g%J $1 +3 r
1.25B-F
;i;kKPUMP CONNECTOR 1.25B-F
r-
WARNING LIGHT
COMB JATION METE (SPEE IMETER) G-R
1.25B-L 3
R-E Y-h ---__--_
FUEL PUMP (F-16)
M
S(c-14)
2 Y-k G-R
1.25B
R-E L - -
6 .-------- ------ --.
Y-W Llic-53) 36 (c-54)
l(c-53)
I
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
.-----__ 5 (F-14) 1.25B 2B i
i (c-71)
HR05MOEAB
) TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
I
VOLUME &k&&""
ENGINE COOLANT $;/WE&ATURE lINTAKE AIR $~W&&fJATURE
I -JCL,
5
7
3
;
(F)1.25E
(F>G-k
:F)C
(F>B (F>G-Y (F)B
(F>1.25E (F)R-\IJ
c
(F>1.25@
3 I
(F)E
(F>R-L-
(F>G-Y
19 (c-54) 32 ------- '2.----___
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(F)L-Y
I --I8’iI
1---_ !? __--- - ------_
5v
(F)B-1 ,
IO -----l----
33 --------------
1 5V
HROBMOBBA
1 TSB Revision
143
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
EGR ;EEgEBATURE (CALIFORNIA> I I r OF!, IN
KNOCK SENSOR
THROTTLE ;;;W&ON
L 3 (B-05:
1
2
I
(F> F)G(F>E BR-fi
(Fly-1
(F>LG-B
(F>B (F)G-Y (F>B
r--b
2
W
(F>B
r
Y-R
BR-R
I--
--I
fJ;PiJpE
(F)Y-F
I
,
(F)BR-R
i7---------- 34--------_--_--.
'?l----------------
f GMD V
78 cc-54)
--I
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GND V
myyf----;-$;26 1.25B
tr
B
1.25B 1.25B h
(A-22) (B-05) (B-08)(=) m j-1 @.
1.250 h
(c-54)
i HR05M08BB
1 TSB Revision
1
(
144
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED) ‘d MFI RELAY T7 V 1.25R (F) 1.25R
T (F) 0.85F
RESISTOR (A-69)
(F) 1. 25R I (F) 1. 25R L
(F> 0. 85R
W 1 L-R
I
G-Y
L-----
7-----
(L-0)
LB
(L-C3) 1 L--
I 77
c W
(A-67) 6
METER AND GAUGES
CL-(3)
c I (A-36) a(F)B-I (F)B-W (F)BR-F (F>W G-Y \IR ' :ONDITIONING :ONTROL UNIT ETIC L RADIATOR FAN MOTOR IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR REI 1:" RELAY (HI) (LO)
NOTE :l:Hatcnoack :2:ConvertiDle
i!L”f
HROBMO8DA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY 7 (F) 2 r---'
zr/ -7T
2 TURBOCHARGER WASTE GATE SOLENOID (A-70)
Y\I
L----
(F>L-
- -_-_____ --__
4
(F)LG-I 2
(F)LG-: 7_-___--__-_--_
--__-_------___
--- -------- -----. 1
(F>R-\I
3_-_-___-_------_ 6 7
32 (c-53) ENGINE
V
ii#EEoL
b-f5v
4 :------------------ -
---___--__-_____
45
52
52
(c-90)
I G(A-67) G-l
I 9
(F)L-V ii (B-06) ,: (F)L-V, r (B-38) ,,l
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(A-70)(A-71)(m) (B-06) (m(C-29) pLBi
l(A-18) I
IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR (c-52)
(c-90) i HROSMOEDB
TSB Revision
148
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) STARTER RELAY
TE
IGN ION SWI' - H (ST) 2B-k F(c-31)
r
V
2B-k ---- 5
\,
(c-83) ‘il "7 (F)R-B Ok!; (c-7' R-
11-J
1.25R-B (A-67)
I
CONNECTOR
2B-Y
I
2B-k
2B-Y WITH . WITHOUT #g&ALARM ;vE';hALARM /\ L/
2B-Y R-B
2B-Y7 s ,\
+ DOME FOOT AND KEY
LIGHT, LIGHT IGNITION CYLINDER
&iQE"ISE
B-Y
1.25R-E
c-29)
3
Em""
PNP SWITCH ?=m
L*
l.25B-Y
2B-W
'*k
?.25B-W VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR I r
1.25R-B .
1 .25B
:F) ;).85R!
-id; ----
2B-W 4 1
2B-w I30 O N '-OFF
J
I
W-R 2 1.25B-L 'I
i
0
v
~
$2;
c
;.‘E.. iEm
B-W
4 3Egm D I
I
;
12
5M09AA
TSB Revision
I
ClRCUlT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
IGN SWI’
ION -I(IGl) \
MFI REL, D
B-W
2BJ/B
149
CHARGING
1.25 B-L
0.85BB-L O.S5BB-W
g;EL&PUMP CONNECTOR 59 (D-04)
1
> 1.25i
1. 251
1m
G-I (F)2B-W -
TURN-SiGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
1.25 B-R
COMBINATION METER
(F>1.25B-W
7
B-L
COMBINATION METER (SPEEDOMETER) I
l IGNITION
G-E
1Ir - - - - - I I/1 1. 25F I II /I II 1I II // / II 1. ; I / L------.
S(c-53)
j 1
FUEL PUMP
i(F-14)
1. :
NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE
HR05M09AB
TSB Revision
150
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
VOLUME r %SEk"" (B-29)
ENGINE
3 (F>1.25B
(F)R-k
(F> 1.258
(F>G-Y
(F)R-L
(F>G-Y
12 -----__
;I
GND
n
& 5V
GND V
HR05MOQBA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
I 0 L-AL, 3 (B-05)
(F>Y-F 7
24
A‘ 1
-@t
-J
2
------. 1
-----_ ----2 3
1
2 (8-10)
1-09) (F)
(F) BR-R ‘)G-\l
(F>B (F)G-Y
#;;#J'SE
-17 I5v
I
(F> (F>l (F)W-I Z-Y
(F>G-Y
(F>B
m*
Y-R
1'
(F>Y-R
i
ON
OF:,
VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR
MANIFOLD DIFFERENTIAL SEE;;;“” I
THROTTLE ;&;OE&ON
151
1 /T
-
(F>R-W
(F>B-1
')G-E
(F)G-W
.ELC-, 4 A
(F) BR-R !L-.------
j
I T 3gm -----_. 10 ITOR 7IVE IC i ENG I NE CONTROL MODULE
I
HROBMOSBB
TSB Revision
~
152
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
~ d
MFI RELAY
(F)0.85R
r
:)l. 25R F)1.251 F)1.25R
(F)1.25R
(i)RI
(F>1.25E (Fj1.25
O.S5R
CKP 3 SENSOR I
1 1
I rP 1
J
2
\/
(F) 1.25E F)1.25R :F) 1.25
[ 11 r 3-13) I
2
5Ii%OR 1
@I I INJECTOR i VI
w
\/
I
“1 "3 "4 "6 (8-35)
(8-12) 1 c J 2
L
KNOCK SENSOR L
Ir
(F>B
I '>B
(F) (F) (F) ' (F)GR (F)G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F)G 0.85G-Y 0.85G-I
F)L-I:
Y
Y
Y
78
Y
5v
5v GND V
,(c-52 4----- 17 ----- 5----- 18 ----_ L------ 1-----
39
B----(c-54
GND V
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
1.25B ! -
1.258 -a
HROBMOSCA
1 TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN x$:5$ SENSOR(FRONT)
(Fj1.25 R b (F)O. 85R (F)1.2EiR 1 *- ---- -__-_--_--_ I / 1.25IG 1.25R I
1
1.25
1
1.25R
1.25 INJECTOR
L
I I I I I I I I I I
1 1"
.I‘E !I[
In
*l I I I I I I 4 I I I ;
(F) F) (F) (F) 0.85G-W .85G-I I. 85Y-I B
1
I , I
J
n
/
i B-W ---J B-W
B-W
(F)E
V i!
*
I I
I I
-
I : B-' L -_I _-B-l
(F)B p ---- 43
16 -----. 15 -----. J: tE
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT)
i
I- 1; 2 '2 2 II (B-33 (B-3; (B-31 !I ,II 0.85Y-1 0.85' 0.8581: II 1II (B-07) 4.----_ ---_i3 21 .-J
(c-52)
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (B-45)
153
p -____-__--_ 79 V
v
I tE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
HR05MOSCB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ! FUSE@ 1 v
;ER
#Ef"uTIC CLUTCH
G-k ::E
2B-R REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
,0.8;
iv84
.REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 'REMOTE Syi;;#LLED GI
B-R
1
.ANTI-LOCK .&;';f?G;;STEM
DIODE E-31
:gZ50
R-G 1 19 (c-29) ENGINE iEEL
G
R-G 58 (c-92)
I
‘2 (c-52) I - - - - - - - - - - - - -
v
3
(c-52;
.---. 0
-------- ----. ------. ------_ 11 (c-9; !l IO !3 (F>'
G-k
L-F
_----------_ 1 (L-0
jl
&&----------
G-R
W
(17> (G-R)
1
I
G-R
.ELC-4A/T .~~;ld~SAND
----
(c-29) 7
G-E
L-B
RADIATOR AiEA!OTOR (HI) (LO)
(F)B-L
(F)B-W :F>BR-R
(F>A
L
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTO;
(L-0
ELC-4A/T
,,g (A-67)
G-R
AIR MAGNETIC CONDITIONING CLUTCH CONTROL UNIT
(c-62) El 1 2
HR05M09DA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY 7
TRP
155
3ULE
I
2 EGR SOLENOID VALVE (A-21)
! 1
LG-R
8
EVAPORATIVE ;flMIgEION SOLENOID 20
I
L-h
W-l
W-I.
BR-I
6
46 (c-53) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
56 ELC-4A/T
1 (P) F (F>L-h (B-06)
B-G
2
(F>L-W 10 C 1 IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
:ONNECT (c-52)
(c-53)
(c-79) FRONT SIDE (c-92) HR05MOSDB
1 TSB Revision
,
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
82 -
RY BA’I -
FUSIBLE LINK0
;ER
2W-B 28.
5\
5W-B
HORN
,,l (c-68)
J/B
0
_-- - 1; --Ie 00
311 7 O$B” ccg B
R-B
14
R-B a A
i
2B-k
1.25R-E
3 F
I
15A
---.I
l-L----------_
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR R-B
28.
1.25R-E
0.85B-Y 1.25B-Y
1
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL W ARNING LIGHT FULL AUTO A/C T
X88” L1GHT LUGGAGE
@%'+RTMENT DOME LIGHT, E%l' L1GHTp IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATIC LIGHT HEADLIGHT
2B-k
SUPPLEMENTAL ~&;;~fiINT
l--E
i
50
30
4m
IE AIR NSC IR
1.25R-E
1.25R-1 (c-93)
1
2B-\r 4
2B-lv
(F> I. 851 iOF 1.25B-L
\7 cc-82) ; J/B
CHARGING
3
A JL
FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28) !
0.85B-\1 v 60
0.858-!J I 0.85B-W
(F> 1.258-k,
li I 77
L
B-W
1
COMBINATION
/: iJ
157
')l. 25L- B
I
/\
1
5
1
ON*
I
1
\/ \/ "4"2 (F> 1. 258-l
r
1.25B-L i 85B-L
1
COMBINATION GAUGE
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT RESISTOR (A-5'1)
-(c-30)
1.25B-R (c-34)
l-37 (A-17) g;;bKPUM? CONNECTOR
.25B-R il(c-44)”
Y \I
.25B-F l(D-03)
WARNIhiG LIGHT
r---- -----_
[ATION IMETER) G-F?
R-B Y-k 7.__-_--___-__-__---
1 ------__
s(c-14)
Y-W G-RI
R-B
_~-____---_--_---__ hcI6 -
F)Y i METER AND i GAUGES
j6 (c-54)
1.258-L III I/I II I !
I
( ! 1.25B
I L-----------
1.25B 2E
I
1
FUEL PUMP (F-161
5 (F-14)
=
! (A-17) ( c (A-5(- 1 4
)
/
HRO5MlOAB
TSB Revision
~
158
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
VOLUME r i%W?ow (B-29)
,INE 1LANT BiATURE
VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR INTAKE AIR ;[W&ATURE
7
)
3
(F)G-Y
(F> .25E
1
(F)O
(F>B
(F)0.85R \
(F>B :F>G-Y
(F) .25E (F>R-k
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(F)
25E
(F)R-L
(F>G-Y
32 --_---_
7- 2- - -----.
(F>L-Y
(F>B
ti
HROBMlOBA
) TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MANIFOLD DIFFERENT IAL p&RE
THROTTLE I%%;~"" '
159
KNOCK SENSOR
----I
(B-OB)
(F>Y-R
B
B (F>G-Y Y-R L
I - @$;$$UISE
(F>Y-R
(F)BR-R '4
‘8 (c-541
GND
V
(A-22) (B-05) (B-08) (B-46) (c-52) m !jp&Tj) @ jlTEE#
---I GND v
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
I
(c-54)
HROSMlOBB
TSB Revision
’
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
MFI RELAY C (F) 'I. 25R
1
(F) 1.
(F) 0.85R
25R
(F) 1. 25R
(F) 1. 25R
RESISTOR (A-69) 4 +
(F> 1.25R (F) ?.25R 0 (F) 1.25R (F) 0.05R
:( 7 5 1 2 8 3 (F) (F) CF> (F) (F) o.‘El 0. 82 O$g “kSL” G-I “i;“; “;;“$ 1 1 6 5.----: 63 INJECTOR INJECTOR/x3 1 _------7 7 I v II r,1 [ I
(F) 0.85R ,,3 %%SOR /\
ISC 2 0,,5 MOTOR
,,3 %SOR I\
R
l!b -1 :3
(B-40)1
.
F)L-k
t
(F)L-‘!I
,\
L 1[
4
6
) (B-13: :B-l;
II I 2 2 pi-J 1. 25C 1 m
i
B
(F>E
ll
‘I!
(B-33 0. 85 Y-W (F) GE DG-I
(F) (F: GR-L (F)G-\I G 8 L-. -
:c- EL- _______ _ _ 8!
(F: OS”’
(F) OS”;
(F> Ok”; 1I---- 3----. iE
GND V
I[ 2 (B-32: 0. 85 W 3_---(F) 0. 85 G-R 16 -----
I I I I 1 I
1. 25 R
m I[ & 1
I\77 b 1L\I /
0. 85 BR 2_---(F> 0. 85 Y-B 15 -----A-
l
GND V
HROSMlOCA
TSB Revision
161
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) (B-16)
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (8-45)
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (8-44)
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) (B-19)
I
J3
L
*; 1
rI I II B/I I 1/I II III
5 m d
\, ‘5
J
L-
m 2 "
BI
.I
L
B-W
8 I I I / / / I I / r I
II
3
c
L-
I F--l L
$'2--_ '4 --7 --_.-J
3m
“
'1 "3
I% co
m
3 &
*I B-W B-W
6 7 - - 2-r--‘ .- 3 'I -+ I / / + II WI --- -J
- --8 _ _ 3 “(c-88) % F? vo I (F)Y-B B-W B-W t
(F>B
(F11.258 (c-54)
B-W
I
h'c;t: v 2 CL&L, ;2iz v vv B
! I
B-W
”
'1 "3
r I I I I
2
I k
76
34 (c-53:
HROJMlOCB
TSB Revision
i
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
(
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE@
IGHT
I
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
G-W r
/GER
DEDICATED 3B-R FUSE 3B-R
I I 2B-R
50
I
J/B 5(c-83)
B-R
\
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
.REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .REMOTE ;p$$;;LLED
1
DIODE E-31
R-G r----- ---------------------------------~
ENGINE ggp
R-G
~
580 d
---_ 20
------ ------. ------. ------. ------. ‘1 IO 23 (c-52 22
1 (F>
/ L-R
I
L----_ 3
(G-B)
(L-0
G-l 11 L-l
RADIATOR ;~~A~OTOR (HI) (LO)
--Y
(A-67) 6
!4;;4~SAND
c
I (A-36) 8(F>B-1 G-b
(F)B-W (F>BR-R
(F)
FE iwc IGiITION POWER TRANS&R REI .Y
(L-0
AIR ~Cl~~l~~ON’NG UNIT
HR05MlODA
1 TSB Revision
i
163
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
MFI RELAY 7 (F: 2 r---’
/
I I I I I I / I I I I-----
g9g;fiTI~~ PURGE I SOLENOID j(A-20)
_-----------___
3 (F>L-
(F)LG-R
PV
(F)R-' 32 (c-53)
G-
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
o+
:
P I
(F)L-'h A I
(A-67)
TURBOCHARGER WASTE GATE SOLENOID
_______~______ 4
E 9_____-____-__--- i6
40
G-
I
1
_____-___-______ 1
(F>LG-1
1
2( /\ EGR SOLENOID
9
_-----,
cc-29)“4
(B-06) ,,2
1
FULL AUTO A/C
(F)L-W ,,l POWER STEERING g;y?;;ER
2B n
TSB Revision
B B P R-B (Y) 4 5 1 16 7m A A A] DATA LINK CONNECTOR
l(A-18)
1
IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
~
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION Up to 1993 models and 1994, 1995 models Non Turbo (Federal) Symbol
Name
0
Air conditioning relay
Name
/ Symbol
Ignition coil (ignition power transistor) Ignition timing adjusting terminal
Air conditioning switch Camshaft position sensor
a
Check engine/malfunction indicator lamp
P
Crankshaft position sensor
D
Data link connector
R
EGR solenoid
Z
Injector
(1 Multrport fuel rnjectron (MFI) relay
ParWNeutral position switch c&T>
EGR temperature sensor
Power steering pressure switch
H
Engine control module
Resistor
W
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Throttle position sensor (With built-in closed throttle position switch)
C
Evaporative emission purge solenoid
Turbocharger waste gate solenoid
U
Fuel pressure solenoid
Variable induction control motor (DC motor) (with built-in induction control valve position sensor)
J
F
Heated oxygen sensor
E
Vehicle speed sensor
idle air control motor (stepper motor)
L
Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air A temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)
1 TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
165
-x- --qY7FU1003
Volume &flo~‘.&&sor (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)
temperature sensor
P
I
built-in closed throttle position switch)
I
P--l I
Heated oxygen sensor
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit ,
Vehicle speed sensor
I
W12FOOSC
(DC motor) (with built-in induction _ control valve position sensor) , ./ I/
X7FI lOA
I-
I
Injector \
,-\ Y7FUO803 I
(rgnition powertransistor) Y7FUO648
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
167
Check engine/malfunction
Lki @ %\\ Y7FUO999 1
\l-T-T-
Engine control module
..
W 16FO297
TSB Revision
Xl 6FO498
~
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
\
\’
X7FUlOlO
21492 \ r/
~ ./ , model&-v
yv
\ Y7FU1309
TSB Revision
169
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
i L
1 994, 1995 models except Non Turbo (Federal) and from 1996 models Symbol Q K T E Y N I H
W E C
Evaporative emission purge solenoid
X
Turbocharger waste gate solenoid
U
Fuel pressure solenoid
V
J
Heated oxygen sensor
E
Variable induction control motor (DC motor) (with built-in induction control valve position sensor)
Idle air control motor (stepper motor)
L
Vehicle speed sensor
F
Ignition coil (ignition power transistor)
M
Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)
A
iJ
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
.
- l”“, , I Volume air flow sensor” ’ (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)
-I3.0 \Y%=S-Y---l \
\ I
1 Check engine/malfunction
U68FOOll
TSB Revision
1 7 2
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
\
1
W16FO49E
W16FO292
pressure sensor
tTt)-Li ii/‘ FCR t.amnerstl IW sananr ‘I
/
I
I
riY
\
WIkUlUlU 1
TSB Revision
I __--. -_--
173
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
-/
/
/
/
W7FUlOll
i;
c
TSB Revision
If
X7FU1309
~
174 NOTES d’
1 TSB Revision
175
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
COOLING COMPONENT LOCATION Name
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Air conditioning compressor lock controller
E
Radiator fan motor control relay (up to 1993 models)
B
Air conditioning control unit
D
Radiator fan motor relay (HI)
A
Condenser fan motor relay (Hi)
B
Radiator fan motor relay (LO)
A
Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
B
Therm0 sensor
C
I U16FO257
3 II Radiator fan motor relay
\
R19F0134 00002185
: ?GKli$~E[ \y\ p \ CUP to 1993 models> Condenser fan
V16FO292
Air conditioning compressor lock controller
TSB Revision
176
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
COOLING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
FUSIBLE LINK@ 2R-B
\ ‘LJ IGNIT N SWITCI IGl) 28-h
2L-B 2R-B
7 b “t L-RI
'""I,
+
0.85B-W
T 2L-G
L-R
2L-G
L-R 5
,l ,,5 1 fi RADIATOR A (A-04X) ------&!EA?oToR ------JOFF- ;,ON \/ _ \I (LO) (HI).OFF-:flN I 3 4 3 4 L-B
h
28
59 (D-04)
1 7T
L L-Y
G-B
1 I
0
L-B
2L-Y
L-B
G-B
L-Y P6
,3 /Z
I
0.85B-W
I\
2L-Y
t
L-R
I
d
G-B
7(D-45) 2
ENGINE COOLANT 1 OFFd- LEVEL SENSOR 0; (A-56)
RESISTOR
1
L
RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY
(A-55)
2Ei
B ?
2E
6
HRO-SMOOAA
TSB Revision
177
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
K&K CONTRO
)ITIONING IE"W LoCK
RADI FAN REL(
B
L-R G-
7
L-B
~ L-------- 4L------------------------
;
G-C G-C
2L-B 5
.TICONDENSER =AR' """TOR 1
B
B L-G L-G i
G-B
9 _--__-__----___---__---~~~---~~---i (A-36)
HR06MOOAB
TSB Revision
178
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
COOLING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) FUSIB E LINK b5
IGNI: 3N SWIT( (IG2) 2R-B
2L-E (c-82) 2.-_______--____
,FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C
2R-B
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
A
B-W
(c-69)
L-F METER AND GAUGES
2L-G 1 (A-04X) ‘TrIN
1
L-k
L-I
,,5
RADIATOR (A-07X) ;;EA~OTOR -------___ (HI) OFF-:iJN I (LO) I' 3 '4 3 L-E 2B G-E x----~~~----~~~~-~------- ,2 (C-31) G-B
1
2L-Y
L-E
pW#IATOR : ASSEMBLY : (RESISTOR) .
G-Y
G-l 11 ---
!%kAND
25 (D-45) L-Y 7 G-B ..2 ,\ (A-56) ENGINE ENNT OFF '?ON- SENSOR -R 1
VEHICLE %i%R
r i (A-55): 2B
ELC-4A/T
I
53 ___- __-- ------ 166 ------------@--.&J (C-53)
2B
1 TSB Revision
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
DUAL ~$~PX~~RE
FUSIB E IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) LINK k 5
G-
L, / 1 I
r---
DEDICATED FUSE
/2L-I
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER I (G-0) I
G-
I-------
I
G,,l
,\
2L-w 5 /\\ -------
\/ "3 II cI L---. 'i
L
G-B
@OFF
2L-w 5 A\ CONDENSER ;;FAvOTOR ------(
H
I
) (LO) OFF-,? IN
(A-34X) “L 1
'4 (A-31X)
179
L
A
2L-I
2L-I 4.---__ 4 NO CONNECTION
I‘---7
28
(A-36)
7 I I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I / 3 -----___ _I
2B a
(A-33X) @im (A-34X) (A-36)(A-45)
(A-46)
HROGMOlAB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
180
COOLING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)
~:Al’;f’ _____ b,C f$+yT” ""I-,, nm.nn KHJJIHIUK
12
2R-BI
ffJYG’:
B-w
1 CHARGING
.MANUAL A/C
FAN ASSEMBLY RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ) m2L
LIGHT
METER AND ISAUGES
2L-G
!
1 (A-04X)
5 RADIATOR ;fi~,~OTOR (HI) (LIO)
OFF-:/ON
\/ 4
3 L-
LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
28 11 --------------------------G-B ,
L-Y f
L-E
VEHICLE .R $&/ND ;&i$;R
HiASSEMBLY W’ AToR
(RESISTOR)
2B
TSB Revision
ENGINE COOLANT $;lgiEATURE
G-B
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
DUAL l';~'~;RE
FUSIB E IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) LINK b 5 B A L-R
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
G-O
(G-0) 1 10 0 r----+*------52---------------1 II // G-O I/ 2L-Y I II L--------&---------------------1 I 63% ELCATED / 2L-R 20A II
I I I I
id
1
181
2R-B
---7
G-O
2L-w
G-B
J
2L ,:
1
I
w
&--,1 I
I
1
NC! CONNECTION
11
2B (A-36)
I
[CONDENSER ,FAN MOTOR
M
c----------
2
t/,-i 2
2B
2L-B 0 2B
I'
HROGM02AB
TSB Revision
182
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
COOLING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2R-B
2R-B
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
2L-B
I
+ ---pqF-JNG (C-82) .MANUAL A/C 'FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONING J/B @ 10A i 1
(c-69)
L-R 0
1
I
?1 1 I k--------- 1
L-f 5 (A-04X) r - b - - 2L-G
i
IN
L-E
METER AND GAUGES
2L-G
L-R L-l ,,5 RADIATOR /\ (A-07X) ---------_ Kk!A!oToR (LO) (HI) PFF-..b I 4 I G-B 2B G-B 11 __---____----------_-----G-B J
L-E
2L-Y
G-E 11
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
Gj~~~~~ G-B (A-56)
VEHICLE METER AND @;R GAUGES
Bll ENGINE COOLANT ~~/;;~A'"""
Y-W 1 2E
EL&4A/T
20
1
1 ----92 1 ---_--------_86
2E
HROGMOBAA
1 TSB Revision
183
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
DUAL AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK g$FF%;;RE , CONTROL,LER (DOHC>
IGNITI SWITCf-
I
; 2L-;
I 1 0 y----.,,lO --__--__-----_ 3 / G-O 1 / 2L-Y L--------,2 --______-___--_-______ 09 WATED 20A C
G-O
2L-W
,,3 h
I I I I
7 1, ,,-OFF (HI) (LO) ti ON "4 (A-31X) ' 2L-B 1 0
(
L----
G-B L
NO CONNECTION
2 I I I I I I / I @&
e I
L
M
2L-E I 9 I .--------_
-
?
iCONDENSER /IFAN MOTOR
2B
i HROGM03AB
TSB Revision
184
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. Neither the radiator fan nor condenser fan rotate at all. l Check fusible link No. 5 2. Only the condenser fan does not operate. l Check dedicated fuse No. 8. 3. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the low speed mode, but operate otherwise. (1) The AK compressor magnet clutch does not enter the “ON” state. l Check whether the output of the auto compressor control unit is available. NOTE For troubleshooting of the air conditioning control unit, refer to GROUP 55. (2) The A/C compressor magnet clutch enters the “ON” state. l Check the resistor.
Check the radiator fan motor relay (LO) and condenser fan motor relay (LO). l Check the therm0 sensor (for radiator fan). (3) The radiator fan does not rotate when the air conditioning switch is turned ON. l Check the radiator fan motor control relay. 4. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the high speed mode, but operate otherwise. l Check the therm0 sensor (for condenser fan). l Check the radiator fan motor relay (HI) and condenser fan motor relay (HI). l
Fan Operating Mode ant temperature switch (for air conditioning cut-
Radiator fan mo-
3°C (239 f 5°F) or over, ON at 108°C
OFF
ON
LOW
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
ON ON ON OFF
TSB Revision
185
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit OPERATION The engine control module controls the power transistors (high speed and low speed) in the module to provide radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor rotation controls in accordance with the engine coolant temperature and vehicle speed. 1. Radiator Fan (Low Speed Rotation) l When the engine control module turns on the power transistor (low speed) in the module, the current flows from the ignition switch to the engine control module through the radiator fan motor relay (LO) coil. If the current flows to the fan motor relay coil, the switch of the relay turns on to supply the motor driving power (for low speed rotation). This will cause the current to flow from the battery to the ground through the radiator fan motor, relay switch and resistor, rotating the radiator fan at low speeds. 2. Condenser Fan (Low Speed Rotation) The power from the NC compressor lock l controller turns on the condenser fan motor relay (LO) to rotate the condenser fan at low speeds. 3. Radiator Fan, Condenser Fan (High Speed Rotation) When the engine control module turns on l the power transistor (high speed) in the module. the radiator fan motor relay (HI) and condenser fan motor relay (HI) will operate and the motor driving power (for high speed rotation) is sent to the radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor to rotate the radiator fan and condenser fan at high speeds.
NOTE In the event of faulty water temperature sensor, the engine control module commands the fan motors (for both radiator and condenser) to rotate at high speeds.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. Neither the radiator fan nor condenser fan rotate at all. l Check fusible link No. 5. 2. Only the condenser fan does not operate. l Check dedicated fuse No. 8. 3. The condenser fan do not operate in the low speed mode, but operate otherwise. (1) The A/C compressor magnet clutch does not enter the “ON” state. l Check whether the output of the air conditioning compressor lock controller unit is available. (2) The A/C compressor magnet clutch enters the “ON” state. l Check the condenser fan motor relay (LO)4. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the high speed mode, but operate otherwise. l Check the engine control unit.
Fan Operating Mode A/C compressor lock controller output
Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature
k%
80 or less [50 or less] LO (OV) 80 or more [50 or more]
HI
(12V)
Transistor in engine control unit High speed
Radiator fan
Condenser fan
$1
Transistor in engine control unit Low speed
Approx. 95 [203] or less
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Approx. 95 [203] or more
ON
OFF
Low speed
OFF
Approx. 105 [221] or more
ON
ON
High speed
High speed
Approx. 105 [221] or less
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Approx. 105 [221] or more
ON
ON
High speed
High speed
Approx. 105 [221] or less
ON
OFF
Low speed
Low speed
Approx. 105 12211 or more
ON
ON
High speed
High speed
,_ -
1 TSB Revision
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
/ 0.850-w 160
&!g?!’
WITH Elm-
ALARM 2B-Y 59a PARK/NEUTRAL > ~8~CI;~ON
L-R L-R ,\4
5\10
1
___--_--- -----------P
‘L+$f
\
Lq,
\
2+4 p
STARTER K-L
I
W-B Y Y-E? Y-R
I ' i;y;;NATION
,\/, 3 ,,4 /,
8BF
(D-03)
PWR
I
(R-G) G-Y
I
\, I
2
(R-G) ,,3 (R-G) I G-Y .i4 G-Y " (c-14)
B-Y _
0-Y
0-Y
B-Y
,,ll 0-Y " (c-15)
(B-Y)
RHEOSTAT
HR07MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
187
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
IGNIT IN SWITC :IG2) 2L-B -___-__-___--_
TAILLIGHT RELAY
10A
L-R (c-30) L-R
L-R
OVERDRI VE SWITCH (c-45)
L-R
&G!K’ MODULE L-F%
Z-D
I
3' sI d:m
(R-G) G-Y
+-l-LJ
!&y?~- ----- ------ I 14 R-W A
I
(B-Y) !:&RUISE b!J#%JiSE CONTROL * CONTROL7 I
. El
AUTO#@L R-W UNIT R-y lo (c-37) I i
HR07MOOAB
TSB Revision
,
188
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - EL(=-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
A/T FLUID AIR CONDITIONING $$/g;;ATURE COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER (HOT) I (cooL)
MGB6bE 5W-B1
G-R
--_-----_ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 1 I I 4
1
I
i
7
3o,(c-52: G-‘ I\
I
!
(c-
L-W
W
W-R
I
3 (c-29)
dr
IOD OR 0 STORAGE CONNECTOR m^
(G-R I
_-----
------_
(P:
-8 - - - - 6 -_ _ _ _ .I I ‘i BR-C
Y-W
6m
P
(Y-R)
)
(DOHC-Non-Turbo>
18
(Y-W)
P ) ------- 4 ;;;XbERATOR SWITCH (c-13)
08E
Y-W
10 I
:A LINK JNECTOR-
SPEED SENSOR (@%*)
1
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
OFF- ON
AUTO-CRUISE = CONTROL UNIT H
HR07MOOBA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 AK Circuit
PULSE GENERATOR B &%iATDR A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE I
1
l-----J-
i?
JL ----?----.
s _-1--_
B
w
5V GND 3
.----
A -----_-
$1 72 1.25B , j Y-R 1
L I
i_--_
B/,4 /-\ 1 G
_---_
.-- _ .--. 3 '59 a._ _---_ -
(A-54)
LL-,
A
E 4
GND
GND
IC 1
GND
GND
1 ’,
V I v_ ---‘J
V
05 lm 62 B
B 0
HROTMOOBB
TSB Revision
190
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) ‘\j~ IGNITION SWITCH(ST) 2B-Y 2 (c-31) 2B-Y
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) mq$--------
0. 0qk5--
(A-67) 5----
i WITHOUT WITH EEL 2 EA'ML-R 2B-Y 590 gp3 5260 PARK/NEUTRAL &E+$dON ------------- -----_______
(8-26) 1 Lq\2~r$Jp L~\~Tpp.fip L’;,j_-“p ---Gx- Em9 lllJ12rnd>2 4 g
+g
.,
*g
(F)L-R
I
$$
t
STARTER
&&>&&A AA/\AAA LLLlrLLLLG ""VV"V
I ’
&f%TUP B-Y R-L W-B V
Y:B Y-R
igZ;&NATION (D-03)
RHEOSTAT
(c-14) (c-31) (c-15) (c-77) (c-29) ~~‘~1~~ (C-82)0 l@l
HRO7MOlAA
TSB Revision
191
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ E\TT Circuit
IGNIl SWIT( 2L-E -------_- ____. z(c-82)
L-F jc-30) 3 (F)L-R
TAILLIGHT RELAY G-W,,6 ic-ss)
L-R (L-R OVERDRIVE SW1TCH
L-R
(c-45)
%lwT
ISE
(c-37)
HR07MOlAB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
192
ELC-4 W CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
EYWKB6(4E
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
1
G-R \/
m --1
7
G-
IOD OR STORAGE
I
4
5W-Bi
0
(G-R
(c-52:
(c-54
116 (c-53)
L-W
W-L
W-R
I 3-----i 2 5
4
23 L
I 7 18 ‘4 ------- 1,_----L_----------------------- ------. Y
3
-r
4
_-----_ -_---7 (c-46) 3 (P: 11 1 (Y-R' P 4 2 __----BR-1
T
I’
Y-W 6m
Y-W
P
(Y-R
____-_------- ;46 40 1 (c-47) W (Y-W) IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
I
r \TA LINt INNECTOI SWITCH (B-42)
HR07MO IBA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ A/T Circuit
(c-53)
4 -____--___ - -
4
-
Ic
---
Y-R BR-F
i7
x/
i V _---L .-34 I- -. - - ---. I--. n
GND A - - --__
._ L
PULSE GENERATOR B k%:ATOR A l-----I
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
I
193
THROTTLE E;;&ON A/xl B,,4 /\ (B-05)
;
I
B
B
-- --4;) ------A
I I I I / I I I I I I
!L
i+
GND GND
GND
is-
(F>L-Y
(F>R
(F)GR
(F>I
I
II
_I’ - - -J
-5 B
E
SOLENOID VALVE (A-54) (B-05) (B-27)(=) i-1
cc-47)
(c-53)
HRO'IMOlBB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ- A/T Circuit
ELC-4 AIT CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) STA ;ER REL - -
IGN ION SWI' Ii (ST) 2B-\I 2 (c-31)
IGNI'I SWITC -
2B-\ 2B-\1
r0
p (c-81) L-R
J
iltj$lil;UISE
2B-\
-------_-_ 0
(c-82) J/B
3 5 ----------WITH AEK'M-
ALARM
3N (IGl) B-W
2L-B
2B-Y
;gg”’
CG2) A#ic --
2B-Y
10A
)
(c-77)
7
CHARGING
-J 16
0.85B-W
(c-29)
2 L-R L-R
MFI SYSTEM
. I
Q J
'l.25B-Y 1
12B-Y
PARK/NEUTRAL g;sCE$;ON
(L-R)
(F>L-R
2B-Y
L-R 6 7
r-
7
2B-R 1.25B-W MFI SYSTEM
0.85B-R
2B-R v
STARTING
SUPPLkMENTAL @g$lM"'NT
169 B-Y :F)R-L
1 R-W
(F)Y-
(c-82) HR07M02AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit
195
OVERDRIVE AND ~~';'~~;;ECONOMY
A11 LIEI
(R-G c
A
B
C
D
E
F
AUTGCRUISE CONTROL R-W UNIT
'-y I lo cc-37)
G-W
II
PARK/NEUTRAL ISE ~;~Cl;RON I-
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FOG LIGHT .GLOVE BOX LIGHT (F)G-W20 (F)G-W () VANITY MIRROR LiGHT AND INSPECTION 4 LIGHT ~~~KJ;~BC$" ' '-".REAR WINDOW (G-W) DEFOGGER AND INSF .TURN-SIGNAL I.IGHT 1 AND HAZARD LIGHT I I I I 1
-
~~~~~~
47
(c-14) $:--$:4
j$@ELECTOR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
(c-45)
(R-G) G-Y 3 4 COMBINATION' '\ /\ COMBINATION METER (D-03)
I "8 OVERDRIVE ANC (B-Y) #;gi;ECONOMY (c-29):? (B-Y) B-Y 21 B-Y
8:F P W R
t'
11 h
R-Y G-R RHEOSTAT
HR07M02AB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) d AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
A/T FLUID ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE SENSOR JL
7 G-R 11
(c-77)2
R-B (c-29) R-B 8 ----s
l(c-52
(c-54
L-W
W-L
.FULL AUTO A/C .MAN'JAL A/C 3
(A-67) G-R
G-Y B-1
G-R
MFI SYSTEM
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
T
!4----.. 17------_ -----wT--
23 .---_-----___ __
(F>R-B I
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE ~~ld~~"'"""'
‘d
R-E
DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT HEADLIGHT
1 G
(YYY-W
1
-I P
2B
6
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
1
SPEED SENSOR
OFF - ON -
HR07M02BA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PULSE GENERATOR B :k%ATOR A l-----l/
I z
GND A
197
I-.
64 (F)G-‘
rI I I I I I I I IR I I 1 I I I I I /L.
(F>BR-R I
(c-47)
2Lll - - - -_
3--- 4----_
G
B
.-- -_--_ ?A-i_42_-A V
1
I
GND
GND
GND V -
-4 ---45
13 (F)L-I
(F)R
(F)GR
/
E
(F)(
B
(A-54) (B-05) iB-27)(4-p
(c-47)
(c-53)
HR07M02BB
TSB Revision
(
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA)
:fE ,“~
;ER i% -
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
ggp!’ ALARM
r0
p&
WITH EE-
10A
(c-81) l2
(c-77)
L-R
0.85B-W
(c-29)
(c-30)
i0
16
2 L-R L-R
2B-Y
fWO~g~"'SE
MFI SYSTEM
2B-Y
1
IGNIl 54’IN IGNI' 3N SWIT( - -(IG2) SWIT( - (IGl) 28-1 B-W 2L-E I 28-1 r CHARGING (c-82) ,L 7 77 J/B )
1 (F)L-R
(F)0.85R
PARK/NEUTRAL g;sWHON
6 OFF
‘r
P
-6 r
7
2B-R
'4
'WR
Lq,
-
2 %
2s
(F) 0.85R-L
1 N
3
5
v &wp
2B-R
MFI SYSTEM
L-R
1 &SO
$3
1.25B-W
(L-R)
? STARTING
0.85B-R I
(F)B-Y F>R-L
SUPPLEMENTAL g;g$;;INT
(F>Y
HR07M03AA
1 TSB Revision
199
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
TAILLIGHT OVERDRIVE AND ;t$~~&ECONOMY
OVERDRIVE AND ~~~~~~ECONOMY I
RELAY
l.r
(
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSED > J
R-W i r - - - - ------_ WITHOUT PARK/NEUTRAL K%isU I SE Pt&T~ON , * I
NOTE :l:Hatcnback %2:Convertible
"80 G-W (R-G
G-w 80 G-W I ,
i
IL
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FOG LIGHT (F)G-W .GLOVE BOX LIGHT, 20 VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSRECTION LIGHT .REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER (G-W) *TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT L
METER AND GAUGES
Y
: -_____ ---_
14
(F)G-W t
t GLOVE BOX LIGHT, VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSPECTION
T
3 (c-14) --.
\
l-
(F)Y-R (Fj
11 Ilr )B-
(R-G G3 COMBINATION METER (D-03) %F ( I
PW 1
1
-
R-Y B-Y
37+-@f%w G-R
I RHEOSTAT
HR07M03AB
TSB Revision
200
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)
AIR CONDiTIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE I
SW-RI
+
G-RI
,
3 -
------.
--
16
1
I
loAO I 1,
(c-70)
1-- 2
.FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C
(c-8c D 11
R R-Y (F>R- B 1 i2 T-i
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
Bi R-B
(R-B) f
(c-47),39 I V
2; -
v
~%“BF 3 I1
MFI SYSTEM 1
(F)R-B
W-R
/
i 7
R-E J
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
4 “i
l-
R-I
1
DOME 'LIGHT FOOT LIGHT'AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT 'HEADLIGHT
-----11
(c-46)
(P (Y-R
(Y-W
MFI SYSTEM
P _T BR-G
(c-29)
MFI SYSTEM (Y-W)!
Y-W ?(c-14)
I
(Y-R
2B
-----------10
7
F
46 ( c - 4 7 ) w I 1
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
SPEED SENSOR
5 1 =
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
H
%%““” SWITCH (B-42)
7M0 3BA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
1
4.
GND
84
i
I -I 17
(F>G (F>BR-I; THROTTLE &E~'o~ON
PULSE PULSE GENERATOR B GENERATOR A
I L r/ I I/I I I/ IIIF ,I II II &-
(A-54) -, _--
----1----.
----
G
B
W
.---12 r_3_ .--_-
ie - a+
GND Q
GND 0
(F)R
B
?-4-,
GND
I I
-4 --15
13 (F>L-'
I I
,
z-
I
w
201
B
(F)GR
la
~~:L ~~~~~1~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~ I * SOLENOID VALVE
ia HR07M03BB
TSB Revision
202
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
E%""
IGNITION ' SWITCH(IG1)
7
------___
CHARGING
(c-77) “‘16 0.85B-W WITHOUT XK 2B-Y
#;~~~fUISE 2B-Y
2B-Y PARK/NEUTRAL/ ~;~CJ$~ON
WITH E!%-
Bh10
/+ 1.25B-Y L/ (F>L-R
(F)O.85R
L-R /t
1
A
6
; ----- - ---- 1% -------- -
I
.P , , D--?l' R v v ,, \, i, \I \I
7
2B-R
110)12 2 4
1.258-W SYSTEM
(L-R)
A3 h
V
MF
L-R L-R
I
MFI SYSTEM
‘d
Lq,
~
2a D--cN- R V
(F) 0.85R-L
I 5 I I
2B-R
0.850-R
v STARTING I
7 SUPPLEMENTAL g;tTER' NT
(F)Y-R
(F)B-Y JF)R-L (F>W-B (F>Y F)Y-B
G-R
HR07M04AA
TSB Revision
203
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit
TAI
IL) r---I/ R-W iWITH WITHOUT PARK/NEUTRAL /$$&$UISE $$$&~"I"" Kl~~I~ON ,------I \ I / 1 I-
(R-G G-W ,FOG LIGHT ,GLOVE BOX LIGHT,
$!~;yA/j;RROR
(F>G-W
GAUGES
(F>G-W
20 INSPECTION LIGHT REAR WINDOW + DEFOGGER TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT(G-W) #&B~~R~&HL'~GHT AND HAZARD LIGHT AND INSPECTION LIGHT
i
I
L
L
(F>Y-R /t?\v. (
t
G3 (c-14) ---
4
(c-45)
(R-G G-' q
3 COMBINATION METER (D-03)
fE/JEWELECTOR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
r
I ,
I ’
/
-
I
dL-
-\ i
ELC:4A/T CONTROL MODULE
8 OVERDRIVE ANC (B-Y) #@hECONOMk (C-29)12 t
“I
PW )
2 E li
L
R-Y G-R
RiEOSTl \T
HR07M04AB
1 TSB Revision
l
204
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
!- I I
5!53 -
I”1 1 3
(F>R-B
L
7
” 6C
(c-52
(c-53
(c-9;3
B-b
L-W
W-L
W-F1
16
I
R-,B a-
7 .4-----_ -----__ !B---- - 4-_
V 14
I
F
I DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE f~$RfRTMENT
2/
A-1
I IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
*
MANU!L A/C
G-R I
-.lL
-I
R-EI
I l-3
1OME LIGHT. \ND IGNITION :EY CYLINDER i~~@INATION
.f :OOT LIGHT
Ii
(c-46)
nJ
(Y-R
.fiEADLIGHT
------1
!
2B
OFF
1 -
!r=
-
SPEED SENSOR
ON
=
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)-
%%""" SWITCH (B-42)
HR07M04BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE I
PULSE GENERATOR B #i%ATOR A
5v
r’ I II II I I /R /I I I1/ /I IL. (c-47).
(F>BR-I
b- L 1
205
G
,-- -;e--i A
5--_
/
1-- -.
I I
k/
1;: -
B
a-,
z
id
&
%
(F)L-'
GND
GND
GND
(F)I;
SOLENOID VALVE
HR07M04BB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION
P19FO134 owo**o6
switch
._
4
dL -@- AlTfluid // temperature
;,’ ‘2 \$/-’ ~-p?e;s~6Foo63
SCSV-B SCSV-A TCC solenoid
ZTFA0280
[Ir:rnl .il .ll %
(E-32) !I 1_8- 17 Ill 20 19 15 ----- -- -------, I
BR-W Y-B BR-L BR-Y
I1
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)
h3
2E
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW :2:VEHICLES WITH POWER WINDOW
0
(E-01) (c-04x) mi3 mv) p&iRqa f!q%i$q -:1 (E-34)** (E-38) mj !@sF@ lzlza
(E-ll) (E-22) (E-32) @J@J
HRllM04AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
225
%R”6” 6
IGN SWI: 2-
5W-B,,1 (c-68) J/B/ '
@ i 10A 8
:ON I(ACC) 4
G
r(c-8l)
(c-74) R-E
1
15
ll(c-72)
5(c-82)
R-B
L-
DOME LIDHT
( A - - R-:
I
;;;Tg;MINDER OFF .* u 7
VEHICLES WITH ( THEFT-ALARM ) BR-W Y-B BR-L
B-L
(LH) R-B C-67 R-B t
I-
10 4 I
Y
R-B ' 1 R-B
FEEDER ANTENNA TRANSMITTER
rt3
(A-11X) (c-58) (c-68) (c-70) m-a (c-74) (C-81) p&/%gqfg WH m~~“&~~ / i HRllM04AB
1 TSB Revision
i
226
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 models) (Vehicles with keyless entry system) (CONTINUED)
R-G (c-79)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
ETACS UNIT v
a
7
V
*
Tr
TIMER CIRCUIT
G-Y B-I
CONSTANT VOLTAGE 5V +
SNI: I
--__--__----___-___
-----------
----__
_-
V -
7%
----_
j7 :3 :4 59
G-l
-AL-l ----- - -. j4 :4
6o:3
II II I/ i
\ Ij
1
E
B-L 1 G-YI
\
i-
3
(RH)
Y
(LH)
, R-c
2E
DOOR SWITCH
1 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT (E-37)
GND
V
20
0 NOTE :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM x4:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
HRllM04BA
TSB Revision
227 NOTES
i
TSB Revision
228
.
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) Ijl FUSIBLE,LINK@ 5W-B1
t
1OAb
12 (c-78)
0.85R-B R-B R-B
R-B
,,2 C\
UNLOCK+ r
4 B
OFF-1 ‘7-“r
5 I 3
/
0.85R-B
1
0.85R-B
DOOR LOCK ,,7 POWER RELAY 2 (E-38) I\
R-B DOOR LOCK ,.7POWER RELAY1 (c-04x)
,,2 C\
UNLOCK (
, LOCK
I
_
, LOCK
1
----
I
3
5
BR-b
B
3 I -1
R
8 I
4 (F)BR-t (F) BR-W
f
0
Y-B
BR-V
(F) L-R
BR-L
'B
13
BR-I
BR-L
g
BR-L
(F) BR-'ti
(F) BR-W
f
2E
n 6
KEYLESS ENTRY (E-37) CONTROL UNIT
la
HRllMOSAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 A f-
229
, \
DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 2
DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1
(F)BR-‘ L-R L-B ---,j!o ---- ,J9--__ ,15 '> (E-32) L-R L-B BR-Y ,,3 ,,l ,,2 \ ,\ /\ LOCK
L--I -&..-I LDOOR LOCK
5r %K
LOCK
SWITCH(RH) my
(F>B
I
(F>BI
(E-01)
G-W
13
t
(F)G-L
I
(F>G-'h
I
KEYLESS ENTRY
5:: ic-65) ig; --------4 NOTE :l:VEHICLES :E:VEHICLES :3:VEHICLES :4:VEHICLES
WITHOUT POWER WINDOW WITH POWER WINDOW WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
E
ETACS UNIT
I ( 16n*3(c-65) ,,15:4- ,I I
HRllMOSAB
TSB Revision
230
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
IGNIl SWITC
FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B
2W-B HORN
5W-B
!
IN ACC)
J\lQj-izJ
J/B I
10A
4
(c-70) ‘r 1--T2
(F)R-B
RIR-Yi n U.U3K-tl nr_ _ 11 12
2-L
4,. *I-
L---_
(c-82)
I 6e--J
R-B
R-B
(RH) c-35
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
R-G
R-G
O.&R-0 R-B
a-E
1
0 -
R-B
2 (;i;;;;;;;;H > +
.BUZZER .DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT
N
B-L
~~QF”,\ J$emJ,J~ I
-
A
‘A‘UAYLY‘Y‘I ,f ‘y
1
-‘*1
u
NOTE 'l:;{k&ES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM "2:;~~$~bES WITH THEFT-ALARM '3:;;giXgbES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY
(c-82)-
1
I
I
-7 I - - 1--""7 nn.r".nnr 1
(c-81)
R-G
I
TRANSMITTER :3
\
r-4
I
I
.@
KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT-
(E-05) (E-37) HRllM05BA
TSB Revision
231
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
FUSIBLE LINKa
DOOR LOCK
SW-al.
2W-B
B8%RL :jfAYl AND2 B
pow% RELAY
R-B
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F>R-B
I
I
r-
ETACS UNIT
(c-66) I51
(c-65) S" Aih"
4
( - -------74 j7 :4
-
54z4 5Pji
I
+ --G--
f(j-5.
jg Z5
;#R LIGHT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
$4 1x5
14:4
3 -4
R-G 1oz5 G-Y L-Y
B
G-Y J
R-E B-L
3
g;;T;;MINDER
I
8
OFF ,*
VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM (c-58)
1 G-Y
R-G
E
p G;D
,5R-C
I
0 ;,.I3
I
4
I
j
KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
Is
OFF ‘1
5%
=
q (c-65):4
(c-65) It5
(c-66)$4
(c-66):5
L/VU,\
SWITCHCLH)
(C-68) Em)
HRllM05BB
TSB Revision
232
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
I L.J
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-BI
0.85R-B
12 (c-78)
R-B 1
R-B
0.85R-B
DOOR LOCK ,,7 POWER RELAY 2 (E-38) I IT\
j
1
L-
I 1
LOCK 1 I OFF Y
0.85R-B
0 \,
0.85B
R-B DOOR LOCK ,.7POWER RELAY1 (c-04x) ,\ I
,,2
UNLOCKiOFF/.! O N 0 _----. .---.
N ----
:1
_
I --“3
V
"5
BR-I
'
3
1 BR-L
(F>BR-h (F) BR-W
BR-I
BR-k
BR-L
BR-L
(F> BR
(F> BR-k
(F) BR-W
2B
3Y G
HRllMO7AA
1 TSB Revision
233
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
7 1I
DOOR LOCK DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 POWER RELAY 2 H7
7
A7
(F: (F)BR-II \r Bf -ia ------
BR-I
L-I?
3
(F>BR-I I
L-B
L-F?
5
T--f-+
n
17 20 19 ------_ ----- ----_
BR-P i,
T-
;CK + ‘OCK
I
BR-'
L-B 3
r’
15 (E-32)
i -9 EcKp I h
I300R LOCE
BR-Y
(F)BF
5 B
4)
E!” LoCK ;Jk+;;ER
(F>G-L
1
KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT (E-37)
LG-it /
(RH)
I
------- (E-32) 5 12 _1-L 1 LG-W (F)BR-Y 1 3
1 (E-23)
1 !
1
(E-10) I
(F)c L
I
i :
LOCK
L;K
SWITCH (RI(E-06)
2B
I 3
15 (E-01)
3
i
E
\
(F)L-I 17 -----__
E ,
NOTE :l:VEHICLES x2:VEHICLES :3:VEHICLES x4:VEHICLES
DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 * 7
T
I:
2 ;E;R LOCK
#+#ER (LH)
WITHOUT POWER WINDOW WITH POWER WINDOW WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
ii a r + bF ETACS UNIT
HRllM07AB
TSB Revision
~
234
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
IGNITIC-IN SWITCH (ACC)
HdRN
5W-B 1
l(c-68) J/B l
(C-E
I
69 10A
(c-7o,y--“2
R R-Y ,.l ,.2 \ -
30
0p
(HATCHBACK)R-B DOME LIGHT - 1 1
0.85R-B
R-B1 (F) R-B
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
R-B1 (RH) c-35
I
R-B
BUZZER DOME LIGHT.FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT
KEY REMINDER
r-r -_
VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM B-L
I
L
7h
I
NOTE xlm;EbES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM "2:;;g'/gkES WITH THEFT-ALARM :3:;&g+gkES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY
TRANSMITTER x3
I KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT-
HRllMO7BA
1TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
235
FUSIBLE LINK0
R-B ETACS UNIT
(c-66)1 51
(c-65) nhn ""Y
I
4
I
STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F>R-B
GND n --2
i
54
----_
:4 jg $5
;I;" LIGHT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R-G G-Y
.
J
1
I
G-Y
G-Y
R-G
---
(F)
OFF OFF - ON - ON
=
II
D
ir R-G 1
B
B
4:4
6:5
j7
KEY REMINDER SWITCH
B B
w&BS THEFT-ALARM
GND GND
(c-58) B 5 4 " v vj2B LINK CONNIXTOR A
kxmJ77~o
DATA
DOOR SWITCH (LH)
lM07BB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Lockina Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION Name
Symbol
Data link connector (from 1994 models)
D
Data link connector (up to 1993 models)
A
Door lock actuator
E
Door lock power relay 1
B
I
\
Name
Symbol
Door lock power relay 2 (Concerning the vehicles up to 1993 models, only for the vehicles equipped with keyless entry system.) ETACS unit Keyless entry control unit
F
W16FO268 00002664
N19F0134
)
u
\
Y16FO49f
Y16FO354
actuator Y16FO202
1 TSB Revision
lay2
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit / Li!
,’ id
237
OPERATION When the door lock switch is set to the LOCK l side (or UNLOCK side), the LOCK side (or UNLOCK side) of the door lock relay is turned ON and the door actuators of all doors operate. If the driver seat side door (or assistant seat l side door) is opened and the driver seat side inside lock knob (or assistant seat side inside With the driver’s and front passenger’s doors unlocked, press the LOCK switch of the transmitter, and the door lock signal output (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 12 closing the door lock power relays 1 and 2 to lock the driver’s and front passenger’s doors. While the R.H. and L.H. doors are in the locked state, press the UNLOCK switch of the transmitter once, and the DOOR UNLOCK switch signal (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 14 closing the door lock power relay 2 to unlock the driver’s door. 0 Under the above-mentioned conditions, further press the UNLOCK switch of the transmitter, and the DOOR UNLOCK signal output (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 13 closing the door lock power relay 1 to lock the front passenger’s door. 0 When the keyless entry system is operated to turn the driver’s door lock switch from the UNLOCK position to the LOCK position, the
lock knob) is locked with the key inserted in the ignition switch, the ETACS unit grounds the unlock side circuit of the door lock relay to unlock all doors. This way, failure to remove the key is prevented.
dome light/foot light blinking signal output (system voltage) will be sent twice from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 11 when the door lock switch is turned from the LOCK position to the UNLOCK position, the lighting signal output (0 V) will be provided for approx. 3 seconds. NOTE The dome light winks or comes on when the dome light switch is in the DOOR interlock position. However, the dome light does not wink while it .is ON for 6 seconds after closing the door by ETACS function. Besides the above-mentioned operations, the keyless entry control unit has the following functions. If any door is not opened or closed within 30 l seconds from unlocking the door by means of the keyless entry system, the door is In addition, if the automatically locked. cryptographic code other than the code stored in the receiver memory is received 30 times in one minute continuously, operation of the unit is suspended for 10 minutes. Operation is also suspended if the ignition key l remains inserted (key reminder switch: OFF) and either door is left open (door switch: ON).
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Phenomenon
Inspection method
One of the door lock actuators fails to operate.
0
No unlock operation can be made by pressing door lock knob after fulfilment of following conditions. 0 Insertion of key in ignition switch (key reminder switch OFF) 0 Opening of door (door switch ON)
0 0
TSB Revision
Check the door actuator which fails to operate.
Check the key reminder switch input signal. Check the key reminder switch. (Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition Switch.) 0 Check the front door switch input signal. 0 Check the front door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door Assembly)
238
CIRCUIT .DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
The indicator does not blink after pressing the l transmission switch of the transmitter. 1) Check or replace the battery. (Refer to GROUP 42-Keyless Entry System.) 2) Replace the transmitter. l Transmitted wave is being sent from the transmitter (indicator is blinking), but the system does not operate. 1) Check the cryptographic code registering method. (Refer to GROUP 42-Keyless Entry System.) 2) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage. (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.) 3) Check the coaxial cable of antenna and the ground wire for connection. l Only R.H. or L.H. door can be locked or unlocked. 1) Check the door lock power relay 1 (for front passenger’s door) or door lock power relay 2 (for driver’s door). (Refer to GROUP 42-Central Door Locking System.) 2) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage. (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.)
R.H. and L.H. doors can be locked and unlocked by the transmitter but the dome light and foot light do not blink or come on. (Interlocked lighting of the dome light and foot light by means of the dome light switch or door opening and closing is normal). 1) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.) 2) Check the harness. NOTE l : Perform this check when replacement of the transmitter and/or keyless entry control unit or faulty storage of cryptographic code has been made. l
\ Ilj
‘d I 1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Heater Circuit
239
HEATER CIRCUIT (UP TO 1995 MODELS)
FUSIB E LINK b 6
IGNI ION SW17 H(IG2)
5W-B 1 (c-68)
c
?(c-82) J/B
CHARGING
63
E
30A
1OP
-I \r --___-____--_
5-
s
r 15A
G-W
s(c-69) J/B
G-W 5 (C-83)
\I
3L yEBa L-R
2B
NOTE %l:HATCHBACK t2:CONVERTIBLE
2L-I
2W-B
@~k\'GHT
&L 2 3B-W 0 2B-WI
L-R
30 )
c REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
L-R
G-W
TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT
;$##i;~ HEATER CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION LIGHT I
(c-20)
B-L BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24) L-R
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39)
RHEOSTAT
0.85B W-B
(c-1s)
LOI"&l-iMt WON-OFF : 155’ C (311’ F) OFF-ON :llO’C(230’F) i OF’
0
(A-67) G-R (G-R)
MODULE
( F )G-E
AIR CONDITION NG ENGINE COOLAN #fK[ATURE ON-OFF : 115’ C (239’ F) OFF-ON : 108’ C (226’ F)
ON i
r
3---_ 1 I , I I I I I I I / 1 I
1
3
(F>G G -R
G-R
19
COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT
THERMOSTAT
[
----_
:--i G -R I I I I I I I I I I I I c I 1T I I I I / I -..LL I I "3 I -Y B-W I G E3-------L---
(Y-F
(Y-G
3-------.
10 .---_
?1 : I
(F) Y-F B-
(B-20
$‘( 1
‘L -0
6 0
G
(F)B-W E;
L-------
G
(F)L-R
)*2'2
1
HR12M02BA
TSB Revision
1
251
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE @ )
AIR &~~;$IONING G
(B-R) i5
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
11
ENGINE SI ;EEl OPERATIOI b
SND
V -
10 (c-40)
(G-k
I
(B
(B: I
4)
i
COMBINATION METERCTACHO) W
(W-B
lz 2E
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR Q a
HR12M02BB
TSB Revision
252
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED) ‘d
I G.NITI SW ITCH 21 63
(
30A
1
Al /+,4
2B-W
I
I3
3B-' ‘i
BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24)
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39) ci
0.85B W-k
ii
4
I- 2B,
“3
----------
I L
W-B H
HR12M02CA
1 TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK g6' CONTROLLER f
;;[i;IGHT l.,,,-wl
(G-k
W-E
G-WI J/B
G-W (c-18) AIR ~;B;;;IONING
-----oFF4!ji-jL; (
1
(G-Y
(c-25)
‘_----_
R-Y
G-W 3
I2
>
II 2
L-k
'-"I
4
I 41 B-k , B-'r
L-B
7 2------~ .-__- -----
11
(c-15)
B-k I
9
v
RHEOSTAT G
HR12M02CB
1 TSB Revision
254
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
MANUAL AIR COiDlTlONlNG CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) IGNI1 IN SWIT( (IG2)
EPizBQE
2L-E
L
J/B @ 30A
(c-69)
L-k)
2L-G
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
I -lc 2L-G
t7
L-R
H
1
0
1
,,5 RADIATOR - x., ---------_ --------__ fjZA!OTOR IN (HI) OFF-,% (LO) I 3 4 L-i G-E 2B 11 .--------------------------
1
-
L 20 (F>f P-R
L-E
G-E 11 -------.
r
(F)
(F>1
Fk#IATOR ASSEMBLY (RESISTOR) (A-55)
(F> 1.25B
Y-W G-Y
B-W
rMFI SYSTEM
Y-1 j3--------------_
I (F)1.25E i6 .--- - ------ ---
B -
3 7'2 I, ---P
IE
l j3 (c-53) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
2E
(c-
(c-53)
HR12M03AA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
J/B ULTI CIIFUSE (
JRPOSE
>
r---I II !/ II I I II II I 1 2L-1 I
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
L"yb&B E k 2R-E
L-. '_-----.
2L-J @ 20A
c
255
G-O !O------------------_____
1 WATED J
2L-w
G-O
2L-b
2L-w I 5
5
,,3
------ --------_ ON
01 3
(A-34x)
40 2L-!4
‘5'
2L-Btl
2L 1 -_--____--_______ 2L
2L-u
2B 1
0 (A-34X) Gz$
(A-37) (A-45) (A-46) iETf3m
HR12M03AB
TSB Revision
256
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
(G-0) G-O 2 ,\ ON-OFF :200kPS (28DS OFF-ON
‘I' I I I I
\ Ij~
l(c-02) (G-0)
I
i
AIR CONDITIONING (c-40) ,15 E%E&LSEOR LoCK
i)
:225kPa (32~7s i )
:2600kPa(3'70~si) I
4
COMPARISON
1 (F)W-G ,$ /\
THERMOSTAT
I
ON-OFF :155' C (311.F) i OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F) OFF 'IaN
COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT
13
1 (Y-R
G-R
-.
(Y-G:
2-------- IO----
r----3* ---I
(A-67)
3
/ G-R II .II
(F> Y-R
13
(F) Y-G
G-R B-j
1
ELC-4A/T
G-R
ON B'W -Y 6 8 - -------(F)B-W b (F)B-W G L--------
B-W
p$;1c (B-20)
0 (A-35) (A-36)
(A-67)
(B-20) (c-02)
(c-40)
(c-52)
HR12M03BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
257
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE @ 1
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH G
(B-R) i5
11 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
CIRC, D IRCUIT ----I
(W-
COMBINATION METER(TACHO>
1 )i I
c
A-
(G-Y:
I
(
3
10 @KJ
4
(B
(B)
E
2E
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
HR 12M03BB
1 TSB Revision
258
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
:ON i (IG2)
J/B 30A
8
1OP
t REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
2B-W
3
3B-W
B-k
BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24)
)
EM%” RELAYCHI)
\
(c-39) “4
L-F;
3
>-OFF --. '1
W-B
?
1 2B ’
W-B ' 0
2B a
W-B
=
I
F
HR12M03CA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
259
,’ Ld AIR CONDITIONING @j;;$~f~;$ LOCK ym:f; E
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE 0 )
;'t&IGHT
w
Gq-DEDICATED FUSE
Y
J/B
I . .
I
1
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH
3 B-1
G-WI
n
;A& I i;i-“” MT MARKER 6%
I3
I6
3,s
AND :ENSE n, n-“?.LI(L7IGHT ri..n,~
1
B-Y
i?%?;;
i
t
B-Y
EigiF$;TE 11 (c-15)
\IING I
4
A*
4
A*
I
bN” v
bN” I v
RHEOSTAT
I ;;;s;;ERMO
HR12M03CB
1 TSB Revision
~
260
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) IGNI1: ON SWITC (IG2) 2L-E J/B
@ 30A
i (c-69)
2L-G
L-k I I I
2L-GI (A-04X)
5
L-R
RADIATOR #A!OTOR (LO) (HI) OFF-:/'JN \/ i 4
----------
I
L-f
3
------I 1 $ 1
G-E
2B
12 (c-31)
ENGINE COOLANT ;E/E?QEWATURE
0
i
(F)i
L-E
2L-'
G-f I1 -------
r
G-B :LE iR (F)Y
!$FAToR ASSEMBLY
(F) 1.258
(RESISTOR) (A-55)
L-F
(F> B-W
I---L
1
MFI SYSTEM
I (Fj1.251 16.-------_-_--_
F=
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
B 2E (LO)
(HI)
{A-04X) (A-07X) (A-55) SE2 (c-29)
(c-31)
(c-52)
(c-54)
HR12M04AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit
i
J/B ULTI (MFUSE (
ONING LOCK
JRPOSE ) 2R-1 ----
1 4
-.--1 1 I / I / I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I
2L-'
I
@ 20A
;;kY&CATED
2L-h
2L-\E(
G-CI
.-_7 \
9 CONDENSER ;@WAyOTOR
-------
-OFF (HI) (LO) OFF-' IN a(A-31X) (A-34X)' ' 2L-E 2L 2L-E 1 a.----------------------
L
2L
2L-w 1
3-- J I
i
L----------q
W-G
I
1
pi&y--
6
THERMOSTAT ON-OFF :155’C(311’F) OFF-ON : 110’ C (230' F) m
SSOR SPEED ION CIRCUIT A 1
‘TON
2R-I G-
(A-6’i
G-l (G-R) ELC-4A/T
(F)G-F r----. I I G-I
3---I / / I I I I I , 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I / I / I I I I I I i
1 / I I 1 / I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I
-------_ 2B-F
(Y-R
(A-36)
L-------_
(Y-G 10
(F> Y-k
(F) Y-G
FE&CATED @ 10A C
3 1
B-\
(B-20)
‘L 0
i I l?[;?b;TION
;
i G-Y L----.
.-----__
G _-----_ G ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
HR12M04BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
263
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE @ 1
AIR $I~~~'""'""
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
CIRCUIT
----I ~RCUIT
-d
(W-B
(G-k
G
14
I
)
L
(ZNI V -
3
(B:
10 (c-40)
(B)
(D-42)
4
-
COMBINATION METERCTACHO) W
(W-B:
--lx 2B
W
(D-15) W
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
HR12M04BB
/ TSB Revision
264
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
FUSIB E LINK b 6
IGNI :ON SWIT I(IG2)
J/E 1OP
30 L-R REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
3B-wi 0-Y
3B-W 2
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39)
3
i 0
4 W-B
21
!
HR12M04CA
TSB Revision
265
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
MPEk CONTROL: FUSE ( ( MULTI
!POSE
IONING LOCK gtj( 1 FE&CAT""
> (G-Y
W-B J/B
G-W
d ,
r-
(c-18) K&IIII;IONING
1
G-W
I G-W ,,2
$
TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
I\
I -----oFF$.--+9&A/c IL+ 1
/
"2 (G-Y
L-
R-Y
:EAFCONTROL 'ANEL ~~~~~1"""""
\/
"4 L-B
“5 '6 (B-R)
B-Y
B-Y B-Y
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
(C-2E
(c-15)
t tjGy
I
V
RHEOSTAT
411
A
TSB Revision
I
~
266
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2R 2R Fi/iIATOR ASSEMBLY RADIATOR i FAN MOTCR )
(c-69)
7
2L-G
REAR WINDOW
L-R I
2L-G
2L-G I
L-R 15
ENGINE COOLANT ;[/X?&';;ATURE
L-E 2B
I G-E 11 ~-~----------------~______
(8-02) (F)E
G-B L-B
RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY (RESISTOR) (A-55)
G-E 11 -------.
j(c-29)
L
EiSLE SENSOR I (F) 1.256
G-Y
L-R
I---MFI SYSTEM
F= -------
!O
(F)1.25E -----------
2----
I 2E
n
(LO)
(HI)
HRlPMlOAA
TSB Revision
267
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
i; J/B ULT: PFUSE
ND1 TIONING E LOCK
JRPOSE )
Lr---' I II II I
I.--------------------~
I ------.
G-
2L-w
2L-B /\
5 CONDENSER EFAYoToR
--------------
(G-Y:
(BR
(B )
(B)
--d---i-B i
2P
POWER TRANSISTOR
I
(L-0) 33 ------
HR12MOSBB
TSB Revision
l
276
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
nfR”6” b 5W-B (c-68) ,,l
J/B
I
2L-B (c-82),, 2
A
\
Q;F ii I%#~” RELAY
L ,E
I
j(c-82)
'3 (c-83)
21
L-R
R-B
%F%” (c-38)
PI IOD OR
STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
L/
:;;&sToR [r;;l,
L-R
"1
"1 2B
28
W-Y
R-B ).85B-G B-R I (c-49)
/ 6
L-R
101 (c-51) --------------.
53 51 52 ------_ __ 4 -i Y
/ 1 pm%/ ED% (A-11X)
RELAYCHI) 2m
OFF-,;ON
\,
"2 "4
2B
k?! E R 1 4
c-23)
E%WTCR
116 .---
108
1
1
1I
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT (c-23) (c-38) (c-39) cm9
(c-51)
(c-68)
(c-70)
(c-77)
HR12M05CA
1 TSB Revision
277
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL. PANEL (c-17)
PHOTO SENSOR
Tl
1 (Y-b
86FiTEF" EI iw I
-
L
--I -52 53
54
60
(Y-C 10 .---_ (R-h :R-\l
(Y-VI
(Y-G
R-L
I
I 1 I--
r----
R-G [G-R I
--3--.I
ZATED
4
---_
G-V
iN1 I
i
L----
84
---------_____
-----.
----------___
113
32
104
(BR
(P)
G-Ii
R-h
----
1 “? --
107
‘15 (C-51) B
P
2B 2
r
1
10
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
I
AIR SELECTION ;flM&R CONTROL
n
m
n
TSB Revision
-. &%IITIoNING CONTROL UNIT
278
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
TAILLIGHT RELAY I 1.25R-W
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL I IL1
OH 15A
3
1 ----__ 5
(B
(R-B
c _-.
Lf -7
G-W J/B
A /AIR CONDITIONING GRAPHIC
;;@ATED
l -
A :---- - __---_ :-__ 4 9 2
l(c-16)
B-'
,,6 ic-ss) 7v G-W
(E
(W-EI) (L-B:
(L.
-.-Lb"5 (c-83) B-'
i
i
I
10 ---- - _7.---_ 9---
(c-15)
tiP
--------____
37
55 (Y-R) RHEOSTA-I
OFF-ON: 22.5-30.5'C (72.7-66.7'F) 0
(L-W) ,\l B (Y-E
21 (c-27)
(L-W) (Y-R
I
1
r 2 :
T-E!z!d i&@~LET
(L-W)
2
(c-42) hJ &ESRTfiERMO
HR12MOSDA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
279
INTERIOR $E['EBATURE
(F-01 ----
52
(Y-L
.---61
56 (c-17)
(F-34:
(W-R:
(B-C
(B-k
i------
(B-W (Y-L
16 ----
S(c-50)
15 ----
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT
(c-49)
;6
i
------
---111 60
(C-51) 105
B-W (L-W) (W-L
R-G
R-G 1 B-W j(L-W) (W-l ,,2 r /\
,6 /k
I-+ M
,,4 LJ
~~~fX~RAIR (c-21) CONTROL MOTOR (c-17) o(c-22)(c-49)
I /j~E~E&@&j;
(c-22)
MOTOR (c-50)
(c-51)
(F-01) (F-34)
HR12M05DB
TSB Revision
280
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)
FU;;-;, LINK @
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) I
L-R
1
2R-B
FiRIATOR 2 ASSEMBLY LL
2R-B A
(
B
2L-G
2L-G 5 (A-04X)
'4
L-R 2L-G L-R ,,l ,,5 1 /\ RADIATOR - " &lA~OTOR ------,, (Lo) (HI) OFF-,CJN \f \I , 3 4 3 L-B
2L-Y
2%
L) I
G-B
,
G-B
II
L-B G-B 4
.t6
I
Ii
1
I B;;IATOR (A-55) ASSEMBLY
I 35
I
I
1 B
2% 41 2B n =
HR12MOGAA
1 TSB Revision
I
281
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
KiRB5E b w r----.
1
2R-%
10
2L-Y !%PATED
@ 20A
2L-w j 2L-k .---$----------2L-Wj715
G-OIAiz
I
RADIATOR RtTKoR RELAY m“
B-h
(F) 1.25B
(RESISTOR) (A-55)
G-Y
L-R MFI SYSTEM T
S(c-52)
I
Y
4
Y
2E
HR12M07AA
[ TSB Revision
289
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
J/B ULTI rFUSE (
JRPOSE
>
[jJ$iB E 0
&BP% CONTROL
PEN” R
A
L-: r---II 1I II
2R-B
G-C 10 '______--__---_ ____~__-------__~_------
1.--------------------~ I
2L-Y BW"'""
G9 20A
2L-1
2L-w !
G-O ,
2L-w
r
2L-w
,,: 3 ,,5 /\ /\ CONDENSER ------KAVoToR -----------____ 7 ON m (HI) (LO) OFF-b N (A-34X)‘ ' 2L-F Lm 2L-w 2L 2L-E I?.-----_ ,2_---_-----------,,5 A
:- il
2L
2L-w
e M
/ I I I I I L----------+6
1 '---,
(A-36)
II
’
3 J --
j
\+
I I I I
2-d
(A-45)2
2L-B
2E
E~NECTI~N
! I I I I I I I I I / / I I I I I I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
E
2B
0 2B d -
0
HR12M07AB
I TSB Revision
I
290
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
(G-0) G
G-O
ON-OFF :200kPa(2BPsi) OFF-ON : 225kPa (32~s i ) ON-OFF : 32OOkPa (455PSi) OFF-ON :2600kPa(370Dsi)
8D
1’ I I
1
l(c-02) (G-0)
DUAL g$yI?g#RE -*OFF (~-35)
I
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK 15 CONTROLLER COMPARISON
(F)\h
13 EYiiB5Eb ;
THERMOSTAT
liii&ii I
ON-OFF :155'C(311'F) OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F) L Of :F ‘TO N
(B-20) G-R
(A-67) 3---1
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
G-R (G-R) 1 ELC-4A/T
G-R
(F>G (F>G r--I ) c II II II II II /I I/ II II I I I c I.--.
13
1 (Y-R
3
3 (Y-G:
)-------- IO .----
13
2B-R (A-36) --------t
@ n-l
F;E&CATED
(F) Y-R
(F) Y-G
B-\ 3
MAGNET IC CLUTCH RELAY (A-33X)
",:",lt B 3
-
ON
W
4 /gxm$IC (B-20)
15
(c-5:
'2
:4ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
HR12M07BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air- Conditioning Circuit
291
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE t FUSE @ ) w AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER CIRCUIT/
11 -7
D
7 (W-E
I l(D-42)
5 (BE
4
1 0 (c-40)
(G-Y I
COMBINATION METERCTACHO) 7-B W z(D-15)
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
8.-----_
1
(c-49)
AIR ~~~I~T~ONING UNIT
HR12M07BB
TSB Revision
292
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
$d
$4 .(c-73)
imER RELAY OFF-,;ON
"3 /
L “F
v "3 (c-82)
z(c-77)2-- l(c-70) R-Y R I ,,2 ,,l
28
L-R
3L ,l
--I34
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
R-B
L-R
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
A/C POWER TRANSISTOR ,.3 c-23)------,
R-B (
MFI SYSTEM
G-R
B
R-W 1
1
P DOOR LIGHT AND EKQ&GE COMPARTMENT
(c-17)
B 41
2E 1
r DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) (c-15)
ING
E,
R-B I1
I
V -
107
104
I
(F>R-B
(SNI
--------- ------. Y
----------x------------
(F
I
L
GND
AIR SELECTION EMhi;R CONTROL
Q
(c-28) (c-28) KFZO
(c-50)
(c-51)
HR12MOBCB
TSB Revision
302
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
’ d’
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
TAILLIi;H T RELAY -I2R-W: 1.25R-W'
T--
Ii
.R I AIR CONDITIONING iif - !CEJL
DEDICATED FUSE
1 ----__ 5
--- --
11
a-
12
--
---- :-_-3 2
---_ 1
3
GRAPHIC
G-Vd J/B
6m 1
7r
G-W B-.Y
r LAL \/
/?.I 4
G-k I f;@;;TE 0-Y TAIL LIGHT.PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
(R-B 1 (B) R-I
I.
(W-B
I
(c-15),:ll
1 T %
(c-49) 59 G
B- Y 7
RHEOST 'AT
ENGINE COOLANT &Ei{giATURE
2
(L-B
(L-Y
17 ----.
---
I
(c-50) 1--9 20 --. 3--. 10 ----
B-Y
v
(B
B
-5 I
P
7-____-_-__
‘I LJ
r
---------. c
J
67
A1R CONDITIONONG CONTROL' UNIT
(L-W)
OFF-ON: 22.530.5'c (72.7-66. 7'F)
(c-43)
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE
1 B (Y-B
(L-W)
(L-W)
c 2B
rLET
@T~ERMO
HR12MOBDA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
OiSPLAY
INTERIOR ;;/g;$ATURE
1
a-E ’ ‘) -1E 4
.-
A
+
62
(B-G
(W-R)
303
-I j6 (c-17)
----_ ;1 55
(B-R:
(B-h
I 16 -----___ .----
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE
15 ----_ 5----
(L-w) (Y-L) EmZ2y-$b
:2 :1 -.
,,I (Y-L)
(Y-L)
(L-k
0
~(~-50) AIR CONDITIONING '+ CONTROL UNIT :I
----
111 60 (L-W) (L-W) (L-W)
I
B-W
?
EkELJZgRAIR
(c-21)
Ei;;E;Eb&;#L" MOTOR
Fi8EsoL
(c-22)
HR12MOBDB
TSB Revision
304
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) i/, IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) r 2L-E
2R-Bj J/B
@ 10A
I-(c-69)
7
--
(A-04X)
2L-G I
L-R
RADIATOR ;;FAyOTOR
---------(HI) OFF-..% 4 G-E
I (LO)
L-B
(1 A-07X)
2B
c
1
G-E
II 11
---------__~~----_________
(F>l
L-B
I.
J
r
:LE !R -
G-E 11 -----_-_ (F>Y
RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBL,Y (RESISTOR) (A-55)
(F> 1.258 G-Y
L-R
(F) B-W
I-MFI SYSTEM
i I (F)1.25I 6----------___
2E
HR12MllAA
1 TSB Revision
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
J/B ULTI YFUSE (
305
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
'JRPOSE > I
Y D
G-O _---
G-O
2L-w r
2L-B 5
,,5 I\ . CONDENSER I\ ----------______ FAN MOTOR ___---RELAY . . 'L-OFF (HI) (LO) 0FF-d IN (A-34X) '9 ' 2L-B "4 (A-31X) 2L Q 2L-B 1 .----- i 2L 1 1 ---_-------------
G-B
(A-36)
9--.
I
I I I I I I I I I L----------+,
M
i
+
I
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR
p ‘+
2-k-46)
(A-45)2
2L-B
I
I I / I I I I I I
2B tc
2B
HR12MllAB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditionina Circuit FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
(G-0) T G-O 2 I
I ON-OFF
i)
(32~s ON-OFF :2%kPa
l(c-02) (G-0)
DUAL PRyQR$;RE
:200kPa (28DS i)
OFF-ON
1 /
(A-35) 1
I III
(c-40) I r
15
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
COMPARISON
(F>W-G ,p ,\
THERMOSTAT ON-OFF :155'C(31l'F) OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F)
COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT
3 OFF 'toN
(B-20)
G-I;
(A-67)
3.---1
C (F>G-R c -------l-----I j G-F ) I/ II /
1
(Y-R
Q (Y-G
10 _---- 13
B&~k”“‘“”
(F> Y-R
0. a:
2 2 I
REAR WASHER I MOTOR (F-15)
---- ----5 7m (F) (F) "ifi 1 "if;
,
(D-37) ILL d3
E1 0 RHEOSTAT
2EI
z(D-41)
2B
28 n 6
HR13M04AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Rear Wiper and Washer Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION
i
OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
0 When the rear wiper switch is placed in the ON position with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, wipers operate continuously at low speed. l When the rear wiper switch is placed in the OFF position, the cam contains of wiper motor causes current to flow through the auto wiper stop circuit, allowing the wiper blades to cycle before they reach to the stop positions. l When the rear wiper switch is placed in the INT position with the ignition switch in ACC or ON position, the rear intermittent wiper relay is energized causing the rear intermittent wiper relay contacts to close and open repeatedly. l When the contacts are closed, the wiper motor is energized. l When the rear wiper motor is energized, the rear intermittent wiper relay contacts open; however, the cam contacts keep the rear wiper motor energized until the wiper blades return to their stop position.
1. Wipers do not operate. (1) Washer is not operative, either. l Check multi-purpose fuse No. 9. l Check ground. 2. Low-speed wiper operation only is inoperative. l Check wiper switch. 3. Wipers do not stop. l Check wiper motor. l Check rear intermittent wiper relay. l Check rear wiper switch. 4. Intermittent wiper operation is inoperative. l Check terminal voltage of the rear intermittent wiper relay energized. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer for information concerning the installation position of the intermittent wiper relay.) Terrr$al
1
I
Voltage
12v
0 3-b 12v 1 (alternating) 5. Washer is inoperative. l Check washer motor. l Check washer switch.
1 TSB Revision
Check
Rear intermittent
320
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR CIRCUIT
3BB-R r MFI SiSTEM
20-I DEDICATED FUSE
(2 r 101
11
:F> 3-I;
I I I I I I / I I I I I t I , d/ \, / / I "7 "8 I / Y-W Y-L G-: I / L - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ “r12
4 -
4
LH 21 - L
( D - 4 3 ) ‘g-----0
\RH
1 AL
"2 j‘9 Y-R G-R -------- --- ---- ---_ ___ “13 ____----___--_-___ 7
B 0
2E1 I
2(D-41)
4)
I
4)
(F> 28 (F) (F> (F: B-R Y-W Y-L G-I (E-32) ,&-,p&&B-R (E-33)
(F) (F> (F> (F) (F) B-R B Y-W Y-R G-R $3-- ,,5--,_4-,,g-,,7
2B,, Y-W Y-L G-I ,:1B 1:' :\ -- 2
B-R
B Y-W Y-R G-R
:2 :1
--
8;;
1x1
5:1
/\
/\
5 I-
HEATER
(E-01)
1 HEATER
(LH)
I\
I\
$;
/\
,\
g;
I\
UI
(E-03)
2B
cl =
(RH) REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
Xl:VEHICLES WITH MIRROR HEATER :2:VEHICLES WITHOUT MIRROR HEATER
HR13M05AA
1 TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
OPERATION L
l
321
When teh remote controlled mirror switch is operated while the ignition key is in “ACC” or “ON” position, current flows through fuse No. 5 remote controlled mirror switch, remote controlled mirror, remote controlled mirror switch, and ground, causing the mirror to move.
1 TSB Revision
Neither right nor left mirror operates 1) Also cigarette lighter does not operate l Check multi-prpose fuse No. 5. 2) Cigarette lighter operates l Check remote controlled mirror switch.
I
~ I I
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
322
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993) FUSIBL
LINK@
FUSIBLE LINK@
-
3R-E
3R-E
&&CATED
b
i
(L-R)
R-E 5 i
7 ABS POWER RELAY IA-02X)
"4
"3 G-R
(B-R) jl .___-__________-1; ;fNOID VALVE ----_ +--&";T .ON
I
2R
=z= = 2
L----
----_
1
0.85L-Y
2R-Y
m,Jl ----_ --------_ 10 n 0.85L-Y 0 t2
T
G-E
-----
'
0 B
I
!
R-l
3----- 1-----
x
2 ;I
t
E
iI-E
7
1.25G-Y
z f
L5 - - - __ -,I 3
2Y-G
7
2R-Y I G-B R-L 16 5
20
2Y-B
6----- 11---_ 9 20 19
2
6
2Y-B ,>7
,,l
Y
Y
f
f ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HR15M05AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit 4WD>
323
i
IGNIT IN SWITC (IG2)
IGNII SWITC
2L-B
2B-1 3:----------------
J/B
0
0 15A
(L-R) ?(c-69)
15A
S(c-71)
--------______ \/ “7 (c-83) 13
6o
0.85R-B
0.85B-VI
0.85B-k I2 B-k (D-45)
(F)R59
11
$2
L
1
COMBINATION ) METER (D-04) -J
0.8%
58 I
STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61)
5 (F-1S)
G-R 0.85( ; G-R
ac
T7B
0.85( ;
0.85G
tc
G-R
STOP LIGHT
(; A
29
i
(D-45)
(E-12)
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
(F-19) m/
HR15M05AB
TSB Revision
324
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit cFWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993) (CONTINUED)
SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH) (A-29)
1
2
FRONTCRH)
REAR(LH)
REAR(RH)
(A-12)
iE-19)
(E-16)
T CH
1
(T>h
CT:
CT)1
(c-33)
3 :---
1 ------.
(T>F; 3.---- 7
(T)G
(T)h
(T)E
(T)R
, (T>W : CT)
I
14
CT)1
, (T>R
15
I 11
33
: 10
I 28 -
4BS @UROL
RESISTOR (F-09)
m
GND
GND
GND
”
23
!4
!O
F
Y-R A
------_
(F>R-.B
3
2
R-,B
(c-34) 2
P g::
I
B y::
B 4:1
-
/
21
2B
2B
2B
5:1 u
I
-
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) -
(E-12) 1(2~3j4(5(6(?~6(9(10(11~12/13~14(15(16(17118j 19/20~21~22~23~24~5~6~27/28/29po131~32~33~34~35]
NOTE :l:From 1994 moueis %2:UP to 1993 mocfels
(E-16) (E-19) ~~ m pf
m
B HR15M05BA
1 TSB Revision
-~-I
i
1 TSB Revision
326
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit cFWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) (HATCHBACK) IGb
IN
SW1 -
(IG2)
FUSIBLE LINK@
2L (C-EQ ,,: J/B -7 (3 1 OA L--LL (C-E 92
3R-E
3R-E
(L--R)
!!--- ----------- ---!I
r- DIODE I A-68
kkEB r/
/OFF‘
R
@mlC1 -4F
34 -------z------
1a i
ON
M .-- ----- - 2 =
o.a5~-k
R
SOLENOID VALVE
2R-\I
2R-k
I
1
1
1.----
G-B
R-L 16
B
0
R-L
- - -
5
----------
_----
G-B
10 --------- 3- -
0.85w i 2
- - -
1.25G-k
2Y-G 7 -----
1.25G-Y !7
2Y-G 22
-
Y 4 ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12) 5 16 / 7 / 8 / 9
j10~11/12~13~14~15~16117j18 19~Ol21~22~3~24~25~26~27128129130plp8133~34~35~
HRlSMOGAA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
IGNI SWIT
1 CHARGING
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit
ON (IGl)
2BR-W
5W-B )
2B-
327
(2)
7(c-82)
2W-B
5w-B,,1 (c-68)
HORN
J/B 0
@ !OP
15A - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S(c-71)
17m
II
0.85B-
0.85R-B
0.858-
0.85R-B
0.85B-W G-R 1
TURN-SIGNAL BLIGHT AND
#$"G (F)R-f3
21 :2 cm (c-62)
59 i;M;NATION
L
STOP LIGHT SWITCH 0.85c:
(D-04) I
5 jF-19) ;l;R'LIGHT LUGGAGE ~~~~~RTMENT
G-I (D-16)
7
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G-1 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.
R-B
t STOP LIGHT
G
0.85~ SUSPENSION
7 .MFI SYSTEM ~EFR;FUISE
t STOP LIGHT
!5 ABS CONTROL UNIT
HRlSMOGAB
1 TSB Revision
328
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit 4WD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) cFWD> (HATCHBACK) (CONTINUED)
SPEED SENSOR I
\ FRONTCLH) (A-29)
CT) B-L
(T) W-L
REAR(LH)
REAR(RH)
(A-12)
(E-19)
(E-16)
:1
1
2
FRONTCRH)
2
CT)
(T> B-R
W-F
3 7 1 6 _---- _---_-----_
(c-33)
CT) (T) B-L i W-L I
I CT> CT> B-R I W-I; i
14
33
15
CT> B-L
CT) W-L
1 11
31
CT) W-R
CT) B-F !
I
: f,30
10
t 28
ABS CONTROL UNIT m
a
.ELC-4A/T *MFI SYSTEM 1
GND V ”
GND
23 r r24 J/B Y-R
GND V -
--.--I
20
3
1
RESISTOR (F-09)
34
c
~LFXIC~~N’C SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C
A ;;---m-Y-;lF
2
(P) P R-B
Y-R 422 16:’
8:’
P
lo:2
1:1
B
B 4:1
20
2B
28
5:1
1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) n T
(E1 [ 2 13 14 15 16 17 j 6 [ 9 ~10(11~12~13~14~15(16(17(18 j19~20~21/22~3~24~5~6~7/26~29~0~1~32~33~34~35~
NOTE %l:From 1994 moaels :2:UD to 1993 moaels
(E-16)cFm19)(F-09) @
@@
B HR15MOGBA
( TSB Revision
~~ ---I
329
/ L’
NOTES
i
TSB Revision
~
330
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONVERTIBLE) IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
FUSIBLE LINK@
2L-I (c-82) 2 J/B
(c-69:
3R-E
3R-EI
7 2
(L-R
1
DIODE
%aB
01[I
R
r’ OFF‘ c
----
2R-Y 10 ---------
1
F
0. 85L-‘ 18
i
2
2R-
/ I I /
SOLENO I D VA1.VE
_---!x-.-
)
0.85L-k (c-32)
P.-_
r
[ t A-60
~
----1
G-B
_---- -7 5
R-L
n
1.25G-Y
I ---- ----1 R-l I G-E 5 \26
2Y-G 7.---- -6
1. 25G-I !7
2Y-G
/ I I I
x
-----
::
3
2Y-B 11 ----2Y-E
22 19 t
23 I
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12) (A-64)
EE3(c-32) m
(C-69)-m
m m mi ~~1~2~3~4~5~6~7~6~9~10~11~12(13~14~15~16~1?~16~ )19~20~21/22$3~24j25~26~27/26~29/30~31~32~3~34~35]
HRlSM07AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit 4WD>
331
IGNI' SWITI 2B-\ B-W CHARGING
J/B
r63 1%
0.85B-'i
G-R
(D-45)
3 Ii
o.a5B-b 0.858-W
L-R
B-b TURN-SIGNAL
I1
,LftgL;DAND LIGHT
,
L!j(
)* a5G10.sj(
0.85~ ; ’
;M&NG
(F) R-E
j9
16 > 2
STOP LIGHT
COMBINATION
*MFI SYSTEM '&J;FWE;L"U'SE
14 (F-46)
-I B
0.85~ I
G-h
G
G-R
(F)R-B G-E
ii" L1GHT
0.85G G\ 42 /G C -a
R-E
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
c; ic
v
(D-16) 7
G-F
#X;;;NIC SUSPENSION
STOP LIGHT (F-44)
! ;
129
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HR15M07AB
TSB Revision
~
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) cFWD>
332
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONVERTIBLE) (CONTINUED)
STOP L IGHT SWITCH
SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH)
FRONTCRH)
REAR(LH)
REAR(RH)
(A-29)
m
(E-19)
(E-
i
1 mm 1
1 CT> B-L
>I----
(c-33) CT> B-L
ABS KI"I"F""" (E-12)
CT> B-F
r
1.------ 6-----
CT) W-l t
1
CT) W-R
14
CT> B-L
(T) CT> B-F i W-R
15
i A 11
33
-7
$Tj
(T) W-L
(T> W-R
1 10 RESISTOR
a
m
1
f
I
\ LJ
T GND
GND
GND V
V -
J i Y-R \
123
r24
T 12
(P)
R-B
Y-R 6
P
B
a A
1 A
20
2
34
W.LE~~~NIC SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C
------ \, (c-34)
'2
.ELC-4A/T .MFI SYSTEM
P
1
B 4 A
2B
2E
2B
2B
5 Al
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
HR15M07BA
TSB Revision
333 PJOTES L,
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO. OCTOBER, 1993) FUSIBLE LINK@
FUSIBLE LINK@
3R
L31 ABS POWER
1 &,;---A dIN \/L 1,
3R-E
RELAY
1 (A-02X)
(B-R: ? 1
2R 0.85R ~
[
/ / I I I 1
G-R
1
;i;!jE
-65)
;$y!AULIC
1 ----------------
8 -----------;i
I I-- --T N
~
(B) ~ ---- ----. ---- 1 4 B9
I II
I I / I I I / I 1
E!
i.---
--------
_7- - I
SOLENOID VALVE / I
----
5
Jl.-J 3
ENGINE SKE" G-B R-L'2Y-G 20 0 G-B 1 R-L 2 1.25G-\1 ---- ---- --__----------__ 7_---- 6 ---- 11 G-B
R-L -26
1.25G-k ,27
2Y-G
20
22
35
17
P
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HR15M08AA
TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
IGNI SWIT
-I-2L-B
2B-
CAWD>
335
LY%BsbE -r
ON (IGl)
5W-B
I
---------------
J/B 0 10A
c
@
15,
10A
\/ \X (L-R)
2
0
15A .___-__________ \,
"7 (c-83)
11
(c-69)
0.85B0.85R-B 0.85B-'
B-1 (D-45)
11
STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61)
(F)R-E 59
z I
COMBINATION METER (D-04) I $3
0.85G
G-I
G-R 0.85G
G-I:
0.85G
(D-16)
G
STOP LIGHT
G-F
G '5
b
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HRlSM08AB
TSB Revision
336
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993) cAWD> (CONTINUED)
SPEED SENSOR r
\ FRONTCLH)
FRONTCRH)
(A-29)
(A-12)
REAR(LH)
(E-16)
(c-33)
(T>G
CT)
(T)R
1 1 .---- ------
6 *-----
(T)W II(T>G 14
I
I
CT>
15
1
r
J
L
I
mvini 3 1 I L
(T>W
REAR(RH)
llJ-Ln
B7
CT>
CT) G
(T>B
(T>R
33
(T)R
31
ABS iX$I;ROL
--I?= _t”” :
T
E-12)
:
GNLI
23
G
1 30 A v
T
Tel ;T WI1:CH
7T 5 Y,
c!
RESISTOR (E-13)
GND
3
24 1
2E
28
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
J B
NOTE Xl:From 1994 models %2:Up to 1993 models
(E-12)
(E-13)(rn(E-19)
\ I(2 (3 (a 15 16 (7 j 6 Is /10~11/12(13(14(15(15(17(181 HRlJMO8BA
1 TSB Revision
-7
337 NOTES
1 TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit CAWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) (HATCHBACK) IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
FUSIBLE LINK@
2L-E (c-82) J/B
3R-I
3R-E
(c-69) (L-R)
I
DIODE A-68 G-R
2 1
K
11----------_-___-
0.85R II
I -
kmfi
r
SOLENOID VALVE
M
\/r _-- ----_ I ---- _---1 --f= 1 r2 = u
I
\I
1
0.85L-B 1 j j 3+--J I 0.85L-B
6
I;I
0.85L-k
I----------
,l --J' 0.85L-B
2R-Y 3k
l
0.85L-k
.a
,6
10
G-E
R-L
1.25G-k
a
3 1----- 2----------------+---2R-Y
A2
! \5
G-B
1.25G-Y
R-L 26
9 1 POWER
SUPPLY
1
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HRlSMOSAA
1 TSB Revision
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit CAWD>
IGNI' ON SWIT( (IGl)
339
%“sbE
2B-b
5W-E
B-W l----I CHARG1NG J/B 0 15A r 0.85B-k
0.85R-B
0.85B-h 0.858-W
0.85R-B L-R STOP LIGHT SWITCH $1 :2
G-R
(D-45)
.l
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND Ew
B-h 59
1
I
WARNING LIGHT
(F>R-
(c-61) ( c - 6 2 )
COMBINATION METER (D-04)
0.85 0.85G
G-Ii
STOP LIGHT 0.85 G
G-R
(F)R-B
.MFI SYSTEM '&m-~~uISE
(F-1s) ;;;R LIGHT LUGGAGE fP;@$RTMENT
G-R
R0.85 G
(D-16) NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. z2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G-R CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.
42
[bi$LE;FNIC SUSPENSION
I2
'5
29
;
I
I?-
(D-45)
(E-12)
STOP LIGHT
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
(F-19)
13 (4 / 5 (6 (7 (6 IS (1Oj11/12(13~14/15(16(17(18( 19~0121122~3124125$6127128p9130~31~32~33~4~35~
ml
HR15MOSAB
TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) CAWD>
340
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) (HATCHBACK) (CONTINUED) d
SPEED SENSOR \ FRONTCLH)
FRONTCRH)
REAR(LH)
(A-29)
(A-12)
(E-19) 7
J
L
J
L
1
1 B-F1
CT)
CT> B-L
CT) CT) B-FI I W-R
I 15 A
,\ 33 a
1 U-LJ-L I (E-16)
1
CT> W-R
I5_----
REAR(RH)
CT) W-L
CT) B-R
I 11
31
LST ;T SW :CH
2
7
CT> W-k
I 30
c
28
2 ABS #TRO" (E-12)
1
b
GND
!i 3
GND
1
3
r 24 .FULL AUTO A/C
MFI SYSTEM
2
P
B
B 4:1
2B
2B
5:' 1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) -
(E-12)
NOTE :'l:From 1994 models :~:UP to 1993 moaeis
ooF-m16)o
1112 \ 3 ( 4 \ 5 ( 6 ( 7 ( 6 19 (10(11~12(13~14~15~16(17(1~~ HRlSMOSBA
TSB Revision
NOTES
TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
342
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWDS
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONVERTIBLE) IGNI'I IN SWITC (IG2)
FUSIBLE LINK@
-
2L-E (c-82) J/B
(c-69)
J
3R-E
3R-E
7 1
(L-R: DIODE 1 A-68 I; (c-32) 0.85R m&y-0.85R (D-22) 50.85R 2 1: R &NSOR (D-27) '
i
I I I I I I
I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I
G-R 1 1 I I I I I I / / I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L-
8
WE r/ 1 c-----
&
ON
1----2
2R-1I
0.85L-! .- -------
SOLEN 0 ID VALVE
G-E
_---_ .---- ---------. 1 ' B 3 R-L
10 _-----___ 3----- 1-----
0.85L-I I J
)
0
1. 25G-'
.--- ---- ---- ----_
2R-\I I I G-B R-L 26 !7 A5
1.25G-'
.7 ---2Y-G
2(
7 .---- 6----2Y-G
-
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HRlSMlOAA
TSB Revision
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
343
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWDB
IGNIT
SWITC
09
J/B r 15A
j(c-71)
0.85B-W
G-R
(D-45)
3 I
STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61)
0.85B-W L-R
1
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND E%TRD
7 B-W (F)R-B 3KNG 59 COMBINATION METER (D-d4)
0.85G j .85Gi-' STOP LIGHT O-85( 14 (F-46)
I
G .MFI SYSTEM .W;WiS;UISE
0.85(
93 G-k
0.85G
G-R
/
(F)R-B
G C
G-Ii 7
(D-16)
-a
Do;R'LIGHT R-E LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
ST01 LIGHT Fb"NFLE;fNIC SUSPENSION
G-E
(F-44)
7 / !9
15
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
(D-04) o(c-83) cm(c-68)(c-71) ~~ fiTimzmmm1 (F-19) (D-45) (E-12) -1 p J~o,~l,2’2d3:214,~5~6~~,~*~91~o~l~2~3~41~5,
2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 101112131415161716 ‘1
(D-44) (D-16) fzEEi!g~~ (F-46) (F-44)
ml /I:1
f3mEaRjl HRlSMlOAB
TSB Revision
344
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit CAWD>
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONVERTIBLE) (CONTINUED)
‘1 ‘LJ
SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH)
FRONTtRH)
REAR(LH)
REAR(RH)
(A-12)
(E-19)
m
1
1
(A-29)
I 2
(T> B-L
-I L 4
1
(c-33) 2----
I -------
t-
CT) W-f; 7 6 -----
CT> W-L
CT> B-L
t CT> CT) B-R I W-b i
CT) CT) B-L f W-L 14
1
CT> B-R
CT) W-L
.J 2
15
33
31
n
I 11
CT> B-R
I 10
CT) W-I;
I 30
b
1 RESISTOF
f -L-i GND
GND
-i 3
i24
t23 J/B Y-R A
MFI SYSTEM
;;------:~l~
. Ev- A"To
P
1
Y-R P.B 16 8 14 A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
(A_12)(A-29Nm)
B
SUSPENSION
2
;
14
. ;U&?fN I C
(c-34)
B
(F-44) 2B
2B
2E
0 2B
5 A
-FRONT SIDE (E-
HR15MlOBA
1 TSB Revision
’
~
345 I
NOTES L
i
1 TSB Revision
1
346
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit ’
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) IGE SW1 -
(C-E J/B
r
?fG2)
2L
3R-B 1
LJ
0.85L-Y I5
(C-E 0.85L
3R-L
R-Y
G-E
12 _--___-___--_____-______________________----f;@OID
(I %PNT:
EBP”’
2Y-E I (c-c
21
;-------- e ---_
0.85~ 0.85L-F
2Y-EI
;3
2(
78
4 I
IN x
x
,+ .---. (A-64) 2I
EPRZ
IJUT
IN
OUT
IN
x
1
----
---.
2B-L
2G-:
2G-
.---- 1 0----
I ---_
\\+
.---_ 7
2Y-(;
'0
- - - -
,
4
2Y-( T3
2B-L
31 iI
,,ll
x
- - - - 5
----. 2
2G-R
2G-'
---_ 11 _---- 1.---_
2G-1
2G-'
9
0
6
OUT x
2G-R
2G-\
G-E
58 ti
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HR15M35AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit
347
IGN SWI' 2B.
5W-B
B-W
2W-B
2)
CHARGING
51-B, 1 (c-68) J/B
HORN
i
o.a5B- -W i:
iE I
0.85B- -W 0.85B-W 13
r:c
TURN-SIGNAL B--W h;$aI;DAND LIGHT
3 O.a5R-BI
2
L-R
---
~H?l?~NG
(F)R-E I
OFF ON -'OFF - O N
Ej9
i COMBINAT ON
I ia
n3 0.85G
METER (D-04)
E
STOP LIGHT SWITCH :1 :2 (c-61) FE)
54
G-.R
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
3 'i
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. Z2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G- R CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.
R-B
0.85G o5 1
G I 130
G
g(c-33)
G t
- ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HR15M35AB
1 TSB Revision
348
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
IGNITION T;&W&H"G2'
SPEED SENSOR I
\ FRONTCLH)
FRONTCRH)
REAR (LH)
(A-12)
(E-19)
(A-29)
-.A
2 CT) B-L
(T) W-L
(c-33) 2 CT) B-L
1
T
7
-.I
‘1
2
CT> B-R
L
L
L-
1I !!lJG I II II
1-
2
CT> W-F
I
1 7 6 ----------(T) W-L I
=
mJ--I 1
CT> W-L
CT) B-L
CT) B-F
I 6
G SENSOR m
r-4
CT) W-I;
CT> CT> B-R i W-I; I
I
I
I
69
71
72
73
70
v 0.85L-R r-------- 14 I I 0 * 85L-R t1
REAR(RH)
GND
GND
*MFI SYSTEM
1-1
R-B B*m $
;-1.
2B
C
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
HR15M35BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION
K19F0134
R16F0257
Y16FO267
Y16FOO40
., ,,
' Y16FOO41 00002666
Y16FOOO
TSB Revision
349
350
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit Diode (ABS circuit)
Z16FOO241
1
Data link connedtor”
\
TSB Revision
Y16FO496
351 I
NOTES
TSB Revision
352
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit I
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
d
F'%IBLE LINK@ I 5w-B,,1 (c-68) J/B [ i‘
1.25R-\i
DEDICATED FUSE
J/B F ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
G-k
(F-13)
(D-44) i
5v
G-W L
(G-W:
_____----____________________ R-B ‘ ( F - 1 2 )
------- ----------------
W-B 3 G-B' p(D-16) ---------------------------- 1------ ,,6
W-O 1o W-B 11 (L-0 \ A COMBINATION METER 5 e (D-03)
R-B, 10 ( L (B-Y:
,
(L-C (F-20)
11
B
B-Y 2
0
P) E _ 4 P)
!
P V-l
B-k
RHEOSTAT (A-13x)
(c-68)
FE3
$ la (c-70)
10 -
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-71)
HRlSMllAA
1 TSB Revision
353
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control -Suspension (ECS) Circuit
IN IG2)
IGNI'I SWITC 2L-B
0 10A
BR-R THROTTLE gEiW;;ON
L-R (B-05)
I
BR-R 2
50 L-R
0.85G
I I
V
V
/ L _---.
------. 55 i4 1 G-E G-L ---- 3
- - - - - - - - - - ----_ ------------- -------------53 51 57 Y-W G-BR B G-I 5 9 ,11-----_________ --------______-__-_-----------____ _------------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Y
4
G-R 0
G-R
6
0
I Y-W (c-14) 6
II I/ I/ I III /I TJ
G-E
G-L 3
y-
Y-W t
Y
I
COMBINATION METERCREED)
SPEED SENSOR (B-05)0
(c-29)
G SENSOR (E-28) (c-53)
cc-so)
STEERING )j& ;E"f& (c-60) (c-61) FE (c-83)
/
HRlSMllAB
TSB Revision
354
CIRCUIT DlAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit
i‘;v’ ’
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH)
I 1 1
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH)
I I
2
/---\/
?
1
6---_ 2
B
I3
W-F
fl.----
(A-13)
I
G-O
L-E
,
2
, /-----\I ,2 ,,6
- - - -
R-L
B
B 0
I.---_
(c-36)
---_
I.
G-O
R-L
2B
B i-
L-E
W-I
10----
14 R-h
16
W-G
R-W ) r---/ 3
----_
12
15
W-G
R-k
ti
% 9”
_--_. 13 I3
14i(F-20)
7
\T---
>
,,I-OFF L
~LICIC~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
i2 (F-13) E
Y-B
'---_ 1.---- 3 F I 3
( r---
5” %-_
----
R-!l
13 ---- 15 .---_ 2B
5%-” -. I
----------------------
----- ----
Ly
V
4
;YNo
l?EMfi SHOCK ABSORBER
IF
B-L
B-W
3.---- 4 ---j
r
I 1
I 3
E
2E
2 ---t 4
TED& SHOCK ABSORBER
HRlBMllBA
TSB Revision
TSB Revision
356
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) FUSIBLE LINK@ I 1.25R-k
G-h I
s(c-69) -
J/B L
180
R-B ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
G-k (D-44)
I
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
(F-
;2---------
8
4
G-W
(G-W:
------- ---------------R-B ----------------------------‘(F-12) I-----------:---------------G-B 2 1
p(D-16)
3 R-B 10
1oW-O
l------l
W-B 3 6
W-B
11
-
(L-C (F-20)
(P 2_-.
(L-0
(P
( L (B-Y I B-k
(A-11X) (D-06)
2B
B
“2 ma 2Bt RHEOSTAT A =
R-E F V-R 6 \ 14 4 5 A A A h1 DATA LINK (c-7 3 CONNECTOR
B
B
(c-70) 11213/41516/716 9 ~10~11~12~13j14/15~16 u
(D-16)
(D-41) (D-44)
(F-
m
(D-03) n 112]31415161716 1 2 1 10~11/12/13/~4~15)16~17
(F-20) HR15M12AA
1 TSB Revision
357
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit
c IGNIl IN SWIT( (IG2)
ENGIm FEE?" __\ *I
2L-E
(F) BR-R
1
0.85R-B I2
/
w
t 1l
mrli7~TTT,E
hlKC~i IN SEIUSUK
OF&
0
I
(F)BR-R 2
60
0.85G 50 L-R
I
0.85G
$ _----
GND
-I5 J----II
ir
I
I
f?ED& SHOCK ABSORBER
(A-13) Gi725) G33)
(c-36)
=
IL q y;/p SHOCK ABSORBER
o(F-12)
I
213
(F-13)
(F-20)
(F-32)
HR15M13BA
1 TSB Revision
1
363 NOTES L
TSB Revision
364
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) FUSIBLE LINK@ 2W-B
1.25R-\i
@
R-B
15A
i
41
G-V (c-69)
J/B
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
i (c-71)
R-B
R-B MFI SYSTEM IOD OR -------7 STORAGE R-B 7 CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F-13)/I 62
4
G-h (D-44)
G-h G-W i---z . TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT ELC4A/T METER AND GAUGES
r
-__________-_-__---------__------------60 R-B ‘m (L-0) 4cP) ---------------------------- -----_ ‘3 “14 (F-44) 13 G-B W-B R-B p(D13 -__-----------------________ ,1 ------ ,6 (F-48) 14 t+--:+---J R B W-O 1o W-B 11 - 10 (P) /\ COMBINATION 1 K-4A/T ;$L AUTO METER SYSTEM (P)
B '11 0
B-Y 2
(c-79) DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
cm(m)
(c-70)
(c-71)
(c-77)
OFRONT
SIDE
(D-03)
HR15M14AA
TSB Revision
Lj
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control 3uspension (ECS) Circuit
NOTE
IGNIl ON SWITC (IG2) 2L-B
365
:l:NON-TURBO(VIHECLES FOR FEDERAL) :2:TURBO,NON-TURBOwIHECLES FOR CALIFORNIA) :3:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE :&VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO-CRUISE
20
0 MFI SYSTEM
10A .----__z
(c-83; (F)R-:
11’ L-R
I\
A
THROTTLE ~~$Q;~ON
4
L-R
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
L
OF?- ON
(B-05)
(F>BR-R 2 G o-8=$.3 0. 8% 1 0 " BR-R,,13 (c-29) 0.85G,.14(F-46) (c-62)*4 BR-R 0.85G o BR-R f 43 MFI SYSTEM ~~~LE;;L"N'C BR-R 0.85G I? lam AUTO-CRUISE SUSPENSION + 8 CONTROL UNIT BR-R 59 ( F - 1 3 ) 'ONTRoL __----___--____~_-_-___
a(F-48)
L-R 51
r------
STOP LIGHT
L
I
(F>R-E I-
I
R-EI
(c-79)
GND A
w -R
55------.
G-BR
16
W-R
14
&i;$A;QGHl ', COMPARTMENT LIGHT
F
B 0
4
W-R (~-42)
G-R
B
!
56 (F-13)
G-L 19 (F-48)
G-R G-R
5p &I&gJISE
W-R 45 Y-W ) ( c - 1 4 ) ::6
METER AND GAUGES Y-W 7
G-B!? ! ,2 ,>
G-R SP 1
B
I 3 A
B i ,,l
/\,p
G-B , ,,‘/\ 3
G-L
1 6-DATA LINK CONNECTOR
HR15M14AB
1 TSB Revision
366
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) 1 I
I
\/
v
2
B
W-R
0
'3
L-B
1
G-O
I (c-33)
R-L
(c-36)
3
G-O
I
W-R
1
~,
\,
----_
13 R-W
W-G
R-W
W-G
R-Y
,,s ---- ,2 ----
,,1 ----
,4 ----
t ,? \
,,5
B
t ,,4
/\
6
R-G
I
_
/\
,,l
1.251
I
I R-G ----12 R-G 7-----
&EFU?~NTC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
tE
11
52 (F-13)
I
R-Y
B
,J3---- 15 ---,,14 B
2
4----_
R-L L---3 (F-44) 11 0 L W-R L-B R-L G-O -- --------p-----p--- _4 _--_---------- ----- ---J$---:I II i I,I &f 4&f II 5" 5" II . II II ~~q qg I
213
7
3 4 (A-13) '--------
(A-25)
,3 ---- 4 ----
B d
T
i
1
5
,,6 ---- ,,2 ---- ,,l ---- ,,4-___ B
I
I
1
V
4
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH) I
I
(F-20) Y-B ,,3 (F-32) Fmj‘ ,,3
\
B-L
B-W
B
B
1 ,,2 ---,,3 ---- 1 3----- .---1
,,3 ----- -
--- 4
i
t ,p
1
213
B ,,2 ,\
1
ml- i I -~gi~ n Y
,
TfDJ SHOCK ABSORBER
OFGN
06
l?D&? SHOCK ABSORBER
II
=
HR15M14BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit
367
COMPONENT LOCATION Name
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Data link connector (from 1994 models)
D
G sensor
E
Data link connector (up to 1993 models)
F
Steering wheel angle speed sensor
B
ECS control unit
G
Throttle position sensor
A
Engine control module
C
K19F0134
016FO257
Y16FO267 00002609
-
II
Steering wheel angle speed sensor I,
\
X12FOO72
module
/
T16F0292
TSB Revision
\
Y16FO496
368
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Controt Suspension (EC9 Circuit
-
-1
1-1 - - - c - k - T -
\\crl
\
\‘\
,.
J \
1 TSB Revision
369
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit
ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM L/ COMPONENT LOCATION Name
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Active exhaust control unit
C
Engine control module
B
Actuator assembly
D
Power window relay
A
Tl6FO268
119FOl34
00002666
module #
/ TSB Revision
/
T16F0292
370
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit
ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
;;ik\IGHT
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I
(c-82)
r0
1.25R-W F;E&CATED
6
O.S5B-W
15A
J/B
B-W I r-h 6
0.85B-W G-W
59 (D-04)
J/B
5 g
[
\/I
G-W
COMBINATION METER R
112 (D-05)
G-Y 6 ,\
( I
3 ACTIVE &BMT
---------_---OFF -TON
SPOR
(D-38)
B-Y I 28
RHEOSTAT
20 2B
HRlSM15AA
TSB Revision
371
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit
2R-B 5(c-o1) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
2R-B /
(c-14)
< OFF t-
20
POWER WIV~~WS
--------___
2L- B
R-\
I
ACTIVE EM:: MODULE (F-26)
i
GND V
I FULLL L
z 3
“:
CY & w-
I m 2
5
.--
CLOSE
(c-54) (c-01) o(c-14) (c-29) faq @ plzER@q -1 i
;
ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (F-29)
JLL 'EN
(F12-26) 34 (Ff-29) m m 5 6 7 9 9
2 3 4 5 6
HR15MlSAB
TSB Revision
1
372
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit
ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)
;HT
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I
1.25R-h I
G-h I
,,a (c-69)
J/B 7Tr
1
i
~;M;NATION R
8 (c-71) G-W 8 (D-44) G-W
1
( I-
I\
----------_____
I LL
i
OFF ‘TON
4
1 I
ACTIVE Ei%T
SPOR
‘OUR
J
B
B-Y
/
2B
RHEOSTAT
z(D-41)
2B
-
(c-82) 1234 5678 km
(D-04)
(D-05)
El (D-38) (D-41) (D-44) pGjlq \ @ fiMI7Rq
~ ‘d
HRlSM16AA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit
373
b
INPUT SIGNAL .CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR .THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
jgE 2R ‘(c-01)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
2R
F
2R
3 R-B
1
35 R
(c-53)
R-W
(c- ,,8
POWER WINDOWS RELAY (c-07x)
-____---_
F- 01N
12 (c-29)
4
3
L-Y
-B
KkF"
T7
I
@I-+
f GND
Ir-k2
G-R
5 B
R-B
I
ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY lEgI
2B i
(c-01)
o(c’14)
m
(c-53)
(F-26)
HRlSMlGAB
TSB Revision
374
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit I
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODEL)
2B:2
(c-31)
2B-
s5 (A-67) 2B- Y
2B-Y
WITH ---iE GOUT ;ygKJiALARM $yG 'FT-ALARM LSTEM I (1992 MODEL) I (il%L3gg3)
2B-'
r'Q
2B-Y
!?%#&iTR&kY~ I'SWITCt
(B-26):’
I
2B-R 0
I3 V
Y
(D-25
-3-
SAFING INPACT SENSOR
i -
.---5
I
0
0.85B-R
0.85B-R
I
0.85B-Vv
SRS ;iHAfNOS I S 1 0 I
9 T
2B-R
M/T
0.85B-Y
CT> CT) 0. 85' 0.851
----10 CT) CT) 0. 851 0.851
A/T lm
r
CT> CT> 0.85B 0.85
I
-------- ----7 CT) CT) 0.85B 0.85' 1
(A-38) 2
0.85B-,Y
lr-/
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR(LH)
~ ~~FF‘ToN
f
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR(RH)
HR15M17AA
1 TSB Revision
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit
375
IGNI SWIT 28-I
0
@
15A
(c-77) .6
(c-71) 5
0.85B-\n
1
I
10A
0.85B-W
B- -W
COMBINATION
0.858- W
1
0.85B-k
V
---_I
.--- ------
20
CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH -
-
-
0. 85
' -1
19
0.85B I f----f, gz
(c-79) &I8
t
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CAUT I ON ‘&y;;’
I
T
I
read and observe the SRS S E R V C E PRECAUTIONSlRefer 6 recautions) Ofior t o any s e r v i c e .
to GROUP 52B-
q
HR15M17AB
TSB Revision
376
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS) STARTER RELAY
.$##JISE
2B-Y
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) NON TURBO (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) d J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE@ 1
MAIN SWITCH
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE t FUSE@ !
D
MULTI: ! FUSE
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)
GND
J/B &,
34
81
(F>BR-R , (F)G-Y (c-83)
92 (F> B7 (F)1,25B MFI i"'"" 1.25B (Fly-1 i 18 l(F>B 4 ,\ THROTTLE W;P;;ON (B-05)
CONNECTOR
2L
38
1’
BR-R 13 (c-29) BR-R t5
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
L
20
G
r; --------
I 1 I I-
cI
Y-l AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
L
I
Y-l
.a
GNI: ) V
G
3
14
I
1
B-Y im
B
B
2
B-h
2
1
CLOCK SPRING
B
d c L i ;
ll
-
(c-29) (c-30)0 (A-11X)0 ~fzfas2J~5161718;1 9 )10~11~~1ej13/14~15(161171118/19 (c-7o)(c-82)0
(1
~%%Jp$i$q~
HRlSh421AA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4/T>
NOTE Xl:Hatchaack X2:Convertible
HORN
J/B
L (c-83 i
:ON
;;L#IGHT
FUSIBLE LINKQ
389
I(IG1)
2R-Wt 1.25R-W" #iCATED E 5W-B 151 i G,lB P
B-W
2B-
7m
1 I
70 B-1 0.85B-'
i
E(D-44)
G-W (F)R-I 3 i
. MFI SYSTEM R-B I O-STORAGE . FULL AUTO A/C CONNECTOR (A-11x) ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION !16
Y
S(c-71)
.HEATER .MANUAL A/C G-' 'FULL AUTO A/C
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
Y19
24
MAIN SWITCH
(F)R-BI* DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
k-E
2B
-ll B
I
5 A DATA CDNNE
1
j
W-R
B
L-B
0-Y D
MFI SYSTEM
B
4
IA
Y-E
(c-15:
MANUAL A/C o FULL AUTO A/C RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . E;$W$;TE
1
0-Y
6
3
4
@)Y 1 SPEED SENSOR
0
HR15M21AB
1 TSB Revision
I
390
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4Vb
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED) J/B
J/B
J/B MULTI-PI JRPOSE FUSE@ 1 C
0.85B-W 0.85B-W 13 L-R -7
;fEfi+NG
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
I
r -P
1 (D-42) 9
LG-R
L-l 0.85R-B
I1 LIGHT
I
111
(D-05) #;~NATION
___-_-_--
1
OFF ‘J,[ +,
4
B--W 5 1T2 j;
----
0.85c
64 I
ION
LG-.R +
21 MFI SYSTEM (D-41) G
L-E
3
2E
2
,,E
LG-
LG-B
I
2 -
L-O !5
L-B -
26
~8~%kON
L-Y 13
12
I
LG-
15
4
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT o-F23 mE)
(c-37)
(c-61) eTz9 (c-84) m
(D-05)
-1 (D-41) (D-42) HR15M21BA
TSB Revision
391 NOTES
TSB Revision
~ I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit CM/T>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
:d IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
2LI j4 (F>BR-R
i
37 (F) l.25B MFI TIM
'(F>G-‘
O(c-83)
?+-----I *_
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
THROTTLE ;E"$B&ON :B-o5)
ON
3 Y-R t
BR-R 13 (c-29) BR-R 5 t
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
10
Y-I Y-I AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)
GND
GND
GND
V
'8
+
14
1
B
-1 z i0
!2 _ 2 E . . m b
i;;yRgfUISE SWITCH (1 L
HR15M36AA
TSB Revision
I
I
393
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4/T>
GHT
FUSIBLE LINKa
xi 2R-W: 1.25R-W: FwCATED
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE HORN
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
5W-B ,,l 4,
J/B [
G-
(c-68)
0 15A j
T(c-77)
B-k 8
(F)R-I
.MFI SYSTEM .FULL AUTO A/C
R-B
IO-GE CONNECTOR (A-11X) I 16
6
O.BSB-W
G-W
'HEATER .MANUAL A/C G-' .FULL AUTO A/C
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)
24
METER AND GAUGES B-1
I
. COOLING (c-151 . MFI SYSTEM
B
4
5
16
B-Y
21
B-YI 1.l
B-1 I 4
. MANUAL A/C . RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . E;;/WiE;TE
i
(F>Y
RHEOSTAT 2B 1
SPEED SENSOR
5M36AB
TSB Revision
~
394
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ i
MAIN SWITCH D
(
B
1 -RY
a -it,
J/B MULTI-PI JRPOSE FUSEQ I
0.85Bu. mt(-w
Y
0.85R-B
I TURN.53IGNAL. L!GHT HNU HALAHLl LltiH'!
L-R -7 rYGRKNG
L-B
L-R
I ,,l 'P
I
I
I
I
(D-42) 9
LG-R
0.85R-B 2,, \ 0.85R-B 2 /\\ ,
L-E
I
B-' 11
(D-05)
j9 ,- 1 II
1
ENNECTION m
LG-B \ 14 II-----------_ II LG-B I ,\ I II I
L-E
L-O 15
L-B ,26 v
I
2
2E
I
G
i .b Is1 x II \, I I "4 "3 I L-O L-B L-Y :--+E--+? ______ $>6 (c-02)
LG-B
I
2E IF1 SYSTEM (D-41)
/
LG-F
L-Y 13 V
I
30
.5 V
I
P P P
5 J
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
HR15M36BA
TSB Revision
~
395 NOTES
TSB Revision
1
396
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)
IA
”
4m
BR-R
J/B
64
G-Y 1.25B
2L 1 p A
Y-F
(,I B/,4 /\
,j
V - - - - \, (c-70)‘3 '4
2L-w ,,3 /\
" 72
"61
@ 10A
I
GND A
+
ENGiNE CONTROL MODULE
THROTTLE PO~PO;~ON
31
:B-o5) BR-R 2Y-R
(A-11X) IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
"3
9 Y-F
jm3 Y-F 2 AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
L
GND V
GND V
GND
6
14
3
B
B
I
ijiXJR;,U'SE SWITCH 0
2B
Y-E
CONNEC
HRlSM22AA
TSB Revision
397
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit -R 1 L-R
:3 L-R
I L-R I\ 6
-If--
LJ
L- “I BATTERY 11 (B-30)
R-!
5 2B-!
R-h I
L3-R
(c-29 1,:15 .-- --- --- --
20B-RI 3B-RI
R-W
L -R
STARTER
14
R-!
/ A‘ -
11
.O
CEi
1
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37) (B-23)El aI
(c-30)
(c-45)
/ (c-47) i HR15M23BB
TSB Revision
,
404
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit c/Vi’>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)
\
(FEDERAL)
d
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) 2L ,$ (c-82) /\ J/B Gill 10A (F>BR ---_ \/ "lo (c-83) (c-70)3 " 4 2L-w 2L 1 2L ,,3 ,4 /\ (A-14X) IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR $8:
2L i
L
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
BR-R
20 (c-37)
Y-R 1 I4
I5
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
GND V "-
b
B
GND V "..
tl
B
GND V ". .
14
B
u
Ed 1230
(c-70)
(c-82)
d,
1 2 3 4 Ei
HR15M24AA
1 TSB Revision
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit
405
i
FUSIBLE LINKa
HORN
J/B
5W-B
2 2R-'
[GHT
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
PWATED E 151 c G,,l (c-68) \
, “8 ag t
I
r
LI1
5 B-k
(F>.R-B
.MFI SYSTEM .FULL-AUTO A/C .ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION
B-h
G-1
4
I O-GE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
.HEATER 'MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C
16
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
5" i
) '
24 L
W-R
(F)R-Bl--
MAIN SWITCH (D-32)
1
*
fl$jR LIGHT LUGGAGE ~~~~~RTMENT R-1
$#;&INIC SUSPENSION METER AND GAUGES
W-R
\/
,
"4
,
B B-Y
"1 L-B D
7
B - Y 28
B 4 rA
ELC-4A/T MANUAL A/C FULL AUTO A/C RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER E;~~K;;TE
B 5 A
1 A
4
(F>Y 1
RHEOSTAT 2B t
SPEED SENSOR
HR15M; !4AB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit AUTO-C b.& CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTIP
J/B MULTI- JRPOSE\ t FUSEa I
MAIN SWITCH D v
O.&B-U O.B5B-W
L-R
O.B5R-B 7 TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
$J;LJRESJISE RELAY (c-84)
(D-42)
2
L-I 2
(D-05) COMBINATION METER
B-h 11
E 5’ 6 ----
LG-I;
0.85G
21 MFI SYSTEM (D-41) 21
LG-B
.STOP LIGHT *~i&Q&NIC SUSPENSION
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
(c-62) I B 2
3 LG-Ii
LG-k 15
TSB Revision
j7' ( D - 0 4 )
NO CONNECTION
I
L-E
I I9
-1
;4
I
)VVI&NG
30
407
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit
IGNI TION
l,25;;yyTE'
v2By;y
~'~--
mli -
2B-Y
L-R
(c-47)
L-I;
37
;mfJ "lo (c-29) L-R I PARK/ NEUTRAL ;;y#ON (8-26)
L-R 196 OVER DRIVE AND POWER/ K~R!'
(c-45) l----f?-
2B-k
(8-23) ,I (B-24) 20B-R
-I
OFF ‘00 N $5 !5 R-W
(c-29)
3B-R
L-I;
15 ---____---_
R-Y
1-----_~_--___--_---_
14
1
L-Q-4 M
v
R-W
MFI SYSTEM
L-F
R-Y
SYARTERI
SUPPLEMENTAL @;$b'NT
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
(c-37)
HR15M24BB
TSB Revision
408
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA)
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I
-? GND 6 "
-
-I10 (c-83) (F)BR-R
h
A
1
svENGINE i 3
CONTROL MODULE
81 92 97 (F) MFI SYSTEM (F>G-Y 1.25B (Fly-1 a I 1 (F)1.25B 16 l(F)B 4 /\ A THROTTLE g;i';&ON
?
I:B-05) IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
OFF
- -:'ON
"2 "3 (F>BR-R (F>Y-R
2L RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
?,,! II
+
ELCdA/T
Y-Id1 -
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
f
GND
CGND
;rl
3
'14
I E
B
B
L [ I
r
a
I
) 0-w 1’ 25 E-!z i i _ 1TTr: .l-3 . 2E
I
~;~~RJEUISE SWITCH 0
2B
1 2 3 4
(c-70)
(c-82) HR15M25AA
TSB Revision
409
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit Y
n (A-11X)0
MFI SYSTEM
Y-W
SPEED SENSOR (c-58)
(c-68)
0773 OFRONT
(D-42)
SIDE
(c-81)
(c-83)
(F-27) HR15M31AB
TSB Revision
432
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit
ACTIVE AERO CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
FUSIBLE LINK 0 r_
/
6 2R-B
2G-I
_------------ 51 --------_r
2B-I 56 ------
L-G
“2
R 4------
i 52
UP
"1
L-G
2B-I 13 5 _-----_
(C-31) 5$--------2R-B
"4
5
2G-I
DOWN
I
B-R ------ ,,5 (c-03)
B-R Ri i 5 4------ ------11 -____-_ I / 1 I I / I I I I I / I I I
OFFd
‘-7-pr OFF?
GND
*----v-j
A
A '
V - - -
V
57 2R-W
0.85f 3
4
- - - - - -
- - - - - -
12
53 2R-L
Y-L
ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT
a-.-----------------------AJ IIsm
BR-F
o '2 ---- --3*------>+ ---- -10
2R-W ] 2R-L r,,,,-, ~BR-k ) 0
,7 /&
,,6
,,5
B t
,,4
SLANT
,,3
FLAT
------213
OFF
0
REAR SPOILER (F-04) 2B
d tiil
n Z
q
HR15M31BA
TSB Revision
433
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION L/
I Active aero control unit
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Name
E
Data link connector (from 1994 models)
Active aero front venturi skirt
C
Data link connector (up to 1993 models)
Active aero rear spoiler
D
B
I
--r-l
El9F0134
i
‘\{\ j \ \ -
is/y 218FO233 00002694
I
7
front venturi skirt
218FO24:
[ TSB Revision
\
Y16Fo4!
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit
1 TSB Revision
435
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Car Telephone Circuit
;
CAR TELEPHONE CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)
ii
(VEHICLES HARNESS WITHOUT TELEPHONE COMPONENT) IGNIT 3N SWITC (IGl) 3I E
EKBsE
r)
m I 25
70
DOOR %P"""
D-46
,,l (c-68)
0
D I 11
@y
‘1 (E-04)
15A
(c-80) 3 h
a
;Ek%;HONE
T--
ci I. E*I
I3 d
(E-01) aI
I
3
I
I
I:
I & F-
h
uII dc
r
1- E I -
m
I
4
(F-37) SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( TELEHONE UNIT >
L
c I y 1 m :
/p
4
3 II II III II II 1IL
a:I 2
h
6
7
$2 I$
02 % _-I : cdi= s 1 -+
c c
s h
J 55 3 2 -t A *
4 A
5 A
6 A
7
-
A
(F-38) SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE CONTROLLER)
(A-11X) (Fme=m
(c-80)
3
5 6 /\ ,\ ,\ A
I 6
/ L:
(D-35)
II "4 (D-34) 3
s
3
cA
*
5
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
L
n
SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE MICROPHONE) (c-85) h
I ?J
1 F-36
IOD OR $;~;&-JR (A-11XI t-
1
(c-82)0
(E-01) (D-42) -1
J
JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39) ( OR HAND FREE CONTROLLER >
(c-85)
(FmcEz)
g@;ER (D-13) (RH)
(D-35) rmB
HR15M32AA
[ TSB Revision
436
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Car Telephone Circuit
CAR TELEPHONE CIRCUIT (1993 Models) (VEHICLES HARNESS WITHOUT TELEPHONE COMPONENT) IGNI: SWIT( 3/ :
DOOR Qg;fKER
D-46
\0 15A c (c-80)
\/ 3
"m 1 1
3
(c-83)
\I 27'
c
;E&;;H"NE
2-- 1m > PL d: i ,,2 ,.l
h 2 "
ci
10A
0 E\
(E-01) u I
F-36
?
_-. 16 I :
1
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
r
iF-37) SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( TELEHONE UNIT )
m
m &
s -
SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE MICROPHONE) (c-85) I+
h
1
2
5 ', I II *, I,;z ' s ' $A I v I f II Lf 3
h
A
3
4
h
h
5
T
6
h
7
8
25
ss2z & A v G v Ll -
a: d
G
5 6 7 3 2 1 4 IA A A * A A * (F-38) SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE CONTROLLER)
8 *I
I I-\
Lz 1 El 2
)
cl.2 I I w $
L: v
5
/\\
6
/\ A
R e
7
8 ,\ ,\
HR15M33AA
TSB Revision
437 NOTES
i
TSB Revision
438
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit
TOP STACK CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)
TOP SWITCH 6
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
1 !l
5
SPEE DS
2L-B G-L
Y-I
L-‘
FcFF2y)
Y-E
7 2---.
3 ----_
4 .----
(F) Y
J/B
5
L0
Y-W
- 15
1
-W 6 o ELC-4A/T Y- .W Y-W
3. 851
0.85R
METER AND GAUGES
45
W- R 18 (D-42) i
0.85R
t
-1
W-,R 1. 85'
0. 85\
1.85-b
3. 851
W-R
44
W- R
CTRtINIC % sus :gs iION 0-dWISE ‘%I TROI
0.851
.85(
3
I. 85'
11 .----
3.----
3. 853
).85F
17
i
W-R
0.85G 0.85i
16
TOP STACK HARNESS
3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
1 cA-
\1r(D-50)
K%i"
HR15M34AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit
UMPER 3NNECTC
FUSIBLE L
'ER lECTl
$: (E-44)
'ER IECT
2Y-F
2Y-
(E
3 _--_
2G-I
2Y-I
2Y-
---- i ---_
;.---- 3.---_
---_
7.---
2Y-R
2G-Y
2Y-R
2Y-
(E-42: 2R
A l(E-41)
2G-
2G-R
2Y-R
2Y-c
(c-01:
(E-40
1----
I----
---_
I
2F
2G-Y
2G-k
2G-
2G-k
2Y-R
2Y-(
2G-Y
1.----
,
T
(F-47
2R
2G-
(F-43) [
(F-41
(c-01) Fm) (F-41)
2G-R
2Y-G
2G-F
439
3
(E-41) (F-43) Fm (F-49)
TOP STACK HARNESS Em
HR15M34AB
1 TSB Revision
440
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit
TOP STACK CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
IGNI SW17
3N (IGl)
s-
- -TOP SWITC -!H - (D-48) T r i
11
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
1
Jn
1
2L-E
2B-'
G-b
z-u .2-t c
(
5a
P a
c
c
J/B i-1
0 10A
0.85k
0.85R
j-1
-
0.85R I
1 3-Y
?HEOSTAT
!RUISE IL SYSTEM
z a, 6
0.85R
2 19 I
8 -
\TA L INNECiurc (c-91)
j
6
REAR HARNESS (F-48)
HR15M39AA
1 TSB Revision
1
441
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - TOD Stack Circuit
:1 *BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH *PARK/NEUTRAL $2 POSITION SWITCH I
(F)I
Y-W .
1
MT:!” .MFI SYSTEM
5W-B
(Y-W)
IJ’B. @
R-G
E
l(c-68)
(F) "k"L"
ELC 4-SPEED 10A AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE &i ---- ::,
Y-V
R j(c-14)
Y-Y 0.85R
.---i Ok”$
R-Y ,,l /\
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
,,2
0. B! R-I 0.85B-W
IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
lgJP
Y-W COMBINATION METER
W-F
O.S5R-G :ER .8 (D-42)
3B-R
W-F L-G 2Y-R
NOTE gi !$;q
2B
REAR HARNESS (F-48)
(D-53)
\
HEADER
#+” (c-14)
, -4
Y HARNESS
REAR HARNESS
0 (c-66)
(c-68)
pm)
(c-74)
(c-77)
REAR HARNESS
(F-47) E!l (c-82)0
HR15MSQAB
TSB Revision
442
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sunroof Circuit
SUNROOF CIRCUIT (FROM 1995 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) 2B-W ,,? (c-82) J/B' A . @H
FUSIBLE LINK 0
kw ATED 07 20A(
10A \,
0.85~~
1.25R-B
16 (c-77)
,,4 (c-01) 0 1.25R-B 1 B-W --------------__________ J m 1.25R-0 2 ------------------______R-W,,6 (E-46) 1.25R-B 4 R-W 3 w%lE U N I T
ii]
4 2 LG ,,3
4
(
"1 LG-Y
"15 Y-L
,,7
v
,,5
"
"
14
Y-0 ?.25R-L 1 1.25R-Y 1 ,,6 ,,l ,,2
SUNROOF MOTOR (E-48)
E
1.25E
CIRCUIT BREAKER
LIMIT SWITCH
MOTOR I
"a
D
HR15M40AA
TSB Revision
443
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sunroof Circuit
1
CPU i
INPUT SIGNAL
1
SUNROOFrI (3WllLH .._-^,. (E-47) 1 OPq&B /
DOOR SWITCH (E-21)
HR15M40AB
TSB Revision
NOTES :L)
16-1
id
ENGINE ELECTRICAL CONTENTS CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
GENERATOR . . . . ..*.............-....... 12 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Generator Output Line Voltage Drop Test . . . . . . . 6 Output Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
i;
Crankshaft Position Sensor Check . . _ . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 13A (ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION OF MFI COMPONENTS) Ignition Primary Voltage Wave-form Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave-form Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .._.
37
Regulated Voltage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Ignition Timing Adjustment . . . Refer to GROUP 11
Wave-form Check Using An Analyzer . . . . . . . . .
10
Spark Plug Cable Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Spark Plug Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Camshaft Position Sensor Check . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 13A (ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION OF MFI COMPONENTS)
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *. .
31
Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
STARTER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
~
~
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . .-a.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
I L
I
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging Svstem
CHARGING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERATOR Items
Up to 1995 models
From 1996 models
Type
Battery voltage sensing
Battery voltage sensing
12fllO
12l95
Rated output
VIA
1 Electronic type
1 Electronic type
1 Voltage regulator
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS GENERATOR
I
1 Standard value 1 Limit
Items
1 -
I Regulated voltage Ambient temp. at voltage rkgulator V
1 -2O’C ( - 4 ° F ) ( 14.2-15.4
I
I
I
1 80°C (176°F)
1 13.1-14.5
I-
1 26.7 (1.05)
/ 26.1 (1.03)
1 Approx. 3-5
I -
I-
/ 70% of nominal output current
60°C (140°F)
1 Slip ring O.D.
I
mm (in.)
Field coil resistance
13.9-l
20°C (68°F)
Q
I Output current
TSB Revision
4.9
13.4-14.6
I
I
I
I
I
I I
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System
16-3
TROUBLESHOOTING L (UP TO 1993 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNI: ON SWIT( (IGl)
r0
2B-'MI
B-W J/B
15A
(c-01:
7a
1
0. a5
B-W B-W
0.85 B-W
2F B-W
5 9 (D-04)
COMBINATION
)XF&ATOR r i
L 1140 L
L 10 (D-45)
L
Ld2i-‘(B-18)
i 3
i i! -
GENEARATOR
TSB Revision
I
16-4
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System
(FROM 1994 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 E 3 b -
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-WI
B-\nr J/B (c-01 D r7
(I
2B-W 7 ,\ 0
(c-82)
15A \,
6
0.85
(c-71)
B-W B-\ hJ (F) 8W-
:F> IW-F
r
J
s
gfF;E$ATOR r -77
--COMBINATION @ METER z 7
3
METER AND GAUGES
(A-1OX)
IL JL
?
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
I_)
-
lo (D-45) DEFOGGER
(F tc
(F> L
1 1-8
\
----- -------. 3
i
; (
COIL
ILTAGE YEGULATOS
i
-
:
L
~ -
GENEARATOR
HR04MOlAA
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System OPERATION When engine is stopped
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
When the ignition switch is switched to the “ON” position, electricity flows from the ‘I” terminal of the generator to the field coil, and at the same time the charging warning light illuminates.
When engine is being started/has started When the engine is started, charging voltage is applied to the ‘I” terminal of the generator, with the result that the charging warning light is extinguished. In addition, because battery voltage is applied to the “S” terminal of the generator, this battery voltage is monitored at the IC voltage regulator, thus switching ON and OFF the current to the field coil and thereby controlling the output voltage of the generator. Power is supplied to each load from the “B” terminal of the generator. NOTE The generator relay functions as a back-up for the flow of electricity to the field coil if there is a disconnection or damaged wiring of the charging warning light.
COMPONENT LOCATION Name 1 Generator relay
16-5
/ Symbol 1 I
A
TSB Revision
I
1. Charging warning light does not go on when the ignition switch is turned to “ON”, before the engine starts. l Check the bulb. 2. Charging warning light fails to go off once the engine starts. l Check the IC voltage regulator (located within the generator). 3. Discharged or overcharged battery. l Check the IC voltage regulator (located within the generator). 4. The charging warning light illuminates dimly. l Check the diode (within the combination meter) for a short-circuit.
16-6
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE GENERATOR OUTPUT LINE VOLTAGE DROP TEST
Voltmeter
+I I.=-@=
Battery
6EN0962
This test determines whether the wiring from the generator “B” terminal to the battery (+) terminal (including the fusible link) is in a good condition or not. (1) Always be sure to check the following before the test. l Generator installation l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 00 - Maintenance Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator ‘73” terminal and connect a DC test ammeter with a range of 0 - 100 A in series between the “B” terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the ‘73” terminal, and then connect the
1 TSB Revision
(-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.) NOTE A clamp-type ammeter which enables measurements to be taken without disconnecting the generator output wire is recommended. The reason for this is if a vehicle in which the voltage may have dropped due to an imperfect connection at the generator “B” terminal is being inspected, and the generator “B” terminal is loosened when the test ammeter is connected, the connection will be completed at this time and the possibility of finding problems will be reduced. (5) Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the generator “B” terminal and the battery (+) terminal. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to the battery (+) cable.)
’
16-7
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System / L
(6) Connect a tachometer. (For the procedure for connecting the tachometer, refer to GROUP - On-vehicle Service.) (7) kkconnect the negative battery cable. (8) Leave the hood open. (9) Start the engine. (lO)With the engine running at 2500 rpm, turn the headlights and other lights on and off to adjust the generator load so that the value displayed on the ammeter is slightly above 30A. Limit value: Max. 0.3 V NOTE When the generator output is high and the value displayed on the ammeter does not decrease to 30A, set the value to 40A. Read the value displayed on the voltmeter at this time. In this case the limit value becomes max. 0.4V. Adjust the engine speed by gradually decreasing it until the value displayed on the ammeter
is 30A. Take a reading of the value displayed on the voltmeter at this time. (11) If the value displayed on the voltmeter is above the limit value, there is probably a malfunction in the generator output wire, so check the wiring between the generator “IS” terminal and the battery (+) terminal (including fusible link). If a terminal is not sufficiently tight or if the harness has become discolored due to overheating, repair and then test again. (12)After the test, run the engine at idle. (13)Turn off all lights and turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (14)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (15)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (16)Connect the generator output wire to the generator “B” terminal. (17)Connect the negative battery cable.
OUTPUT CURRENT TEST
Charging indicator
30A
Voltmeter
t Load
Generator
Ammeter
Battery
6EN0893
1 TSB Revision
16-8
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System
This test determines whether the generator outputs normal current. (1) Before the test, always be sure to check the following. l Generator installation l Battery (Refer to GROUP 54 - Battery.) NOTE The battery to be used should be slightly discharged. The load in a fully-charged battery will be insufficient and the test may not be able to be carried out correctly. l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator “B” terminal and connect a DC test ammeter with a range of O-100 A in series between the “B” terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.)
Caution Never use clips but tighten bolts and nuts Otherwise loose to connect the line. connections (e.g. using clips) will lead to a serious accident because of high current.
(5)
(6) (7)
(8) (9)
NOTE A clamp-type ammeter which enables measurements to be taken without disconnecting the generator output wire is recommended. Connect a voltmeter with a range of 0 - 20 V between the generator “B” terminal and the ground. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to the ground.) Connect a tachometer. (For the procedure for connecting the tachometer, refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) Connect the negative battery cable. Leave the hood open. Check to be sure that the reading on the voltmeter is equal to the battery voltage. NOTE If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably an open circuit in the wire or fusible link between the generator “B” terminal and the battery (+) terminal.
TSB Revision
(1O)After turning the light switch on and turning on the headlights, start the engine. (1l)lmmediately after setting the headlights to high beam and turning the heater blower switch to the high revolution position, increase the engine speed to 2,500 r/min and read the maximum current output value displayed on the ammeter.
Limit value: 70% of nominal current output NOTE For the nominal current output, refer to the Generator Specifications. l Because the current from the battery will soon drop after the engine is started, the above step should be carried out as quickly as possible in order to obtain the maximum current output value. l The current output value will depend on the electrical load and the temperature of the generator body. l If the electrical load is small while testing, the specified level of current may not be output even though the generator is normal. In such cases, increase the electrical load by leaving the headlights turned on for some time to discharge the battery or by using the lighting system in another vehicle, and then test again. l The specified level of current also may not be output if the temperature of the generator body or the ambient temperature is too high. In such cases, cool the generator and then test again. (12)The reading on the ammeter should be above the limit value. If the reading is below the limit value and the generator output wire is normal, remove the generator from the engine and check the generator. (13)Run the engine at idle speed after the test. (14)Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (15)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (16)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (17)Connect the generator output wire to the generator “B” terminal. (18)Connect the negative battery cable. l
16-9
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging Svstem REGULATED VOLTAGE TEST Ignition switch (IGl)
- Load
Generator
Ammeter 6EN1029
\:
This test determines whether the voltage regulator is correctly controlling the generator output voltage. (1) Always be sure to check the following before the test. l Generator installation l Check to be sure that the battery installed in the vehicle is fully charged. (Refer to GROUP 54 - Battery.) l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 00 - Maintenance Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the generator “S” terminal and the ground. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the “s” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to a secure ground or to the battery (-) terminal.) (5) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator “B” terminal. (6) Connect a DC test ammeter with a range of O-100A in series between the “B” terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.) (7) Connect a tachometer. (Refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) (8) Reconnect the negative battery cable.
(9) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and check that the reading on the voltmeter is equal to the battery voltage. NOTE If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably an open circuit in the wire or fusible link between the generator “S” terminal and the battery (+) terminal. (1O)Check to be sure that all lights and accessories are off. (11) Start the engine. (12)lncrease the engine speed to 2,500 r/min. (13)Read the value displayed on the voltmeter when the current output by the generator becomes 10A or less. (14)lf the voltage reading conforms to the value in the voltage regulation table, then the voltage regulator is operating normally. If the voltage is outside the standard value, there is a malfunction of the voltage regulator or of the generator. (15)After the test, lower the engine speed to the idle speed. (16)Turn the ignition switch to the “OFF” position. (17)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (18)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (19)Connect the generator output wire to the generator “B” terminal. (20)Connect the negative battery cable.
VOLTAGE REGULATION TABLE
b
Inspection terminal
Voltage regula- Standard value Inspection terminal ambient (V) tor temperature (“C PI)
Terminal “S”
-20 (-4)
14.2-15.4
20 (68)
13.9-14.9
TSB Revision
Terminal “S”
Voltage regula- Standard value tor ambient (V) temperature (“c PI) 60 (140)
13.4-14.5
80 (176)
13.1-14.5
I
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charqinq System WAVE-FORM CHECK USING AN ANALYZER MEASUREMENT METHOD Connect the analyzer special patterns pick-up to the generator B terminal.
I
“B” terminal
Z7ELOlSl
I
STANDARD WAVE-FORM Observation Conditions 1 SPECIAL PATTERNS
FUNCTION
I PATTERN HEIGHT
VARIABLE Adjust while viewing the wave-
{
I Engine speed
Curb idle speed -
0.4 0.2 I Voltage at g e n e r a t o r 0 p7r-\fTfTfi/\AJ\ I+ h A fi 4 n r B terminal -0.2
-
-0.4 t lime 27ELOl15
1
NOTE Furthermore, the voltage wave-form of the generator B terminal can undulate as shown at left. This wave-form is produced when the regulator operates according to fluctuations in the generator load (current), and is normal for the generator.
TSB Revision
I I :L.J ,
16-11
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System ABNORMAL WAVE-FORMS EXAMPLES
NOTE 1. The size of the wave-form patterns differs largely depending on the adjustment of the variable knob on the analyzer. 2. Identification of abnormal wave-forms is easier when there is a large output current (regulator is not operating). (Wave-forms can be observed when the headlights are illuminated.) 3. Check the conditions of the charge light (illuminated/not illuminated) also, and carry out a total check. Abnormal wave-forms
Problem cause
Example 1
l
Open diode
AAL
ZELOlZO
0 Short in diode
Example 2
Z7EL0121
0 Broken wire in statorcoil
Example 3
27EL0122
0
Example 4
Short in stator coil
Z7EL0123
0 Open supplementary diode
Example 5
1
r2rrirl 27EL0124
4t this time, the charge light is illuminated.
TSB Revision
16-12
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System
GENERATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation Removal and Installation of Right Bank Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter (Refer to GROUP 15-Exhaust Pipe, Main Muffler and Catalytic Converter.)
l
24 Nm
lo-12 Nm 7-9 ft.lbs.
14-18ft.lbs.
216FO346
Removal steps 1. Air hose E
l b
2. Air hose C 3. Suction hose clamo nuts BA -
IGI SW -
ZRY -
(A/T> ION HCST)
2B-Y
2B-
B-1I
2B(c-31
/\ 7r
MFI SYSTEM
1
3 PARK/NEUTRAL &~#ON
3.
3
28-R
1
r
3B-
1
8 OF?- $J i
(c-64)
lmB 0
------
i
,.; ,
MFI SYSTEM 2BWARNING LIGHT
(8-23)
7:1
G-B
1.25B-y\
(B-30:
ij
(B-26) g:2
0.85B-Y I
1
2B-Y
G-B
2B-
SUPPLEMENTAL gf;EEiINT
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL
1 1.25y 2B-Y
STARTER RELAY ------;;OFF (A-09X) AL 20B-R \I 2 ;
2B(A-67
5(A-67)
B-k I 4
!
2B-Y
2
2B-
20B-F
IGNI ION SWIT HCST)
BA TTIZRY -
I
____ ii-
2B
STARTER MOTOR
d 0
=
= STARTER MOTOR
NOTE %l:FROM 1993 MODEL %2:1992 MODEL I (c-31)
(c-64)
q
HR02MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
16-21
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNITION iWITCH 2B-k
zJ==%~,
B-l
2B-k
(c-31: 2
J/Br 1
2B-k
B-j 4
rwER (A-OSXI I28-k IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
----------
B-L
SrOFF ON
2 G-B (c-02
0.85B-Y 3
0.85R-B
G-E
R-B
1
1
E;$gAb;GHT AND EW';RTMENT
i
R-B
2
I - - - - - -
. BUZZER . MFI SYSTEM . fl@+NG .DOME #T, LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT
PEDAL &~#,;~ONB
2B-Y
'TE
LG-B 21
20B-R B-l B-L
3B-F
WHEN KEY IS REMOVED (B-23: r-
!
r
(c-65)
*;~F$K& DOOR .ACTWE AERO 4EHE;iALARM
G-313
B-l Q STARTER MOTOR
mf3t7) (c-02)
d 6 (c-31)
I ms (c-56) (c-64) (c-58)
HR02MOlAA
1 TSB Revision
16-22
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System
I #d
f 2B-kT
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNITION iWITCH (ST)
(c-31:
2
.----
1 2B-Y STARTER RELAY @liB MFI SYSTEM
B-Y
I
4 --____----------------.
-*OFF ON
2
2B-Y
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
23 B~yg$!y”IsE
O.a5R-B
11 1 II I 1 I
13 /1
G-B 3 I (c-02: .----A
2B-Y
R-B
3 PARK/ 'BUZZER . f~[f,\6[!?.+~~ [#~f#hI
eQsCIAk;GHT AND COMPARTMENT LIGHT
CYLINDER ILLUMINATION tIGHT
(B-26)
R-i
L’\ 2'
r’”
D-'
9
:2
,:1
NOTE Xl FROM 1993 MODEL :2 1992 MODEL
2B-R BATTERY
'l.25B-W
( 2B-R
MFI SYSTEM
(B-30)
208-R B-1
WHEN KEY IS REMOVED
3B-R (B-23)1
(B-24)
1
SUPPLEMENTAL gEyL&E"i I NT
B-L $FRIW& DOOR .ACTIVE AERO *TWF;~ALARM
B-I
h STARTER ~0~0:
HR02M02AA
1 TSB Revision
~
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
OPERATION 0
L
l
16-23
For models equipped with the M/T, the clutch pedal position switch contact is switched OFF when the clutch pedal is depressed; when the ignition switch is then switched to the “ST’ position, electricity flows to the starter relay and the starter motor, the contact (magnetic switch) of the starter is switched ON and the starter motor is activated. NOTE If the ignition switch is switched to the “ST position without the clutch pedal being depressed, electricity flows to the starter relay (coil), the clutch pedal position switch (contacts) and to ground, with the result that the contacts of the starter relay are switched OFF, and, because the power to the starter motor is thereby interrupted, the starter motor is not activated. For models equipped with the AIT, when the ignition switch is switched to the “ST’ position while the selector lever is at the “P” or “N” position, the contact (magnetic switch) of the starter is switched ON and the starter motor is activated.
The starter motor does not operate at all. l Check the starter (coil). l Check for poor contact at the battery terminals and starter. l Check Park/Neutral position switch. l Check clutch pedal position switch. l Check starter relay. l Check theft-alarm starter relay. l Check key reminder switch.
i
STARTER MOTOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Refer to GROUP 22 - Manual Transaxle, or GROUP 23 Automatic Transaxle.
INSPECTION PINION GAP ADJUSTMENT
Fieldcoil wire
(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and M-terminal. (3) Set switch to “ON”, and pinion will move out.
/’ L&J
Ii ?
Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning. (4) Check pinion to stopper clearance (pinion gap) with a feeler gauge.
Standard value: 0.5-2.0 mm (.020-,079 in.)
Stopper
I
Pinion gap
Pinion
Z6EL003
TSB Revision
16-24
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System (5) If pinion gap is out of specification, adjust by adding or removing gaskets between magnetic switch and front bracket.
ZlEL113
MAGNETIC SWITCH PULL-IN TEST (1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and M-terminal.
Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning. (3) If pinion moves out, then pull-in coil is good. If it doesn’t, replace magnetic switch. 27ELOOlQ
MAGNETIC SWITCH HOLD-IN TEST (1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and body.
Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning. (3) Pull out the pinion by hand until it comes into contact with the pinion stopper. (4) If pinion remains out, everything is in order. If pinion moves in, hold-in circuit is open. Replace magnetic switch.
FREE RUNNING TEST
Carbon-pile rheostat
5 0
Starter motor I
-I-
Battery i 12v I Voltmeter 7I
27ELOO22
(1) Place starter motor in a vise equipped with soft jaws and connect a fully-charged 12-volt battery to starter motor as follows: (2) Connect a test ammeter (loo-ampere scale) and carbon pile rheostat in series with battery positive post and starter motor terminal. (3) Connect a voltmeter (15volt scale) across starter motor. (4) Rotate carbon pile to full-resistance position. (5) Connect battery cable from battery negative post to starter motor body. (6) Adjust rheostat until the battery voltage shown by the voltmeter is 11 V. (7) Confirm that the maximum amperage is within the specifications and that the starter motor turns smoothly and freely.
Current: Max. 90 Amps
1 TSB Revision
16-25
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System MAGNETIC SWITCH RETURN TEST
L
(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between M-terminal and body.
Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning. Field coil wire
27EL0021
(3) Pull pinion out and release. If pinion quickly returns to its original position, everything is in order. If it doesn’t, replace magnetic switch.
Caution When pulling out the pinion, be careful not to have your finger pinched.
STARTER RELAY (1) Remove the starter relay from the relay box. (2) Connect battery to terminal 2 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 4 grounded. Power is supplied / Power is not supplied
216Fo264
00002526
i
TSB Revision
3-4 terminals
No continuity
3-5 terminals
Continuity
3-4
terminals
/
Continuity
3-5 terminals
No continuity
l-2 terminals
Continuity
1
16-26
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System I
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
Disassembly steps 1. Screw ;. f$gnntic switch
4Ab 4A,
Lj~
12. 13. 14. =I:.
4: Screw 5. Rear bracket 6. Brush holder 7. Brush 8. Rear bearing 9. Armature ;;. paF assembly .
Packing A Packing B Plate ;an$ary gear
+B, .A+ 17: Snap ring 4B, .A+ 18. Stop ring 19. Overrunning clutch 20. Internal gear 21. Planetary gear holder 22. Front bracket
TSB Revision
, I !Lj ’
16-27
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System
27EN0628
1'0
4A, 4A,
Disassembly steps 1. Screw 2. Magnetic switch 3. Screw 4. Starter cover 5. Rear bracket 6. Brush holder 7. Brush 8. Bush 9. Armature ;y. Fap assembly .
12. Packing A 13. Packing B 14. Plate 15. Planetary gear 16. Lever 4B, .A4 17. Snap ring 4B, .A4 18. Stop ring 19. Overrunning clutch 20. Internal gear 21. Planetary gear holder 22. Front bracket
DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS +A,ARMATURE / BALL REMOVAL Caution When removing the armature, be careful not to lose the ball (which is used as a bearing) in the armature end.
TSB Revision
16-28
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System +B,SNAP RING / STOP RING REMOVAL (1) Press the stop ring, by using an appropriate socket, wrench, to the snap ring side.
Stop ring
Z6EL0097
(2) After removing the snap ring (by using snap-ring pliers), remove the stop ring and the overrunning clutch.
Z6ELOO96
STARTER MOTOR PARTS CLEANING Do not immerse parts in cleaning solvent. Immersing the yoke and field coil assembly and/or armature will damage insulation. Wipe these parts with a cloth only. 2. Do not immerse drive unit in cleaning solvent. Overrunning clutch is pre-lubricated at the factory and solvent will wash lubrication from clutch. 3. The drive unit may be cleaned with a brush moistened with cleaning solvent and wiped dry with a cloth. 1.
REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT ,A+TOP RING / SNAP RING INSTALLATION Using a suitable pulling tool, pull overrunning clutch stop ring over snap ring.
INSPECTION COMMUTATOR INSPECTION (1) Place the armature on a pair of V-blocks, and check the deflection by using a dial gauge.
Standard value: 0.05 mm (JO20 in.) Limit: 0.1 mm (.004 in.)
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System
16-29
(2) Check the outer diameter of the commutator.
Standard value: 29.4 mm (1.158 in.) Limit: 28.4 mm (1.118 in.)
ZiELllS
Undercut I
(3) Check the depth of the undercut between segments.
Standard value: 0.5 mm (.020 in.)
BRUSH HOLDER Check for continuity between brush holder plate and brush holder. The normal condition is non-continuity.
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH 1.
2.
While holding clutch housing, rotate the pinion. Drive pinion should rotate smoothly in one direction, but should not rotate in opposite direction. If clutch does not function properly, replace overrunning clutch assembly. Inspect pinion for wear or burrs. If pinion is worn or burred, replace overrunning clutch assembly. If pinion is damaged, also inspect ring gear for wear or burrs.
FRONT AND REAR BRACKET BUSHING Inspect bushing for wear or burrs. If bushing is worn or burred, replace front bracket assembly or rear bracket assembly.
TSB Revision
16-30
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System BRUSHES AND SPRINGS REPLACEMENT 1.
E
qC-- Wear limit line
2.
Brushes that are worn beyond wear limit line, or oil-soaked, should be replaced. When replacing field coil brushes, crush worn brush with pliers, being careful not to damage pigtail.
-
3. 4.
New brush Soldered (Make sure that there is no excess solder on brush surface)
5.
Sand pigtail end with sandpaper to ensure good soldering. Insert pigtail into hole provided in new brush and solder it. Make sure that pigtail and excess solder do not come out onto brush surface. When replacing ground brush, slide the brush from brush holder by prying retaining spring back.
Surface A marked Zl EL049
Growler
ARMATURE TEST ARMATURE SHORT-CIRCUIT TEST 1. Place armature in a growler. 2. Hold a thin steel blade parallel and just above while rotating armature slowly in growler. A shorted armature will cause blade to vibrate and be attracted to the core. Replace shorted armature.
ARMATURE GROUNDING TEST Check the insulation between the armature coil cores and the commutator segments. They are normal if there is no continuity.
ARMATURE COIL OPEN-CIRCUIT CHECK Check for continuity between segments. The condition is normal if there is continuity.
TSB Revision
do
16-31
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System
IGNITION SYSTEM i/
SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS CRANK ANGLE SENSOR cup to 1992 model> Items
Specifications
Type
Contact pointless type
Identification No.
Tl T49371
Part No.
MD1 53464
Advance mechanism
Controlled by engine control unit
Firing order
l-2-3-4-5-6
IGNITION COIL r
I
Items
Specifications
Type
Mold 3-coil
Identification No.
F-536 j MD152648
Part No.
I
SPARK PLUG
L
Items
Specifications
-
NGK
PFRGJ-11
NIPPON DENS0
PK20PRPll
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS Standard value
Items Ignition coil
Primary coil resistance at 20°C (68°F) R
Limit
0.67-0.81
Secondary coil resistance at 11.3-15.3 20°C (68°F) kc2 1.0-l .l (0.39-0.43)
Spark plug gap mm (in.)
1.3 (.051) Max. 22
Spark plug cable kQ
SPECIAL TOOLS Supersession
Tool number and name MD998464 Harness connector (4 pin, square) ii
TSB Revision
Application Check of ignition primary voltage (connection of ignition coil connector)
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - lanition Svstem
TROUBLESHOOTING (UP TO 1993 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION
hiITCH(IG1)
2B-X
7m
J/B 0 15A
c
1
@%t”
DETECTION CONNECTOR
5
(c-71)
2B-Y (D-44) 5 2B-W
(B-14) 1.25L-R 1.25L-B ,, 1. 25L-Y 2B-W
(D-15) 4 2B-W 1.25B-W 2B-W y;
,,2 ;,l ;,4 23 _
I
'$
1. 25 L-Y ----- ,\22----- ,,ll (B-22) A6 ,P \ /\ ,h ,\ IGNITION COIL 1-4 -
CAPACITOR (B-15) 1 /
IGNITION I POWER TRANSISTOR!
IGNITION COIL 2-5 r--
rl
2
(D-15)
4
2
5
3
6
”
3% (TAC
4TION
) 1.25B
III III I1I IL /
SPARK PLUG
“-6% 5v
“-6
“-4%
v
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
.IGNITION SWITCHtST) .CRANKSHAFT .(CTP) S W I T C H POSITION SE:NSOR .CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR';#$;~L;oc IULE .KNOCK SENSOR *ENGINE COOL:ANT .VOLUME AIR ;ED&f$AT"RE FLOW SENSOR 4;ig;f;HERIC
IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
HR03MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition Svstem
(UP TO 1995 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W
1
33-W 70
CHARGING
J/B
WE DETECTION
0 15A
CONNECTOR (c-71)5
2B-Y t 2B-W
\I / 1. c5L-R,,2 (F)1.25L-B;,l I' (F>1.25L-Y J,4 (FlPR-W
CAPACITOR (F)2B-W (B-15) ,x6 -------r----= ,\ iI -
:
3
,,ll (B-22) ,J3-----,_12 ,\ ----- ,\ I\ IGNITION ' ""TL 1-4
IGNITION COIL 2-5
IGNITION COIL 3-6
1
i
----- _---2 '1 (8-21) 3
____-----1_____ 5 (F)E (F)W
&i&AND
101;; (C-54) r-,58 (c-90)
1o ----A ------ 23
I/
A
~~$yqppQ !I
1. 2513
0
A
k-_""_---- 52~1 B-G 104g2
A
siKz&G
ll(c-52)
A
INPUT SIGNAL .INTAKE AIR gE;g;EATURE '&$AT~~;HER'C
. (CTP) SWITCH .CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR .KNOCK SENSOR .VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR
if;INE CONTROL
2 (A-18) I IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
(B-22)FE) CFm) (B-14) Em3 EFZTJ /$J $mb @f-@
SPARK"PLUG
.CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR *TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE .ENGINE COOLANT $~~~~~ATURE
NOTE
:l:TURBO,NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA) x2:NON TURBO (FEDERAL) (c-54)
(c-71)
ok4 Oh, HR03MO 1AA
( TSB Revision
1
16-34
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System
(FROM 1996 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W i CHARGING
J/B Eiwi" DETECTION CONNECTOR
/ (c-73)“5 2B-Y (D-44)“5 2B-W -I
2B-W MFILS
(F>B-W
(B-14) (F)l. 25L-R,,2 (F)1.25L-B;,l (F>1.25L-Yj,4 (F>2B-W ),3-
-
- -
.
,cl
(F>2B-W 13 ,B
34 (D-04)
B
IGNI ON POWE TRAN STOR
2B (D-41)
----
i3
c
2
16 m
1
2B 2B t -
mm (c-14) (c-71) =plzF@gjm m (F-14)rE$FTg p$J
-
(c-82)
HRlOMOlAA
TSB Revision
54-15
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
;;Tli,;IGHT
J/B v7
1.,&q-DEDICATED w/FUSE BA
J/B
\I G-W 8 (c-71) ‘8 (D-44) G-W
, 13--------1
II /I ,
/ / I I / I
T
/ i
1 B-Y J,
!/ L
t2: / f1 i I
-T
T
t;52 / F5 ’ 0
I
(Z~Z~~NATION (D-09)
I
Y-l
R-
R-l :c-14)
R[NE rROL MODULE
-7r -1
(D-15: AL
(F)Y-I
2
3 tc 2E3 (F)R-\I 2 2E3 11
(c-69)
I
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT (B-01)
HRlOMOlAB
TSB Revision
I
54-16
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
METERS AND GAUGES CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W CHARGING
J/B \, 0. 85B-W“' -
O.B5B-W t
s(D-44)
O.B5B-W L-R I t WARNING LIGHT
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
B-W
--
COMBINATION METER
--,,59 (D-04)
r
/\
-..I
64 B-W I
\L -------------____
-----
(D-C 109 Y -W E \: S(c-14) ---. --------------___ -W
B-1
53
)Y
I6 (D-44)
2 B
.MFI SYSTEM
IGN: ION R3 ISTOR
i 2E
(F: )B ' 0 2B
2B
n =
NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE
(B-34) (c-14) (c-71) m m m z ~~~~5&4 60161(6216~64165166167 ( D - 4 4 )
(F-14)
(Fm (ml'
TSB Revision
‘d
B
13 2E
54 (D-04)
4
16 (c-71)
1j(c-82)
I
54-17
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
B-lIv NOTE Zl:HATCHBACK :E:CONVERTIBLE
G-W ELC 4A/T
I G-W
,,13---------
I
'-'I8 2
, I
COMBINATION
I
I
z8 m
Ii-1
I
L R-B
B-Y
3 RHEOSTAT (D-40)
ILL
33 : T
2E
20
=
i
I
c 1
k L
, Y-l ‘5
R--Y
, _____------_-------_-~~~~ (D-15) 2I (F>Y-R
E
213
2L
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
L T
if=
7
I
R-B 1 (C-14)
Y-R
2,
t; ?
'r
(F>R-
1
r
OIL tzi&PRE / UNIT Z(8-36)
TEMPERATURE
(c-69)(D-03) (B-01) mm Em cm) D @JB ~,~I:::.:aa-J~~~l (D-40) (D-41)(m) =qJ p$Egq TSB Revision
HRlOM02AB
~
54-18
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
OPERATION l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position, the fuel gauge is activated. l When there is much fuel, the unit’s resistance is small and the current flowing in the circuit is great, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in the “F” area. l When there is little fuel, the unit’s resistance is high and the current flowing in the circuit is small, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in the “E” area. l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position, the engine coolant temperature gauge is activated. l When the engine coolant temperature is high, the unit’s resistance is low and there is a great flow of current in the circuit, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in the “H” area. l When the engine coolant temperature is low, the unit’s resistance is high and there is a small flow of current in the circuit, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in the “C” area. l Pulses are produced in accordance with the vehicle speed, and vehicle-speed signals are input to systems (the MFI system, etc.) that regulate according to the vehicle speed. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. The fuel gauge doesn’t function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) Disconnect the connector of the fuel pump and gauge unit assembly; the ‘F” side is indicated when terminal (5) is then grounded. l Check the fuel gauge. 2. The engine coolant temperature gauge doesn’t function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) The “l-l” side is indicated when the connector of the engine coolant temperature gauge unit is disconnected and then grounded. l Check the engine coolant temperature gauge unit. 3. Systems dependent upon control according to the vehicle speed do not function correctly. l Check the reed switch (mechanical speedometer type) l Check the speed sensor (electrical speedometer type)
TSB Revision
coil pressure gauge> l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position, the oil pressure gauge is activated. l When oil pressure is high, the internal contacts of the gauge unit are kept closed for a longer period of time. This causes more current to flow in the circuit, and the gauge pointer swings to the high pressure side. l When oil pressure is low, the internal contacts of the gauge unit open in a shorter period of time. Therefore, there is less current flowing in the circuit and the gauge pointer swings to the low pressure side. l When the ignition key is set to the “ON” position, the gauge indicator will be at “0”. l When the engine is started, the indicator will move from “0” to the minus (-) side, and then, as the boost level increases, it will move to the plus (+) side. l When the ignition key is placed in the “ON” position, the voltage gauge operates and indicates a battery voltage of approximately 12 V. l When the engine is started, the voltage gauge indicates a battery voltage of 12 to 16 V, indicating that the battery is on charge.
4. The oil pressure gauge doesn’t function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) The “H” side is indicated when the connector of the oil pressure gauge unit is disconnected and then grounded. l Check the oil pressure gauge unit. 5. The meter illumination light does not illuminate. (1) The tail lights illuminate. l Check the rheostat. 6. The voltage gauge doesn’t function, or shows the incorrect indication. l Check the voltage gauge.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges COMPONENT LOCATION Engine control module
/
S16FOZS2
TSB Revision
54-19
I
54-20
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGN IT1 ON SWI'TCH (IGl)
J/B
rG 15
0.85B0.858. COMBINATION BMETER r------------------------------. II I III I d < 10 III 2 II
59
L--- ----- -G6? ~
L-R
12 (D-03)
Y-B
Y-B
Y
c
rGiD-15)
Y-B
Y-B I
(F: )Y
FUEL GAUGE UNIT m J
Y-B
I I
Y
Y-G 3
2B 1
Y-E
1 OIL $$#RE
I
Lm
/\
@F&NG SWITCH OFF - ON km
HRlOM03AA
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
IGN: sw1:
ION -I (ST)
IN (IGl)
IGNI SWIT
rG151 1
2B-' 2B-I
B-‘ _-11 1
z(c-31)
1
1
.'OFF IN
kTARTER IRELAY im 1 3 /
3
(A-67)
Ei(c-71)
/
Ei(D-44) 0.85B-' B-1
G-E 3 i (c-02) .--J
2B-I 3
G-E
2B-1
1.25B-\ l(D-15) DIODE u
1.25B-\1
r---I
cI(D-45)
1 I I I
EL
B-1
4ws III I EW 1 OFF '*ON SENSOR II *q (A-30) j Y-G L----~\ 9
EK” ON
L
'(c-82)
0.85B-'w
B-‘
2B-I
i
J/B
54-21
(Y-G)
0 Y-G
D-10
66 COMBINATION METER (D-04)
1
B
64
2B
p(D-41)
28
(A-09X) (A-30)@%?')
(c-02)
(c-31)
(c-71)
(C-82)0
/
HRlOM03AB
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
I dl
WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM cl995 MODELS>
IN
IGN.
SWI:
(IGl)
2B-
R-W
‘(c-82)
2B-
1
J/B
CHARGING
I-
I
15 A
E
0.858- W
E;(D-44)
0.858- ,W 0.85B-W
13
+ L-T TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT B- ,W COMBINATION AND HAZARD LIGHT METER AND GAUGES METER $3----539_______--_---------------1
LL,
-. ) ; --i .-----l 31
12 (D-03)
‘d i
Y-I Y
J(D-15)
‘Y
Y-i
Y-B I
Y-i l(B-06)
Y-C
Y ,\ 1T- -iniT NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE
2B d
OFF -
r--
0
FL =
HRlOM04AA
1 TSB Revision
54-23
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
LJ IGNI ION SWI? H(ST) 2B-k 2B-k
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I B-Y
I
CHARGING
z(c-31)
J/B
17-1 2B-k B-Y I 4 1 / /STARTER ;RELAY --------__
Y
r
sPOFF IN
s(c-71)
0.85B-W
jm
f
s(D-44)
0.85B-W
2B-Y (A-67) 2B-Y
CLUTCH PEDAL &j+$HON
1.25B-Y
/
I
:i:
MFI SYSTEM
lm 1.25B-Y jTARTING
DIODE u D-10
(Y-G)
Y-G
0
Y-G
66 A COMBINATION METER 90 (D-04)
SUPPLEMENTAL l@TE"#'NT
HRlOMOIAB
TSB Revision
54-24
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters -and Gauges
WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGN ITICIN SWI'TCH (IGl) 282B-
B-W
G----l CHARGING
J/B AL1 '6 (c-71) 0.85B- .W “6 (D-44)
NOTE ;;i;EW;EElg jV;V;O&ABS
0.858, -W 0.85B-W
13
‘8"11 :B:CONVERTIBLE
-W TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT COMBINATION AND HAZARD LIGHT c METER AND GAUGES METER ~r-----------r -------- -- _______7Tcj9 , I I I ii z y I c, , z I I LL L--------‘:67 o '3 .2 (D-03)
Y-L
I
-----JI 61 Y-B
"9 (D-16)
Y
0
Y-L (
y-L‘18 (F-44)%3
Y-B
c
‘y-1
I
Y-L
Y-B “5 (c-15)
(F) ,Y
Y-B
“2 (D-45)
Y-B 4:1 ;>6:*=
1
B-R t
;
I
1
s,2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL OFF '*ON SENSOR *(I (A-24)
31
1
1
OIL ;@SRE
((B-37)
TSB Revision
/
;~M&NG SWITCH (D-28)
a
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes
i
IGNI SW17 2B-\1
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
28-l J/B 2B-\I
0 ml 15A
---------.+OFF IN 1
2B-‘1 (A-67) 3
“6 (D-44)
3 G-B (c-02) 3--
B-W
G-B 2B-Y
METER AND GAUGES
i
0.85B-W (13
0.85B-W
B-W r----+$
i B-W
30
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
1.25B-Y
L/
+
MFI SYSTEM '(D-15)
1.25B-Y STARTING
9
DIODE u I i;yEKNATION (D-04)
SUPPLEMENTAL ~E~&~J$NT
HRlOM05AB
TSB Revision
54-26
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
INSPECTION SPEEDOMETER CHECK (1) Assure tire pressure at standard value. (Refer to GROUP - Specifications.) (2) Gt the vehicle on a speedometer tester. (3) Set free rollers securely on the floor according to the wheelbase and rear tread of the vehicle (when rear wheels are to be set on free rollers). (4) Raise the rear wheels on a jack and place rigid racks to support the specified positions of the side sills (when rear wheels are to be raised on a jack). (5) Make sure the parking brake has been set. cPWD>
Free r&Hers -
Sear wheels raised on jack>
?qi&%!g Rigid rack oooo2297
Anchor plate -w 216AO864
(6) Attach anchoring bars on the tie-down brackets and secure their ends to the anchor plates. (7) Make sure the tension on the right and left bars is the same. Also be sure there is enough tension on each bar. (8) Attach a chain or wire to the rear tie-down hole. Make sure the end of the wire or chain is secured firmly. (9) Take all other necessary precautions. (1O)Use a speedometer tester to measure the speedometer’s indication error. Standard value: Standard indication mph 20
19-22
40
38-44
80
57-66
80
1 76-88
1 100
1 94-110
1
I
--I
Caution Do not operate the clutch or accelerator abruptly or decelerate during the operations.
bracket
/
Allowable range mph
Z16FO133 00002298
TSB Revision
d
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
I,;
\
L:
c I\
zl6F 024;
54-27
TACHOMETER CHECK (1) insert paper clip into the engine revolution speed detection terminal provided in the engine compartment, and connect the engine tachometer to the inserted paper clip. Caution As the tachometer is negative grounded, do not connect battery conversely to prevent damaging transistor and diode. NOTE For tachometer inspection, use of a fluxmeter-type engine tachometer is recommended. (Because a fluxmeter only needs to be clipped to the high tension cable.) (2) Connect the engine tachometer and compare the engine tachometer and tachometer readings. Replace tachometer if difference is excessive. Standard value: 1,000 f 100 rpm 3,000 + 150 rpm 5,000 f 250 rpm 6,000 f 300 rpm Caution The engine speed signal output from the engine is one-third of the actual speed. When the engine speed is measured, make sure that the engine tachometer is placed in the 2-cylinder range. (The real speed is indicated.)
FUEL GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK
Connect a test light to the harness connector.
Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
Check the test light and gauge conditions. 1 (1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
/-.-I Replace fuel gauge.
[ (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.)
/-.--I Replace fuel gauge unit.
1
1 (3) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
k-1 Correct harness.
I
TSB Revision
54-28
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK To check, remove fuel gauge unit from fuel tank. (Refer to GROUP 13F - Fuel Tank.)
16FO115
00002300
Fuel Gauge Unit Resistance (1) Check that resistance value between the fuel gauge terminal and ground terminal is at standard value when fuel gauge unit float is at point F (highest) and point E (lowest). Standard value: Point F: 3 If: 2 G Point E: 110 It 7 Q (2) Check that resistance value changes smoothly when float moves slowly between point F (highest) and point E (lowest). Fuel Gauge Unit Float Height Move float and measure the height at point F (highest) and point E (lowest) with float arm touching stopper. Standard value: Point F: 18.6-21.6 mm (.73-.85 in.) Point E: 193.4-196.4 mm (7.61-7.73 in.) FUEL SENSOR CHECK Connect fuel gauge unit to battery via test light (12 V-3.4 W). Immerse in water. Condition good if light goes off when unit thermistor is in water and lights when unit is removed from water. Caution After completing this test, wipe the unit dry and install it in the fuel tank.
16Fo255
00002383
TSB Revision
w
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK Remove the water temperature gauge unit coupling connector.
Connect the harness connector via a test light to the ground.
t Place the ignition switch in the ON position. (12
I
v’3.4
w) \ //
Z16FO13l
Check the test light and gauge conditions. _____c Replace water temperature gauge.
i(1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
Replace water temperature gauge unit.
[ (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.)
[ (3) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
/-------I Correct harness.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT CHECK To check, remove engine coolant temperature gauge unit from the thermostat housing. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Resistance (1) Immerse unit in 70°C (158OF) water to measure resistance. Standard value: 104 f 13.5 Sz
(2) After checking, apply the specified sealant around the thread of engine coolant temperature gauge unit and install on the thermostat housing. Specified sealant: 3M Nut Locking Part No. 4171 or equivalent
i
TSB Revision
I
54-30
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK Remove the oil pressure gauge unit coupling connector.
Connect the harness connector via a test light to the ground.
-1 Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-
Check the test light and gauge conditions. (1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
k-1 Replace oil pressure gauge.
1 (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.)
k-1 Replace oil pressure gauge unit.
1 (2) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
/
-1 Correct harness.
VOLTAGE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK
Check voltage gauge for conditions. (1) Voltage indicated by voltmeter differs from voltage indicated by voltage gauge (position indicated by pointer).
(2) Gauge does not operate.
-1 Replace gauge.
/--I Correct harness or replace gauge.
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
54-31
COMBINATION METERS L
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
76FO222 00002364
L/
NOTE *: 1992 models
Removal steps 1. Knee protector (Refer G GROUP 52A - lnstiument PineI.) 2. Column cover, lower 3. Column cover, upper 4. Meter bezel * ’ 5. Combination meter
:i:
6. Adapter* (Mechanical speedometer type) /Washer tank (Refer to GROUP 51 - Windshield Wiper and Washer.) 7. Vehicles speed sensor (Electrical speedometer type)
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
Front of ve
dAbCOLUMN COVER LOWER / COLUMN COVER UPPER REMOVAL After the screws have been removed, remove the covers, while making sure not to break the grippers.
219FOl;
dB, ADAPTER REMOVAL R-B
'7 E%~TUP R-E 3 3 1
2R-L
2R-1
(F>R-B
IGHT
2R-1
2R-
I
IGHT
I
I
J 4 DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
(F>Y
=
TF;fi SWITCH
HROBMOBAA
TSB Revision
54-61
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
HEAI RELi
AUTOMATIC /FF UNIT
;HT KEI ,lC IY
'T;TikIGHT
A
2R-W'& 1.25R-W 0%
DEDICATED FUSE
15A
(R-Y ) G-W 1x6 (c-69) J/B ,,f
5
G-W
\/ '3 (c-71) ,,a (D-44)
G-W (R-Y ) c
/
4 IN OFF‘ c 9 1 (R-W)
G-Y G-Y i,
5
7r
TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
I \
(R-Y
r
G-Y 3---------
10
(R-W)
G-W 19
I
G-W
,,3 " g;FTbHGHT @cD-ol, \/ "4 B-Y
I RHEOSTAT 11m
_. 5
L
c
2B ,y (c-78) J/B A0 \/ 50 2B Q
0
,,3 (c-76) \
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:UP TO 1995 MODELS
HRO6MO8AB
TSB Revision
~
54-62
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
OPERATION l When the fog light switch is placed in the ON position with the lighting switch in the HEAD position and the dimmer switch in the LO position, current flows through the dedicated fuse (4) to the coil of the fog light relay, the fog light switch, the dimmer switch and ground, causing the contacts of the fog light relay to close. When the contacts of the fog light relay close, current flows through the dedicated fuse (4) to the contacts of the fog light relay, the fog lights and ground, causing the fog lights to come on. l When the dimmer switch is placed in the HI position or the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL or OFF position while the fog lights are ON, current supply to the fog light relay or headlight relay is cut off. As a result, the contacts of the fog light relay open, and the fog lights go out. NOTE The fog lights are included in the light automatic shut-OFF system. (Refer to P.54-37). The indicator lights are also included in the same system. Fog Lights Operation Conditions Fog light switch ON position
Lighting switch
Dimmer switch
1 OFF position or TAIL posi- 1 LO position tion HI position HEAD position
Fog lights 1 OFF OFF
LO position
ON I
HI position
OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. The right or left fog lights only go on. 0 Check the bulb. 2. Fog lights do not go on when the fog light switch is set at ON. 0 Check the dedicated fuse (4). 0 Check the fog light relay. (Refer to P.54-108). 0 Check the fog light switch. NOTE For the light automatic shut-OFF system troubleshooting hints, refer to P.54-38.
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
54-63
COMPONENT LOCATION Headlight relay / Foglight relay
Light automatic shut-off unit
1 TSB Revision
Light automatic shut-off unit
54-64
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
IGNIl SWIT(
FUSIBL ,E I.INK@ 2R-1
T
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-BI
7
10 J/B 1OAb
r (c-77)
fi:-31)
12; I I I I I 1 I I 7r I I I I I AL I I I : I I I I / I I I I c ----A
3
R-B
1
16
I 1E A kJ O.S5B-1
6
R-l
11
I
‘r2
1m
R-Y 1 R 2 .,* (A-11X) ,\ " IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
3
G-Y tt-
---_
(c-83
IBJ*. i-l-
LIGHT AUTOMATIC %YT-°FF (E-17)
1 Y
G-Y 523
dGi OFF T1 i 1
28 (c-78) 7
r1 &
J/B =
5
TFi# SWITCH
28 f
0
HR08M04AA
TSB Revision
1
54-65
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
~ I
A
1.25R-I nr
FWATED G-hI MC I
G-W
J/B------
E 7T-
(c-69)
-+IJL . ,
E
6
.-- ---- ----
G-W
3
J
"4 (F-30)
REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCLH)
3 &
i
I
4 REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)
(F-10)
I
I I
B
2B
G-W
2
IG-W I
!T ,2
B 1 (F-18) B FJ
i HROBM04AB
TSB Revision
I
54-66
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1994 MODELS)
IGNI SWIT
FUSIBL#E LINK@ 2R-13 2R-B
IN (IGl)
FUSIBLE LINK@
2BB-W
5
c
.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT
CHARGING
6 10
I (c-7'i
16
O.S5B-
1. 25R-1 3
(c-8:! (F>R-
R-B
E I\ j -xTAILLIGHT RELAY r , .--__--
----
1m 1 2 R-Y 1 R 2 10 IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
t
0.85B-W
1
1 RK#TUP 1
2T
I
(F>R-B iDOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT 1 LIGHT
LIGHT AUTOMATIC KK-""" (E-17)
3 _---12
-
14
G-Y r ‘I
&
G-Y
I
DOOR LIGHT AND ~JJ$C&GE COMPARTMENT 29
(F>Y
'I
(F>Y ,,2 (E-21)
7:;; SWITCH
0 cFE0 (c-02) (A-11X)
(c-10)
(c-68)cm~ 07)
HROEMOBAA
TSB Revision
54-67
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
TAI REL
IGHT
2R-\I
0 15A
G-W
I G-V
COMBINATION
3.------ ----
G-W
t ~~~~~W&JJ'SE %kT"E'RTE :;~KJ+E~UTO A/C .MANUAL A/C .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHTCRH) (A-62)
I 8(F-19)
cl
G-W
G-W
i/
i(c-69)
I.v I 5 1
1 g$iq$ J T - ^^
.! - - - - \ (F-10) 1
1 -G-h
1 I I I I
G-W
G-W 2 (LH) (F-21)
2
II I1 I
14 REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)
B
2B n
HROBMOSAB
TSB Revision
54-68
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1995 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-W
FUSIBLE : LINK@ 2R-B 5
B-W
/
f=-
.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT
FUSIBLE LINK@
6
2B-W
CHARGING
r
,,7 (c-82) m 10A
\/ O“16 0 .85B-W
I
I
P
I
(c-83: (F>R-
(c-02),,
1.25R-B
4:
R-B
@ 0.85B-W
5
0 .85B-W
6
,8
RE%ffTUP
I
(F>R-B DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT 3 LIGHT
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT
'4 1.25R-W
G-Y
(E-17)
q----J
12 A
G-Y 6
G-Y DOOR LIGHT AND kY;k+GE COMPARTMENT
(F>Y (F>'
it
yE[F SWITCH
1 TSB Revision
7
54-69
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
GHT
TAIL RELf 7 1.25R-W
G-W G-W
G-W I G-W
r G-W
i
i
G-
[,
4W&$JISE X;$CXv;;TE +'~F'~E~UTO A/C sRADI0 AND TAPE PLAYER
G-wi5
I
REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCLH)
G-W 2
4
REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)
B 0
(RH) j (LH) + 2%FE LIGHT m/ m B"1 B“l I (F-18) ;$5-----------J 0
28 h
28 n
HROBMOGAB
TSB Revision
I
54-70
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
OPERATION 0 When the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL or HEAD position, current flows through the coil of the tail light relay to the lighting switch and ground, causing the contacts of the tail light relay to close. Then current flows through the contacts of the tail light relay to the dedicated fuse (2) the individual lights and ground, causing the tail lights, parking/side marker lights and license plate lights to go ON. If the driver’s door is opened after the ignition l switch is turned to “OFF” or the ignition switch is turned to “OFF” after the driver’s door is opened when the tail lights are lit, the current which flows to the coil side of the tail light relay will be cut off by the light automatic shut-off unit opening the contact point, and the tail light relay will be turned “OFF’ to automatically shut off the tail lights, parking and front side marker lights and license plate light. To turn on the tail lights, parking and front side l marker lights and license plate light again after they are automatically shut off, turn the lighting switch to “OFF” once and to “HEAD” again, or turn the ignition switch to “ACC” or “ON”, and the automatic shut-OFF will be cancelled and the current will flow from the light automatic shut-OFF unit to the coil side of the tail light relay to close the contact point. Thus, the tail light relay will be turned “ON” to turn on the tail lights, parking and front marker lights and license plate light. NOTE When the lighting switch is at the “HEAD” position, the light automatic shut-OFF system will be also activated for the headlights. (Refer to P.54-37.) The same system will also be activated for the illumination lights, etc.
1 TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. All lights don’t illuminate. (1) The headlights don’t illuminate, either. l Check the fusible link (3). (2) The headlights illuminate. l Check the tail light relay. (Refer to P.54-108.) l Check the dedicated fuse (2). l Check the lighting switch. (Refer to P.54-113.) l Check the light automatic shut-OFF unit. (Refer to P.54-108.) 2. Some light does not come on. l Check the bulb. l Check the grounding circuit. 3. Some light is not automatically shut off. Check the driver’s side door switch. l (Refer to GROUP 42- Door Assembly.) l Check the automatic shut-OFF unit. (Refer to P.54-108.)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
54-71
COMPONENT LOCATlON Light automatic shut-off unit
.
:Vehicles without keyless entry system>
i;
Light automatic shut-off unit :Vehicles with keyless entry system>
1 TSB Revision
54-72
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IGl)
FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B ,.l (c-68) /\
(cL-74) R-B
2B-w,,7m \ J/B 03
@ 10A
(c-81)
(c-83) I1
R-B
I "3 (c-80)
IO
0.85R-I B-W
R-E
b IOOR
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
R-E
;gF" jl 52 ___-_________ _----__--_-_--,
$
DOME LIGHT :E-05) ( (LH) (RH: Z-67
/
/ , I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I
KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION
R-c
d
R-G R-G (c-74)
(c-83)
J/B r
R-G ) -------
-----
1
0
CONNECTOR
I
R-G
j
R-G
I
2E 27
m(c-34)
(c-58)
\
(RH)
Y DOOR SWITCH
(LH) I
n
d, HR08MlOAA
/ TSB Revision
54-73
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1994 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-W 7m
FUSIBLE L!NK@ I 5W-B 10
1.
15A (> \/
\I
(c-74: 1
ll(c-83) (c-81) (F> R-B
R-I
R-B
‘1
'3 (c-80)
(c-77)
O.B5R-E
R-B
B-W
IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-?1X)
R-B
1 c-35 < ) ( > FQO? LIGHT LH) (RH) '-67 ,
ETACS 51 _---------_____-_ 52 __--!!1T--,
!GNITION KEY
3 > CYLINDER ILLUMINATION \g E LIGHT i(c-58)
TIMER CIRCUIT 6sec. .ND
V
R-G
R-G
R-G
AJ j7:1 jgZ2
0 R-G
R-G
R-B
R-G
,i
,,4 (c-34) R-G
B B lE4 9 5
IA A * Al DATA LINK CONNECTOR
R-G
(c-74 J/B
(RH)
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WI THOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHiCLES WI TH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
(c-77)
OFRONT SIDE (C-80)
(LH)
DooR SWITCH
(c-81)
(c-82) AA
TSB Revision
54-74
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1995 MODELS) AND (1995 MODELS)
10A -
b
L
\,
,
(c-8’ il3
C-67 c-35 R
s$4 fY I \7/ “5
ITION KEY INDER UMINATION HT
R-.G
R-G
(C R-c
(c-74 J/B
R
R-E
R-,G
R-B I
,l (c-83) --------------------- -77
(E-05) (c-83) (c-81) (A-11X) ( c - 5 8 ) (c-68)cm) (c-74) (c-77) ~plmp?JJ ~I~~~IRi~l~
HR08Ml2AA
1 TSB Revision
54-75
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
J/B
GND V .
. ,
R-G
R-B ,,4 (c-341
R-G
A
16
A
9
B h
4
,,l
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM %2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
I
(c-34)
(c-65) :I
\
5
2B
OFF--ON
(E-15)
A
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
R-G ,,l
B
B-L
I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I
Y
z
(RH)
(LH)
(E-21)
A=
I
DOOR SWITCH ic-65) ?;2
(c-66):1
(C-66)$
OFRONT
sm
0
HROBMlPAB
1 TSB Revision
54-76
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1996 MODELS)
FUSIBLE LINK@
J/B
R-B
R-B
(F)R-E
0.85RR-B IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11XI 0.85R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND UGGAGE COMP !A RTMENT LIGHT
R-E
I I
R-E
R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R-
R-E
1
FOOT ~REAR LIGHT ICOURTESY I > ;LIGHT(RH: ( > > (LH) (RH) ( > C-67 C-35 /pg [(E-50) II R-C R-c R-C I '-i/ R-G R-G R-6
R-E
(
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER > ILLUMINATION LIGHT
l(c-58)
R-
R-E
R-G
RI
B ----I
I
J/B (c-s3)
HROBMlSAA
TSB Revision
54-77
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
IGNI’ SWIT( 2B-b
J/B
2B-b
CHAkGING
B-W
52 -------------------------------~ ------j p?" NOT '
i/
C
10
R-G
r
EC$gAk;GHT AND E#+RTMENT
R-G -J
4(c-34)
R-G
(c-66) 54
R-C
J/B A R-B B-L 16 i DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) 2B (E-21)
X
(RH)
(LH)
DOOR TWITCH (c-34)
(c-651
ic-66)
(c-82) (E?(m)
OFRONT sIBi5 (C-80)
ilR08M13AB
1 TSB Revision
1
i
54-78
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
OPERATION l Battery voltage is always applied to the dome light. When the dome light switch is turned to “ON”, the dome light will remain lit. After either door is opened if the dome light switch is at “DOOR” position, the dome light will come on. l With the dome light turned on (with the ignition switch in the OFF position and with the dome light switch in the DOOR position), close all doors, and the timer circuit in the ETACS unit will be activated to gradually vary the voltage for approx. 6 seconds owing to the duty control, and the voltage will be output to transistor Tr. Since the voltage applied to the dome light gradually decreases, the dome light will be dimmed. l If the ignition switch is turned to “ON” while the dome light is lit (while the timer is activated), the timer circuit will be opened to turn “OFF” transistor Tr. This will immediately turn off the dome light without dimming. l Battery voltage is always applied to the foot lights and ignition key illumination light. With the ignition switch in the OFF position, open any door, and all lights will come on. l With all lights turned on (with the ignition switch in the OFF position), close all doors, and the timer circuit inside the ETACS unit will operate in the same manner as the dome light to dim all lights. When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with all lights turned on (with the timer in operation), the same operation as the dome light will take place. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Phenomenon Check the door switch input signal.
Dome light does not come on when a door is opened with the dome light switch in the DOOR position.
Check the door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42 The foot lights and ignition key cylinder illumination light illuminate.
l
Check the dome light switch.
l
Check the dome light bulb.
Dome light, foot lights and ignition key illumination light go out at once when doors are closed.
l
Check the door switch input signal. (Refer to P.54-80.)
Even if ignition switch is turned on while lights are being dimmed, lights do not go out at the same time.
l
Check the ignition switch input signal.
(Refer to P.54-80.)
COMPONENT LOCATION Data ‘link connect&
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System Data link connector
L!l
\ ~ id ~
Y2OFOl64 00002231
#\,I
k
Qwnd
\
When using the voltmeter (1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool. (2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
\
!Lj U2OFO163
[ TSB Revision
54-81
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT L
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FUSIBLEI LINK@
I
(F>R-E
=)R-B
IOD OR STaRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
.f;;$yik COOR .POWER WINDOW ';;gX$MALARM .TENSION-RE3UCER TYPE SEAT 3ELT v
i .ELCdA/T . MFI SYSTEM
(F>R-E ) -----1 r-----
I / / I > II1;I I c
(D-44; R-i
COMBINATIONr METER )
; ~ R-B I
iX;? LIGHT >
, i-----
51 $I 1' ,
R-c (D-43)
10
l(E-32)
R-G R-G
(F)Y
(c-34) 4-----
*FOG LIGHT .HEADLIGHT
(F)Y
0.85R-1
10
m
Y
/
----J
1C
1 SO
/
R-E , DOOR LIGHT/ (RH) (E-09: Y-b (E-01)
(c-71)
11 (c-83) R-B
0.85R-I r----' / I / I
IIIR-i /I II II ( /I II /I i R-B" IR-G": /I L----.
=I
.BUZZER 'L"RN;RP.k DOOR .DOME LIGHT. FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY.CYLINDER 6 &L#'NAT'ON -STARTING .;yE;;iALARM j
7(F-19)
E -2-l
R-G
R-G
R-B" R-G";
(F)Y 1
\
(RH)
(LH) DOOR SWITCH
/
NOTE :l:UP TO 1995 MODELS %2:FROM 1996 MODELS
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SWITCH
HR08M14AA
TSB Revision
54-82
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL. - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FUSIBLE LINKG 2W-B 5W-B (c-68) ,,l /
J/B
HORN
m
@ 10A
\I
t
\,
(C-70)y-----3
R
R-Y
(F)R-I
(:F)R-B I
(c-71)
11 (C-83)
9
.ELC-4A/T .MFI SYSTEM
-1 (F)R-I
.O R-B (D-44) .O R-B jl
R-f3 DOOR -2
I
2
r - - - -
2
0 1
11 I/ I I
.----J
R-B
\ (1995 MODELS)
(c-34)
(F>‘
l(F-46) '
FOG LIGHT HEADLIGHT v
(F>‘
f COMPARTMENT
I---_
R-G
FROM 1996 MODELS) ,
30 R-G
R-G
-fE#& DOOR *DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT -STARTING jtjg&ALARM
R-G
(
I-----
R-B QJ
;0
' I R-l II 2
I C
t
3
(A-31X) 2_---7
0.85R-B
(F)'
NO CONNECTION r
=
(RH)
(LH) DOOR SWITCH
o(C-34)
(c-68)Fml m
(c-81)
(c-83)
(D-04)
(D-43)
HROBM15AA
1 TSB Revision
I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
L- i
OPERATION Battery voltage is always applied (via sub-fusible link No. (6) and multipurpose fuse No. (19)) to the luggage compartment light and door light. l When the door is opened, the door switch is switched ON and the door light illuminates. l
l
54-83
When the liftgate is opened, the luggage compartment light switch is switched ON and the luggage compartment light illuminates.
GLOVE BOX LIGHT, VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSPECTION LIGHT OPERATION l When the lighting switch is.placed in the TAIL or HEAD position, and the contacts of the tail light relay close, battery voltage is applied via the dedicated fuse (2) to the glove box light, the vanity mirror light and the inspection light. l When the glove box is opened, the glove box illumination light switch is switched ON and the glove box illumination light illuminates.
i
TSB Revision
l
l
When the vanity mirror lid is opened, the vanity mirror light switch is switched ON and the vanity mirror light illuminates. When the engine hood is opened, the inspection light switch is switched ON and the inspection light illuminates.
NOTE The light automatic shut-off system is valid for the glove box light, vanity mirror light and inspection light. (Refer to P.54-37.)
54-84
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TAILLI GH:T RELAY :I
NOTE Z'l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:UP TO 1995 MODELS
2R-W 1.25RFUSE I DED1CATED
G(c-69) s J/B
(EXCEPT CONVERTIBLE 1996 MODELS> rI ----- -------_____ II I I I I
r
&
L I I L I I I
8
I I I I I I / I I
J 1
(c-74)
GG-W
GG-W I
G-W 100 __-----_____ /I (F)G-W II (G-W) 20 I t
I 1 I L
“II\VIY,”
G-
GLOVE BOX ILLUMINAT ION( LIGHT o -11
I I I
. ELEPiDnhll P gaTROL yyu&N 3 :& ER AND GAUGES ‘#~;G;v#low $Sa#AL ‘ZYE HA2 ARD LIGHT
/
---------_ I
ELC-4A/T
G-i
INSPECTION LIGHT SWITCH
GLOVE BOX ILLUMINATiON LIGHT SWITCH 1 /
I/ \ I
/ I
(RH)
=
(LH) /
I VANITY MIRROR LIGHT
HROMOQAA
1 TSB Revision
I
I/ II I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
54-85
BACK-UP LIGHT i./’
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CUP TO 1993 MODELS>
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I J/B
r---1
-_--__-__________-_-
I
M/T
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH (8-26)
ii
II L_-----------_--_-_------
110
r----- ---__--__-_____ III I 0.85R-L II BACK UP LIGHTCRH)
I B i-~~~~~~~~~~ B
2B !
NOTE x1:1992 MODEL X2:FROM 1993 MODEL
HROSMOGAA
TSB Revision
54-86
I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1994 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-W
,,7 (c-8)
CHARGING
J/B 63 10A
0.85B-W lS(c-77) 0.85B-R
0.85B-W PlEADLIGHT TAILLIGHT. PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND k];$ySE PLATE FOG LIGHT ;;k#TALARM
.---------------------
r-
r M/T (F)O.85B-W 2 ,\
I6
F>O.85R I
BACK UP LIGHT SWITCH (B-25) OFF& (F)O.85R-L
SUPPLEMENTAL f$Eg$giiNT
2 A/T
(F>O.85R-L
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
I
5
I I I
:-___-____-____________ 3 (c-30) O.S5R-Lt
0.85R-L
B" NOTE ::UP TO 1995 MODELS
28 f
HR09M07AA
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
54-87
~
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1995 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-W
CHARGING
,,7 (c-82)
J/B
"16 ( c - 7 7 )
0.85B-W O.S5B-W .!lEADLIGHT .TA!LLIGHT. PARKING/ SIDE MARKER
r-----
1 I I
28)
O.B5B-R
0.85B-W 452 M/T ,, A/T I
;~$..t!$TAL SYSTEM
----_____-----___
.FOG LIGHT
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
0.85R-L 5>4 (F-46) 0.85R-L 0.85R-L
R-L 2
2
0 2B n NOTE =:UP TO 1995 MODELS
(B-25) f?EJ
(c-82) (F-11) (rn(F-46) (c-30) cm ~1’~‘~~~ m -1 HROSMOEAA
TSB Revision
I
54-88
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
COMPONENT LOCATION Park/Neutral position switch 11
OPERATION When, with the ignition switch at the “ON” posil tion, the shift lever (or the selector lever) is moved to the “R”position, the backup light switch (M/T) is switched ON (or the park/neutral position switch (A/T) is switched to the “R” position), and the backup light illuminates.
1 TSB Revisibn
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
L
L
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT OPERATION 1. When operation is normal When the ignition switch is switched to the l ON position, battery voltage is applied (via the multipurpose fuse (11) and hazard switch) to the turn-signal and hazard flasher unit. When the turn-signal switch is switched to l the LH position, Trl (within the flasher unit) is switched ON and OFF repeatedly. Then the contacts of the relay 1 (also within the flasher unit) repeatedly switch from ON to OFF, causing the turn-signal lights and turn-signal indicator light LH to flash. When the turn-signal switch is switched to l the RH position, Tr2 (within the flasher unit) is switched ON and OFF repeatedly. Then the contacts of relay 2 (also within the flasher unit) repeatedly switch from ON to OFF, causing the turn-signal lights and turn-signal indicator light RH to flash. 2. If one of the bulbs is burned out If the LH (or RH) turn-signal light bulb is l burned-out, the resistance of the turn-signal circuit as a whole increases, resulting in shorter ON and OFF intervals of the LH Trl (or RH Tr2) and a higher flashing rate of the LH lights (or RH lights).
COMPONENT LOCATION
TSB Revision
54-89
l(A-48)
"1 (A-50) B
E
[ GE
NOTE ::UP TO 1995 MODELS
!( 2E
=
0 (A-47) oFa (A-49) ofiml (c-02) HORN
=
'TCH
(c-57)=
1993 MODELS) (FROM 1994 MODELS) El
HROSMOSAA
1 TSB Revision
I
54-117
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn
I
i
FUS LIN
.BsE b L
5W-B
J/B
I
I
5W-B l(c-68)
DEDICATED FUSE
0 10A
R-B R-B L ------ -----_. (C-7E
J 14
R-B ,,l ,\
,5 I\ ------___----____
(c-76) \/
R-E L-C
ON,;-OFF
"3 G-B
HORN RELAY (A-06X)
'4 G-R
R-E
L
-=-FF DIODE c-12 R-B
;r;EK HORN
KF
r (c-80)
(1
(UP TO 1993 MODELS)(FROM 1994 MODELS) HROSMlOAA
TSB Revision
54-I 18
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn
HORN SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
(UP TO 1993 MODELS) ~
Y16FO207
Removal steps
(FROM 1994 MODELS)
1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 528 - Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) 2. Horn contact switch 3. Horn contact plate and wire 4. Horn switch
T h e horn switch is not supplied by itself. If it is faulty, replace the steering wheel assembly.
RELAY INSPECTION HORN RELAY CHECK Connect battery to terminal 1 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.
2
i-.
-L 16FOO61 00002400
~1
THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY CHECK Connect battery to terminal 2 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 4 grounded.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter
54-119
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
/
Li
SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Items
Specifications
Max. input W
120
Reset time second
Within 18
1 Thermal fuse fusion temperature “C (OF)
180-250 (356-482) I
/ LJ TSB Revision
54-120
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter
TROUBLESHOOTING CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
‘d
IGNI
SWIT 2R-W* 1.25R-W"
1
DEDICATED FUSE
21
15A
10
0.851
l(c-81) I
G-’
0.851 REMOTE CONTROLLED G-' 1 MIRROR --_____-----____ ----- -- _----- --__. -HEADLIGHT 1 .&v&ALARM ; G-’ I . WINDSHIELD ' ;AiXRAND I G-’ I l(o-18)
0.851
$iEtX;;ORY -J
1
0.85E
0. 851
/ CIGARETTE ; LIGHTER / III I
I III
1 G-W
2
r
G-W
,
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION > LIGHT (D-17)
L-
0.85
l(D-19)
B-‘
I / I I I
0.85 I I L------------0.85
.------------- __-__ 3
B-‘ B-‘
2
RHEOSTAT NOTE Xl:HATCHBACK %E:CONVERTIBLE
HR14M08AA
1 TSB Revision
~
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter i L
54-121
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION SW1 TCH(AC0
;&I""' I ;&$CATED
21
(c-82)
0 15A \I
0.85L
10
0.851
"5 (c-83) G-W
/ G-?3z4 G-W 0.851 I+ ;:3#E;"@ CONTROLLED _______--____-_ --__--___----______ 223
* HEADLIGHT ~~~~;&A""""
0.85L
0. 851
.WINDSHIELD ;ft;;ERAND
L
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
1
G-W
/ I I I
0
r/
1m
.HEATER .MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C
G-W G-W
0.85 0.85 ----------- ----- .--- p
L--------------
323 5:4
0.85i
+ B-Y gG4
ll(c-15) B-Y 213 I
(c-82)
(c-15)
t RHEOSTAT NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT ABS :4:VEHICLES WITH ABS (D-22):3
(D-22):4
p$$g'Tqgq
, ii
HR14MOQAA
1 TSB Revision
~ I
54-122 NOTES $4
TSB Revision
~
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter
54-I 23
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
L
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
216FO274
Removal steps i,
1. Console side cover (RH) 2. Plug
5. Plate 6. Socket 7. Protector
3. Fixing ring
4. Socket case
INSPECTION l Take out the plug, and check for a worn edge on the element spot connection, and for shreds of tobacco or other material on the element. Using an ohmmeter, check the continuity of the element. l
TSB Revision
54-I 24
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
L.1
TROUBLESHOOTING CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1992 model) FUSIBLE LINKa 5W-B J/B 1
,.l (c-68) /\
I
-r -_ -_ 2L
I
lOA&
10A
.o (c-81 .o L
I
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-31X)
2B-W ,,4 -------_-_____
3m
4
2L T 4
2L-w
3
B-W
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
------
r-----
MOTOR : &g/g~ i RELAY ! i -
C i hI I --- UP :
(F-31): I / I I I I I I
!6
i
I I I I I \L \I, I \, I L-35
(R-B:
6 B
c 4,
L
xx MOTOR -@+- ANTENNA
2i ‘y-g-6
d
is% E ZE
F
1 IL
,
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
(A-11X) OEm) (c-7’71 (c-78) (c-80) rc-81) (c-82)0 pqpJ ~1~~1~~1~‘~~ (D-34) (D-35) m-3 [%FRj H] [gq HR14MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH KHUIU
*LA‘1
REL/
54-125
,IGHT
1.25R-\I DEDICATED -l FUSE
c G-h J/B -------
r1
S(c-69)
50
G-W
a(D-36)
(D-34) I; I 1 I -r - - J 1 ---7
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER :--_---- ______
2
(T>GR-
2
(T)GR-
10
3,l
(c-15)
(T>GRB-k :T>GR-I
RHEOSTAT (LH)
(RH) REAR SPEAKER
HRl4MOOAB
TSB Revision
~
54-126
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1992 model) (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA CD PLAYER Y F! & Ez g2
Y s u z Cl RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
2G-R 2Y-R 2W-B 2B-R
,,7 ::8 ::5 1 1:s JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39)
I
a i= f; v
:, (E-32) ,23_-3 a A & c v G ” ,,l
(c-15) cm: J A A A G v G ” j1 DOOR SPEAKER (RH)
(RH)
(LH)
DOOR SPEAKER (LH) (c-15)
. -7 m 2 ”
I
\ FRONT SPEAKER
(D-02) (D-13) (D-34)
(D-35) (D-42)
(E-01)
(E-04) (E-29) ETz9
(F-39) HR14MOOBA
TSB Revision
54-127 NOTES
i
1TSB Revision
54-128
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1993 models)
’ d IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)
FUSIBLE LINK@ J1B /T\
J/B
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
4 ------------__
r jm
(c-78:
3
I
f \/ -------_ V 2 "3 CmTg
.o (c-81 11 0
0.85 R-E
2L I ,,4 \
L
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x)
2L-w
,,3
B-W
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR IA-11X)
I
I
MOTOR I #$@E;'ti I RELAY / (F-31);
1 SPARE CONNECTOR (CD CHANGER I (F-40) I 3
L
(R-B
I \/ L-;(
0 ----------------
l(D-47)
B 2B n
R-E .------ ---------.
6
(D-34)
2 ‘-1
d
\/ , ,\
\I
\ \ A MOTOR --@3- ANTENNA
P 30
2 3 SaL EE 22
P 30
r RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
(A-1Ix) (c-ss)Crn) (D-34) o(D-47)
(c-77)
(c-78)
(c-80)
(c-81)
(c-82)\
(F-31)0 HR14MOlAA
TSB Revision
1
I
54-129
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
;;;M;IGHT I
A-L-1
G-W
II II I ----- ------ ----v --- -i 9 v7 3 2
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
I
cD-35,Y2 ------------- -x5 1 GR-L
GR-R B
S(c-69)
B
Y-L
II I II III I/ I I
Y-R B-Y
Ll (D-47)>5 -------------- '5 '5 ------------------- - -------'>-'>-----'$f--'"12 ---- 2$f--5$-2 _______ J (T>GR-R (T>Y-L (T>GR-L tTjY-R' (c-34),;3----__ ,,6 --_--_ ,3------ 10
:? (c-15) :P
(T)Y-L (T>GR-L B-Y
(F-19):5-----+1 (T>Y-L (T>GR-L
(T)Y-R (T>GR-R
t I
\
(LH)
\
\
(RH)
RHEOSTAT
/
REAR SPEAKER
(D-47) (D-34) (D-35) (D-36) (c-57)-m (c-15) (c-34) m ‘pggg ml m] pqg#q fiR?ml [zF/q f?Iiz@m m] LJ
(F-06) Fm)
(F-33) (c--T--) (2)
ia Mm//J
q HR14MOlAB
TSB Revision
54-130
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1993 models) (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA / \ /T\ Y z ~ci EE kg
CD PLAYER Y z z a
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 7 ml3
6 t
a i s
I
JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39)
4
\ WE &A g.2 “Liv
1i
I
ci CL g
/+
-\
DOOR SPEAKER (LH)
Lli: CL g u
?- 2o (D-42) EC lx & A g c
2
1
/+\ (LH)
2
~(D/+
FRONT SPEAKER
(RH)
-\
2 i c
/ EtY AA gs ii
oc, F-2 2 Lv
Gi & 2 & c;v r.2 -cl
-9
LlI i w G ti”
1 -- l6 (E-01) [li: cz A c;i g I$ 1
2 (E-04)
+ ~ DOOR SPEAKER (RH)
HR14MOlBA
TSB Revision
54-131 NOTES
i
iJ TSB Revision
~ I
54-132
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1994 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)
IGNI: [ON SWIT( 1(IGl) I 2L 2B-h ,4 ----------____
FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B ,.1 (c-68) J/B
I
r \/
.o
--------
2L
2L-w I ,,4
I
v
“3 (c-70)
4
B-W ,,3
1 IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-13X)
I
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x) I
R-B (R-E A
'D UT0 'HAMGER (F-40)
MOTOR I ANTENNA j CONTROL- I
1
"2 B
/\
L-35 6
2 0 z E 2B 13 n
B 0 2B n
3
,\
fi MOTOR -+@+ ANTENNA tr: z & GE !2g
1
3
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
HR14M02AA
TSB Revision
1
54-133
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
IGHT 1.25R-W
I
DEDICATED FUSE
G-W
G-W ---1
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER L
(D-47)
11 --- _;
.2
i
B-k
B-I
RHEOSTAT
HR14M02AB
1 TSB Revision
1
~
54-134
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (From 1994 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier) (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
;
IL., ----.L--
v ---_
--_ I
13 14 3 II II I cY II y 7II < Ci II 5: i: 03 ::J : I II c d c 5 II I L-+-- .---_ 5 13 .I -II z rt: co :0 d c5 e [ 2-' I
I5 ~~~-I *3 ?z Ck co ;0 d c5. $ (/ 2 1
------- ----
AMPLIFIER
-- E I
-- - ---- __.
6
15
CL I 5
6
.--_
j- I‘1 -7 A L2 L "
_-
4 Di A G CL v
a 0h ;: ri\5
I : < c '
2
6m
(F-19) =
2 7 (E-04) F33) - \ (RH)
(LH)
(c-15)
(c-89)
DOOR SPEAKER (D-02) ~~ (D-16)
(F-06)
+ F=7 (LH) \
”
FRONT SPEAKER (c-34)
JI % s
>7 E
1
-
?H) ,
3 -- 6
0c d\3 Ed,
CY i= e
+I cb e
(c-34)
1:2
1 -- 1
3 __I\1 4
I (LH)
.-------- ____
D: I :::
ok2 +
- 1I
(E-01)
(RH) , *
REAR SPEAKER (E-04) (E-29) (E-32)
HR14M02BA
TSB Revision
I
54-I 35
1 TSB Revision
54-136
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNIl IN SWITC (IGl)
I
B-W 2B-w
2W-B 2L
1
I
HORN
J/B
d
5W-B ,,l (c-68)
I
CHARGING 2B-W ,,4 ------___----_ cl\
@ 10A
I
Ii(c-80)
t
I
3m
(c-78: 10 (c-81 0.85 R-B
‘(c-82,
L B-W
I
I
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
1
1.------
IOD OR STORAGE B-W CONNECTOR (A-11X)
.BUZZER .@;&ALARM
L
R-B
d
R-E
W4igfUISE
ID ,UTO :HAMGER
r 2E
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
HR14M03AA
1 TSB Revision
54-137
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
J/B
RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
J/B
'T;Tk\IGHT 2R-W -T-
3(1 CLOCK I SPRING
I
(Fgyiiz/g~-
Y 3_-----*m (Y-W) ! (UP TO 1995
Y .FULL AUTO A/C
MODELS)
4 ----1I I I II II
-r1 - - - -1 - - - - - - - - - - r - - ‘i
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
L;
@$*------=.E-----) 1 (T>Y-L (T>GR-12
7
(T)Y- R (T)GR-R
12
.FULL AU .MANUAL I i%A'C .ELC-4A/iP
B-Y
(c-34),> 3-----_ E;-----. -;t_3_----_,, 10
21>
B-Y
B-Y (T)Y-L (T>GR-' L lhll (c-15) 1
------
(T)GR-I
22
(T>Y-IR (T>GR-R 1 2 4m + (RH)
-
+ (LH) \
jE;EW&AND .FOG LIGHT
B-Y
1
Y
B-Y 7 RHEOSTAT
/
REAR SPEAKER
(c-34)
(c-
(c-57)00
(D-36),(D-47) (F-06) FTC9 ~~l~~[~!~~l~ -1
i
(F-33)(1
B
czD2
fzi%$pJ
q
HR14M03AB
1 TSB Revision
~
54-138
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA I \
I
-1 I: 7 (D-02) I 1+
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
r
-___------------
14
-f
1
CT> W-L
14 (E-32) CT> B-L
CT> B-L
I r----
(c-15)
CT> W-L
1
(LH) DOOR SPEAKER
CT> W-R
2
----
‘0 (D-42) (E-01)
CT> B-R
CT> W-R
3,
I
2
(D-13)
(E-04) El.-.(RH)
(RH)
”
16
(T) B-R
I
I
(LH)
\
CT> B-R
!.--_l
CT> B-L
I
; 1F- -
CT> W-R
4) IXlnR ---..
SPEAKER
FRONT SPEAKER
HR14M03BA
1 TSB Revision
I
NOTES
TSB Revision
54-140
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)
FUSIBLE LINK@
J,
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-\i
HORN
CHARGING2B-y
,4 -- ------- ----_
,,I (c-68) J/B 1
1
2L 5W-B
0
I
1
10A
B-W I
I
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
T
I---I
IOD OR STORAGE B-w CONNECTOR (A-11X)
4
1 ------ 5I----__-------__-------
-1
DvOW -
MOTOR I #L" I UNIT I (F-31):
+
'BUZZER TW&ALARM
rc
'tT0 jHAMGER (F-40) ! * 4,
\/ \, ,\
L-35
4,
,\
6
_-i 2
B 2B
0 2B n
Y 2 ii& Ei
F
(D-47) RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 1
HR14M04AA
TSB Revision
54-141
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
J/B REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2
AMPLIFIER
a--____----__
---- --__. 3 I I I 1
I b
&B-l
CT> 0.85B-L
(T) 0.85W-F
CT> 0*85B-r;
v :------Ec)
(T)2W-I>
E
(T)2W-F
------__
CT> 0.85B-L
(T) 0.85B-L 0
(F.T)W-I>
(c-
1.------__
(TjO.851
CT> 0.85R-E
;
CT> 0.85BF
-
\
5
3 ------__
(D-16)
(T> 0.85B-Ii
(T>W-I 2 1 ,o cm, -
/’
(LH)
(RH)
0
(F*T)B-L
(F*T>W-6 14
(T>B-L
(LH)
:.T>B-I i 1------ 16 ,\
(T>W-F )
1 r L+ L
(T>2B- R
t
(E-3E 3 113 * 1-------_
16
-----___ 1.l 1 12 CT) CT> 0.85W-i; 3. 85B-1 i
10
(T)O.85W-I 4
-I
Y
15
(T)2B-1 2
II I Lee------
(T>O.85W-I
-----_
(T>B- R 2
1
(RH)
J
FRONT SPEAKER
HR14M04AB
TSB Revision
~
54-142
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
,1
AMPLIFIER
------- - -----v 3!7 18
(T:i25
< TRY F
j
0
CT) Y-L (F-19) CT> Y-L
CT) GR-L
;)._----_
E T
------_ -----3 1
‘2iY
2B
-(E-39) 9
2E
1
0
1
CT> GR-1 2
CT) Y-R
,,l 2) (F-33)& + \ (LH)
r
1. 25 Y-R
/
-----7
-
CT> GR-I
2E
1 -
/+
(RH) Y
J
REAR SPEAKER
HR14M04BA
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
54-143
i
@;X&GHT -i-q-
.HEATER .MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER ---2
(D-47)
12 .FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C .ELC-4A/T
B-E
1 L 1 ------. Y
3.1 (c-15)
L
1 CLOCK
t_I SPRING B-k t .. i
0
.FOG LIGHT
0-Y RHE
?ADIO REMOTE :ONTROL SWITCH
. ,$&AND
'TAT
RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
HR14M04BB
TSB Revision
54-144
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)
\ d’
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
SW-i
p&J-B
2
2L
1 HORN
CHARGING 33-W ,$ -----------___ ,,7(c-82)
5W-B ,,I (c-68)
I\
J/B @ 10A
(c-83: ‘1 01
R
21
L ------__
--------
l-2
(c-70)2
2
i I I IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR , 0 L
R-B R-P my,
A $
_J (c-80)
R-Y t R-B
1
L
y3(c-70)
1 ;;;4i;eUISE R-B
:ZiTO
B-W I
r----- -------
I II
7 IOD OR STORAGE BUZZER :TOR (~-11~) B-W --------_--___ ----1 B-W F-:
d
1 ,,l II ,\ , I
I '
CHAMGER (F-40)
2L r.l E ; 2e c
i----_-_---
MOTOR ANTENNA
*l 0 -
(D-47)
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER i
I
HR14MOSAA
TSB Revision
54-145
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
J/B REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA --l-RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2
AMPLIFIER -
-___---_
CT) 0.859-L
CT> 0.85W-F
CT) 0.85B-F
------__ 3
-------_
CT> 0.85W-L
LJ
-------- ., 3
------__
13
.4
I II L--------. E
v -------_ v -----_ t3 3.5 (T>2W-I
(T>2%-I 2
(T>O.85W-L
CT> 0.859-! >
-----. 4 12 CT> :T) 0.85W-I;! dI. 85B-1 R
0 (F.T)W-1 1 ------__
(c-15)
(T>O.85F
11
CT) 0.85B-L
CT> 0.85BF
CT) 0.85R-E
0
(F.T)B-1
(T>W-I
14
(T>B-I >
1 ----_.
(T)W-F?
1
;
\
(LH)
,+
\
(RH)
I
-
/+
\
(LH)
1
16
(T)B- R 2
1
7 -1
0
(F*T)W-R! :F'.T>B-Ii
13 ---- --__.
CT) 0.85B-F
1E
(T>2W-F? (:T)2B- R
10 (T)O.85W-1
Y
rx -
/+
(RH)
/
HR14M05AB
TSB Revision
~
54-146
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
1.25R-W
G-W J/B
,,6 (c-69) n
AMPLIFIER ------ - _----7 1
a
_----- E
--1 E
/(E-39)
. HEATER .MANUAL A/C *FULL AUTO A/C
I
tT:i2E
i (
%-i?
:*tL2' :T~R12-t 5
4
2B
2B . FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C
0
.ELC-4A/T
CT) GR-1 7 ,,l ---___
15 .------ ,/l 6--__-CT) Y-J
CT> Y-F
CT) GR-L
a
(T) GR-r.?
28
I ‘4 d(F-( -
1
L \
(RH)
(LH)
/
REAR SPEAKER
RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
RHEOSTAT
HR14M05BA
TSB Revision
54-147 I
NOTES
TSB Revision
54-148
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)
FUSIBLE LINKB
2L CHARGING 2B-w ,,4 -------------- ,,7(c-82)
\
J/B 10A
+
I
@ 10A
69
- - - - - - - .o
‘2
2L t ,,4 /\
2L-w
\/
\/
"3 (c-70) "3 (c-80) ,,3 \
B-W B-W
39) I
I
IOD OR STORAGE 3 CONNECTOR (A-11X) B-W 2
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR T@m
1
_----------------------
,,l ,\
: z c z
I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I
,I I I I I I , I I / I I I
oy-;
:D lUT0 :HAMGER (F-40)
----,
I
R-B R-E
flW&UISE R-B
+
i
1I /I II I I
B 2 i * J 15 B
I L
I I
I L
k--J
BUZZER
I
’
4 I &----- J 4
2B d
11 -
(D-47)
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER I
I =
o(A-79) (c-83)
(c-68)Gm)
(C-92)0
(c-77)
(c-78)
(c-80)
(c-81)
(c-82)
mm) (F-46) HR14MOGAA
TSB Revision
I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
GHT
KK 1
r@ 1
1.25R-k
CLOCK SPRING J/B
r
I
;@ATED
6
i
G-W . HEATER . MANUAL A/C . FULL AUTO A/C
G-W
G-W
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER I -----_ ----_OV2 -“,8
i
(T)Y-L CT) GY-: L
v
-----1
_---_----___--____ 7 . FULL AUTO A/C . MANUAL A/C . ELC-4A/T
CT> Y-li (T>GY-I
13 (c-34),: _-----_ .,~ 6------_ 3_------
(T>Y-L (T>GR- L
1 B-Y
CT> Y-F (T> GY-I
,l (c-15) . b&&&AND
.-----(F-44)>? _----__ q'- ------. 15 16 17 18
B-k
. FOG LIGHT
B-Y (T>Y-L (T)GR-I 2
1
CT> Y-F (T>GR-F
:2 /\ 1 mz7LL/-I: + (LH) \
1 -m /+
B-Y RHEOSTAT
(RH)
/
REAR SPEAKER
(c-57)00 (D-36) (D-47) (F-06) ~~~~1~1~~~ (F-33) Fm) m B(iisiEa (c-15)
c
(c-34)
HR14MOGAB
TSB Revision
54-150
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tabe Waver
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA
tr: z ?..I i& EEi g I
I
i I
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
5
lCT> W-F?
CT) W-l
CT> B-R
(;L; !O (D-42) (E-01)
(c-15) CT> W-L
1 k+ - \ (LH) DOOR SPEAKER
CT> B-R
CT> W-R
1 CT) B-F
$Tj 1
1 -
,+
(RH)
(LH)
16
(D-13)
(E-04) /
(RH)
FRiNT SPEAKER
HR14MOGBA
TSB Revision
54-151 NOTES L
i
TSB Revision
54-152
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
vj
FUSIBLE LINK@ B-W2B-W
2L
I
+ HORN
CHARGING 2B-W
5W-B
10A
lOA AL cI
(c-ss
---- \/ (c-77) (c-78)‘ 1 ‘1 O(c-81
21
(c-82)
,,4 -------------_
,.1 (c-68) ,\
J/B
15A
T -------10
2
2L 1 ,,4
L
2L 0.g;
1
2L-w
"3 (c-70) ,,3 /\
B-W B-W
( B
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
2
L A :r
3
MOTOR t%%W UNIT (c-95)
WTO-CRUISE :ONTROL
i,:
\ ‘d
5 77
N vi- -Id
-
f
UP f-
DOY
It-
21
-
t
AL-
"6
1
km 11 -
BUZZER
T I I _--
:O
7
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-~IX) B-W
4m 2 7 MOTOR - ANTENNA (A-79) #m#"d" CABLE
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
P
3
---I HR14M07AA
TSB Revision
’
54-153
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
J/B B
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA / \
2LP II II I II I II I III I III
i ;
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2L I'
Y 3 z E;
2L 2L 2 A
AMPLIFIER 10 (E-39) (NO CONNECTION) * L 13
CT) 0.85W-' L
14
CT) 0.85B-I
,
I
CT> 0. 85W-1
CT) 0.85B-F
.-------. 13
------__
5
(T>2W-1
5
(T)2B-
(T>2W-Ii
(T>2B-1
(T)O.E5W-L
CT> 0. 85B-1
--------_ 11 (T) 0.85W-R
I :T) ).85B-I
(F*T>W-L
(F.T)B-I
(F.T)W-R
:.T)B-F
6
I I I i
Lee------
5
(T>O.E5W-I _1
(c-15)
(T>O.E5F7
10
CT) 0.858-L
1 ------ -_
14
CT> 0.85BF
(T) 0.85R-E
2 ( D - 0 2 ) + (LH) L
CT) 0.85B-R
(T>W-L
(T>B-1
-----_
(T>W-R
-
\
* FRONT SPEAKER
(RH)
,
\
(LH)
(T>B-F
-
/+
Y DOOR SPEAKER
(RH)
I
HR14M07AB
TSB Revision
54-154
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
TiIL IGHT RELA 1.25R-W
G-W
J/B
r1
S(c-69)
G-W ( AMPLIFIER
_-----_ 7
-
.------ 8
(T:Jt25
G-W 7
(E-39)
HEATER 'FULL AUTO A/C 4 '---7 -1
----L
i
_ L
2B
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
-
(D-47)
3(D-36)
0
12
(Y-W)
*FULL AUTO A/C .ELC-4A/T
CT> GR-F
CT> Y-R
CT> GR-L
CT> Y-L
1--r i
Y F
6
NO
17 " -
18
CONNECTION 2E
i r rr RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
RHEOSTAT
HR14M07BA
TSB Revision
1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player I L/
COMPONENT LOCATION Motor antenna control unit ___
i
1 TSB Revision
54-155
54-156
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM l
When power supply is reconnected after set has been removed from vehicle (after BATT line of set has been disconnected for more than one hour), what can be effectively performed is only supply of power made by POWER button operation. (If power supply is connected within an hour, operating state before disconnection of power supply is resumed.)
IGN key of vehicle is in ACC position and set is in no display state.
No display
Abnormal segment op-
*[Faulty
t Is it possible to set identifi
No m-Faulty Yes
Is a beep heard and then does radio operate when PROG button is placed to ON position after setting four-digit identification number
Is a beep heard and “1 Err” displayed for two seconds before c displaying “code”?
No Faulty set
No
t Check if identification number on card is input and set correctly.
Is a beep heard and then does radio operate when PROG button is placed to ON position after setting four-digit identification number on card aaain?
I
No
Is a beep heard and “2 Err” displayed for two seconds before displaying “code”? Yes
Press POWER button to erase “code” (to change to no display state).
I
Yes -----+ NomxJ (Error made in input during first setting)
Yes
Continued to next page.
TSB Revision
Faulty set
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio-and Tape Player
54-I 57
Continued from previous Page I
Is changeoverto normal operation made by placing POWER button to ON position while pressing EJECT button?
Faulty set
Yes
t Is power supply cut off automatically to return to no display state after three-minute operation?
Does manufacturing numberof set agree with identification number on card?
Faulty set
Error in attaching card (For set manufacturing number identification location, refer to F!54-183)
Yes Yes Is a beep heard and does radio operate when identification number - Normal (Error in first and second setting) indicated on card is reset and PROG button is placed to ON position? No Is “OFF” displayed after three-minute beeping togetherwith display of “3 Err”?
Faulty set
Yes
t 0 l
In this state, only POWER button operation is accepted (“OFF’is displayed) and no other button operation can be made effectively. In the “OFF” state, continuation of the BAlT, ACC line ON state for more than one hour will allow identification number checking operation again and placing the POWER button to ON position will display “code” and wait for input.
1 TSB Revision
54-158
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player CHART A. NOISE A-l
Noise appears at certain places when traveling (AM). hYes Do the following measures eliminate the noise?
Is there a particular st
Find out the following information from the user:
1. Change to a different station with a strong signal to boost resistance to interference. 2. Suppress high tones to reduce noise. No
1. Place 2. Locality conditions (valley, mountain, etc.) 3. Name and frequency of stations affected by noise
I
t
t
If due to vehicle noise:
1 If due to external noise:
It may not be possible to prevent noise if the signal is weak.
In almost all cases, prevention on the receiver Weak signals especially are susceptible to inter-
t If there is more noise than other radios, find out the noise conditions and the name and frequency of the receiving stations from the user, and consult with the service center.
i
i
TSB Revision
54-159
54-160 A-2
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
Noise appears at certain places when traveling (FM).
Iji
Do the following measures eliminate the noise? l l l
Change to a different station with a strong signal to boost resistance to interference. Suppress high tones to reduce noise. Extend antenna completely. (Whip antenna)
Yes +3cl
No
t If there is more noise than other radios, find out the noise conditions and the name and frequency of the receiving stations from the user, and consult with the service center.
NOTE About FM waves: FM waves have the same properties as light, and can be deflected and blocked. Wave reception is not possible in the shadow of obstructions such as buildings or mountains. 1. The signal becomes weak as the distance from the station’s transmission antenna increases. Although this may vary according to the signal strength of the transmitting station and intervening geographical formations or buildings, the area of good reception is approx. 20-25 km (12-l 6 miles) for stereo reception, and 30-40 km (19-25 miles) for monaural reception. 2. The signal becomes weak. when an area of shadow from the transmitting antenna (places where there are obstructions such as mountains
FM Broadcast Good Reception Areas
or buildings between the antenna and.the car), and noise will appear. 3. If a direct signal hits the antenna at the same time as a signal reflected by obstructions such as mountains or buildings, interference of the two signals will generate noise. During traveling, noise will appear each time the vehicle’s antenna passes through this kind of obstructed area. The strength and interval of the noise varies according to the signal strength and the conditions of deflection. 4. Since FM stereo transmission and reception has a weaker field than monaural, it is often accompanied by a hissing noise.
FM Signal Characteristics and Signal Interference
For home stereos: 80-90 km (SO-56 miles) Z16A0663
TSB Revision
:.:,.::. .:,.::. ‘; :
‘,
“.‘l’..
”
. 216AO664 00002401
I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player A-3
i
L
Mixed with noise, only at night (AM).
The following factors can be considered as possible causes of noise appearing at night. 1. Factors due to signal conditions: Due to the fact that long-distance signals are more easily received at night, even stations that are received without problem during the day may experience interference in a general worsening of reception conditions. The weaker a station is the more susceptible it is to interference, and a change
2.
to a different station or the appearance of a beating sound* may occur. Beat sound*: Two signals close in frequency interfere with each other, creating a repetitious high-pitched sound. This sound is generated not only by sound signals but by electrical waves as well. Factors due to vehicle noise: Generator noise may be a cause.
the lamps OFF? Yes
t 1 Do the following measures eliminate the noise? 1 yes cl/ l l
Tune to a station with a strong signal. Tune to a station with a strong signal without comcletelv extending the antenna. No
ii
54-161
Does the noise fade away when the vehicle harness is moved away from the radio chassis? (if the harness is not in the proper position). No
If there is more noise than other radios, consult a service center.
i
TSB Revision
I
54-I 62 A-4
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
Broadcasts can be heard but both AM and FM have a lot of noise.
(1)
(2)
Noise occurs when the engine is stopped.
J
Noise occurs when the engine in running.
Yes
Do the following measures eliminate the noise? @ Tune to a station with a strong signal. l Extend the antenna completely. (Whip antenna) l Adjust the sound quality to suppress high tones. No Is the radio body ground mounted securely?
Securely tighten the nuts for the body ground.
Yes
Yes
Clean the antenna plug and ground wire mounting area. Mount the antenna securely. On a vehicle with a motor antenna, check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-1, 2.)
Yes
If there is more noise than other radios, consult a service center
NOTE About noise encountered during FM reception only. Due to differences in FM and AM systems, FM is not as susceptible as AM to interference from engines, power lines, lightning, etc. On the other hand, there are cases due to the characteristics of FM waves of noise or distortion generated by typical
TSB Revision
noise interference (first fading and multipath). (Refer to A-2.)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver s
A-5
54-163
There is more noise either on AM or on FM.
1. There is much noise onlv on AM Due to differences in AM and FM systems, AM is more susceptible to noise interference. Were conditions such as the following present when noise was received? l l l l l l
Lightning was flashing. A motorcycle was passing. Avehicle passed close by, but it appeared to be avehicle generating a particularly large amount of noise radiation. Passed beneath a power line. Passed under a bridge. Passed beneath a telephone line. Passed close by a signal generator. Passed close by some other source of electrical noise. .I-
NO
I
Yes
Continue to check for static; whe the conditions listed above No
!
Yes
. .
F- Norse prevenoon on Me radro srde IS difficult. If the problem is particularly worse than other radios, consult a service center.
t If the problem is particularly worse than other radios, consult a service center.
2. There is much noise only on FM Due to differences in FM and AM systems, FM is not as susceptible as AM to interference from engines, power lines, lightning, etc. On the other hand, there are cases due to the characteristics of FM waves of noise or distortion generated
TSB Revision
by typical noise interference (first fading and multipath). (Refer to A-2)
~
54-164 A-6
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
There is noise when starting the engine.
Noise type Sounds are in parentheses ( ).
Conditions
AM, FM: Ignition noise (Popping, SnapCracking, ping, Buzzing)
0
Other electrical components
-
Static electricity (Cracking, Crinkling)
l
0
l
l
Cause
Increasing the engine speed causing the popping sound to speed up, and volume decreases. Disappears when the ignition switch is turned to ACC.
l l
Mainly due to the spark plugs. Due to the engine noise.
Parts to be Location of inspected parts or remedy (next page) Noise condenser
1
Ground cable
2, 3
Noise may appear as electrical components become older.
Repair or replace electrical components.
Disappears when the vehicle is Occurs when parts or wircompletely stopped. ing move for some reason Severe when the clutch is en- and contact metal parts of gaged. the body.
Return parts or wiring to their proper position.
Various noises are produced de- Due to detachment from pending on the body part of the the body of the front hood, vehicle. bumpers, exhaust pipe and muffler, suspension, etc.
Ground parts by bonding. Cases where the problem is not eliminated by a single response to one area are common, due to several body being parts imperfectly grounded.
Caution 1. Connecting a high tension cable to the noise filter may destroy the noise filter and should never be done. 2. Check that there is no external noise. Since failure to do this may result in misdiagnosis due to inability to identify the noise source, this operation must be performed. 3. Noise prevention should be performed by suppressing strong sources of noise step by step. NOTE 1. Condenser The condenser does not pass D.C. current, but as the number of waves increases when it passes A.C. current, impedance (resistance
1 TSB Revision
against A.C.) decreases, and current flow is facilitated. A noise suppressing condenser which takes advantage of this property is inserted between the power line for the noise source and the ground. This suppresses noise by grounding the noise component (A.C. or pulse signal) to the body of the vehicle. 2. Coil The coil passes D.C. current, but impedance rises as the number of waves increases relative to the A.C. current. A noise suppressing coil which takes advantage of this property is inserted into the power line for the noise source, and works by preventing the noise component from flowing or radiating out of the line.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player NOISE SUPPRESSION PARTS MOUNTING POSITIONS
1/ N
o
i
s
e con::;;,
1
TSB Revision
54-165
54-166
CHASSlS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player I
A-7
Some noise appears when there is vibration or shocks during traveling. ‘d No ---+ Ensure proper connection
Are connectors properly connected? Yes
t Does noise appear when the radio switch is turned on while the No vehicle is stopped and the radio is struck while tuned away from a station? Yes
Static electricity noise: L Body static electric from the shock absorber rubber bushings used to prevent vibration, tires, etc. occurs because of separation from the ground, causing a buzzing noise. Since no measures can be taken on the radio side, steps should be taken to discharge the static electricitv of the vehicle bodv.
t Is the radio correctly grounded? (Is the mounting screw tightened securely?) 1 Yes
t Is the antenna correctly grounded? (If noise appears when the No antenna is moved, this means the ground is not securely connected.) Yes 1 Reoair or reolace radio.
1
TSB Revision
c If rust is present on the antenna ground screw, clean and tighten the ground securely.
~
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player A-8
54-167
Noise sometimes appears on FM during traveling. No
Is the antenna completely extended?
t Check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-l, 2.)
Yes
+
Yes
Does the problem clear up when re 1 No
i Does the problem appear only in certain locations and only with yes certain stations? No
~ Due to electrical field conditions. (Multipath noise*, fading noise*).
Are connectors property connected?
Check connector connections.
Yes
1
t Does noise appear when the radio switch is turned on while the vehicle is stopped and the radio is struck while tuned away from a station?
No
* Static electricity noise: Sody static electric from the shock absorber rubber bushings used to prevent vibration, tires, etc. occurs because of separation from the ground, causing a buzzing noise. Since no measures can be taken on the radio side, steps should be taken to discharge the static electricitv of the vehicle bodv.
Yes
No
Is the radio body correctly grounded? (Is the mounting screw tightened securely? )
-) Tighten the screw securely.
I
Yes
If rust is present on the antenna ground screw, clean and tighten the ground securely.
Is the antenna correctly grounded? (If noise appears when the antenna is moved, this means the ground is not securely connected.) Yes 1 Repair or replace radio.
*
l
1
About multipath noise and fading noise Because the frequency of FM waves is extremely high, it is highly susceptible to effects from geological formations and buildings. These effects disrupt the broadcast signal and obstruct ‘reception in several ways. Multipath noise This describes the echo that occurs when the broadcast signal is reflected by a large obstruc-
1 TSB Revision
l
tion and enters the receiver with a slight time delay relative to the direct signal (repetitious buzzing). Fading noise This is a buzzing noise that occurs when the broadcast beam is disrupted by obstructing objects and the signal strength fluctuates intricately within a narrow range.
54-168
I
A-9
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
Ever-present noise.
I
Noise is often created by the following factors, and often the radio is OK when it is checked individually. l Traveling conditions of the vehicle l Terrain of area traveled through l Surrounding buildings l Signal conditions l Time period
For this reason, if there are still problems with noise even after the measures described in steps A-l to A-8 have been taken, get information on the factors listed above as well as determining whether the problem occurs with AM or FM, the station names, frequencies, etc., and contact a service center.
B. RADIO
I
B-l
No power is supplied when the switch is set to ON.
I
I
I
Is multi-purpose fuse No. 4 blown or is the circuit open? No
Replace fuse or repair harness.
Is the connector at the back of the radio connected properly?
Connect connector securely.
Yes t No Disconnect and check the connector at the rear of the radio. Is the ACC / Repair harness. power (12 V) being supplied to the radio?
I
1 J
Yes
1 Reoair or reolace radio.
1 B-2
I
No sound from one speaker.
Check to see if there is any sound when attached Repair or replace radio unit. to another radio. I-=----[ No
*Speakarj check the speaker harness for conductance.
out.
No
Repair speaker harness and ensure proper connection of relay connectors.
t Repair or replace speaker.
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio -and Tape Player
54-169
There is noise but no reception for both AM and FM or no sound from AM, or no sound from FM.
Example: in an underground garage or
Is proper performance hicle is moved?
t t Is the antenna completely extended?
No
Check the antenna itself. -W (Refer to E-l, 2.)
Yes
Yes
Does tuning solve the problem? NO
t Are the antenna plug and radio unit properly connected?
No
- Reconnect
1
Yes
Does the problem disappear if connected to another radio? No t Repair or replace the antenna. (Refer to E-l, 2.)
i:
TSB Revision
Repair or replace radio.
1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
pziT---wm Is proper performance’obtained when the ve-
4
t
No
Is the antenna completely extended?
Check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-l, 2.)
Yes t
Yes No
Is the problem limited to the reception of a specific radio station yes ) from a specific position?
Electrical field condition related*. (multipath noise or fading noise)
No
i Is the antenna plug properly connected to the unit?
Ensure proper connection.
Yes
Does the problem disappear when a different radio is connected?
Repair or replace the antenna. (Refer to E-l, 2.) *
For multipath noise and fading noise problems, refer to P.64-167.
1 TSB Revision
Repair or replace radio.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 1 B-5
54-I 71
Distortion on AM or on both AM and FM.
Are the speaker cords in contact with the cone paper?
Remove cords away from cone paper.
No
Remove the speakers and check for tom cone paper or foreign objects.
Repair or replace speakers.
INo i Check for deformation with speaker installed.
Yes - Install speaker securely.
No
\ Repair or replace radio.
j
Distortion on FM only
B-6
)- Due to weak electrical field of radio station
Does the distortion persist when the radio is tuned to another No station? Yes
Yes
Due to multipath noise
Does distortion increase or decrease when the vehicle is moved? , / No
1
Repair or replace radio.
TSB Revision
1
1
54-172 B-7
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
Too few automatic select stations.
t
No Check the antenna itself. 1
Is the antenna completely extended? Yes
Is the antenna plug properly connected to the equipment?
Ensure proper connection.
Yes
Does the equipment work properly if the radio is changed?
B-8
Repair or replace radio.
lnsuff icient memory (preset stations are erased).
Is multi-purpose fuse No. 19 blown or is the circuit open? No
Replace fuse or repair harness.
Disconnect and check the connector at the rear of the radio. Is the memory backup (battery) . power beina- supplied? I Yes
Repair harness.
t Repair or replace radio.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
54-173
C. CASSETTE PLAYER C-l
Cassette tape will not be inserted.
Are there any foreign objects in the cassette player? /No
Remove the object(s)” “1 Attempting to force a foreign object (e g.. a coin or clip, etc.) out of the cassette player may damage the mechanism. The player should be taken to a service dealer for repair.
Does the cassette player work if another tape is inserted?
Replace tape **
No *2 Ensure that the tape label is not that the tape itself tape of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.
Repair or replace cassette player.
C-2
No sound (even after a tape has been inserted).
Is multi-purpose fuse No. 4 blown or is the circuit open?
Yes - Replace fuse or repair harness.
No
+ Is connector at rear of radio connected tightly?
No - Connect connector firmly.
Yes
Disconnect connector at rear of radio. Is ACC power being supplied to the yesPW Repair or replace caSSette player. radio?
1 TSB Revision
54-174 C-3
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
No sound from one speaker.
t Replace the cassette player and check again.
Yes Repair or replace cassette player.
No
___c It conducts electricity but is shorted out.
the speaker harness for conductance.
+ Repair speaker harness and ensure proper connection of relay connectors.
Check the speaker for conductance. No
t Repair or replace speaker.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player c-4
54-175
Sound quality is poor, or sound is weak. Yes
,/ l l
Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Tapes of C-i 20 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used. Yes ccl
No
t
Yes
Is proper operation obtained when the ca /No
1 Repair or replace speaker.
c-5
1
Cassette tape will not be ejected.
The problems covered here are all the result of the use of a bad tape (deformed or not properly tightened) or of a malfunction of the cassette player itself. Malfunctions involving the tape becoming caught in the mechanism and ruining the case are also possible, and attempting to force the tape out of the player can cause damage to the mechanism. The player should be taken to a service dealer for repair.
1 TSB Revision
1
54-176 C-6
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
Uneven revolution. Tape speed is fast or slow. Yes No
Are there any foreign objects inside the cassette player?
Remove foreign object(s).
No
Is the head or capstan roller dirty?
I-
Yes
Z16AO668 No
j Reoair or replace cassette olaver.
C-7
Automatic search does not work.
I
Does the MSS (automatic search) button” depress properly? Yes 1
Button improperly operated.
Yes
c Tape used is bad.
No l l l
*2 l
When the time between songs on a tape is less than three seconds, or when there is a three second period in the middle of a song in which the volume level is extremely low, the automatic search function may not work properly. Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Also, tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.
t 1 Repair or replace the cassette player.
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player C-8
54-177
Faulty auto reverse. -1 Yes
Does the player play OK if the tape is changed?
I
*m
No l l
Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.
1
No
+vreplace
Yes ,1 , Is the cassette player properly installed to the vehicle?
No */I
Yes 1 Repair or replace cassette player.
C-9
Tape gets caught in mechanism*‘.
I
l l
When the tape is caught in the mechanism, the case may not eject. When this occurs, do not try to force the tape out as this may damage the tape player mechanism. Take the cassette to a service dealer for repair.
Does the player play OK if the tape’2 is changed? No l
2 Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Also, tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.
Repair or replace cassette player.
i
1 TSB Revision
Tape used is bad.
54-178
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and TaDe Plaver
D. CD PLAYER D-l
CD will not be accepted.
Does the shutter open when a CD is inserted? Yes
l
Take out the CD.
l
1 Yes
t Though CD is completely inserted once, “e CD is rejected? l 3 Yes
No -l
t Check CD. l Is the labeled side faced downward? l Is the recorded face of the CD dirty? l Does dew exit on the recorded face of the CD? No
- Yes - Insert the CD correctly or check to see if the CD is defective.
t Replace CD. l 1 ‘2 ‘3
If the CD is already loaded, doesn’t the shutter open to allow insertion when another CD is inserted? If the key switch is not at ACC or ON, the CD stops at depth of 15 mm below the panel surface even when it is inserted, and it will be rejected when pushed farther? Even though the CD is loaded, E (error) is sometimes displayed with the CD rejected because of vibration/ shock or dew on the CD face or optical lens.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player D-2
/
54-179
No sound.
1
L
Yes - Replace defective CD.
Does it play if an existing proper CD is inserted? ) No
F ture, and recheck operation. Does it operate properly?
No
I
C;_T
Yes *I
I No
Are the radio set and CD player connected
-
Repair or replace CD player.
(The combined radio cassette must operate properly.)
D-3 1.
CD sound skips.
Sound sometimes skips during parking. Is CD face scratched or dirty?
i
CD is defective, or clean CD.
No
Does it play properly if CD is replaced with an existing proper CD? Yes . 1 Replace CD.
2.
Sound sometimes skips during driving. (Stop vehicle, and check it.) (Check it by using a proper CD which is free of scratch, dirt or other abnormality.) No Does sound skip when the side of Yes
t Securely mount the CD player.
I
TSB Revision
Repair or replace CD player.
I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Taste Plaver D-4
1
Sound quality is poor.
Does it play properly if another proper CD is loaded?
Replace CD.
No
Repair or replace CD player.
1 D-5
CD will not be ejected.
Is the key switch (ignition key) at ACC or ON?
Turn the key to ON.
Yes
t Is the combined amplifier or radio set connected securely?
Securely connect the subjected one.
Yes
If CD is not ejected, don’t reject it. The player may be damaged. Therefore, contact a service shop for reoairs.
D-6
No sound from one speaker.
Is CD player securely connected to the combined radio set? Yes
Securely connect them.
Does it play properly if another CD player is combined? No
Repair or replace CD player.
I Repair or replace the combined radio set.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
54-181
E. MOTOR ANTENNA L
E-l
Motor antenna won’t extend or retract.
Clean and polish the surface of the antenna rod. Is the radio power switch ON?
Switch it ON.
Yes
Is voltage (approx. 12 V) emitted to the radio’s motor antenna terminal’? Yes
Repair or replace the radio.
t Is the antenna bent? No
t Is the antenna relay OK? Yes
Replace the antenna relay.
i
No
Is the motor OK? Yes
Repair the harness.
I
-
TSB Revision
c . Replace the motor.
i
54-182 E-2
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
Motor antenna extends and retracts but does not receive.
Is the antenna’ itself OK? Yes
Repair or replace it.
Is operation normal when a new antenna assembly is directly installed to the radio?
Refer to B. “Radio troubleshooting”.
Yes
/ Replace the feeder cable.
Checking the antenna * Ohmmeter measurement locations
Result
Circuits from F to A, B, C, D and E
Continuity
Circuit between G and H
Continuity
Circuits from H to A, B, C, D and E
Hz+
216N0087
-I
1 TSB Revision
No continuity
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio- and TaDe Plaver
54-183
PROCEDURE FOR INPUTOFSECURITYCODE FOR RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
Card
Security code
216N1034
Typical name card
The radio and tape player does not operate in the following states. (1) Power supply to the radio and tape player has been suspended for more than one hour continuously by removing the cable from the battery terminal or disconnecting the harness connectors. (2) The power supply to the radio and tape player has been suspended for more than one hour owing to blown fuse or discharged battery. (3) The radio and tape player has been replaced. If the radio and tape player does not operate for these causes, input the security code by the following procedure to operate it. 1. Using any of the following methods, confirm the security code. (1) Read the security code indicated on the cards retained by the user. (2) If the security code is unknown owing to the user’s loss of the cards, a. Remove the audio panel and then pull out the radio and tape player partially. b. Read the serial No. shown on the name card of the radio and tape player. c. Look up the anti-theft code corresponding to the serial number in the serial number-anti-theft code table; or, make inquiries to Mitsubishi Motor Sales of America, Inc.
(3) When the radio and tape player is replaced Read the security code on the cards attached to the upper surface of the replacement radio and tape player. NOTE Deliver the cards (two) to the user.
A Cards
TSB Revision
54-184
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver 2.
TYPE 1 POWER button Disp’ay
PROG button
Return power supply for the radio and player to the normal state. 3. Turn the ignition key to the “ACC” position. 4. Press the POWER button, and “code” will be displayed on the display.
\ ,ij
~ TYPE 2 Display
I
PROG button
Memory select button
I I
ZHllA004
POWER button
TYPE 3
Memory ,1r select
PROG button
\, LJ POW’ER button
I Display section
H’llAlM 00002402
5.
Typical security code “5283”
Press No.1 through No.4 memory select buttons and set the 4-digit security code indicated on the card. Every time each digit key is pressed, the number changes as follows: 40
+l
+2--e
9+0
**-
6.
ZHllFOOl
Press the PROG button. After a beep is heard, the radio and tape player will be in the operating state. 7. If the input security code does not agree with that in memory, “1 Err” is displayed on the display. In a few seconds, it will change to “code”. So, repeat steps 4 and 5.
NOTE (1) The security code can be set three times at the most. (2) The second error is displayed as “2 Err”. If the third error is made, “3 Err” is displayed and then it changes to “OFF”. (3) When setting is attempted four or more times, keeping the ignition key in the “ACC” or “ON” position for about one hour will automatically erase the “OFF” display. 1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
54-185
After the erasing, therefore, repeat step 3 and up. If the ignition key is turned to the “OFF” position during one-hour period of keeping it in “ACC” or “ON” position, the “OFF” display will be erased. With the ignition key placed in the “ACC” position again, press the POWER button, and the “OFF” display will be resumed. Therefore, keep this state for another one hour or so.
TSB Revision
54-186
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
RADIO REMOTE-CONTROL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CAUTION: SRS
Before removal of air bag module, refer to GROUP 52B Service Precautions and Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.
When removing and installing the remote control switch, don’t allow any impact or shock to the air bag module.
cup to 1993 models>
2.5 Nm 1.8 ft.lbs.
Z16FO491 00002403
Removai steps 1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 528 Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) 2. Radio remote control switch
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 2
4
Vehicle without
Removal steps 1. Radio panel 2. Radio and tape player 3. CD player
1 TSB Revision
4. Radio bracket 5. Front console assembly (Refer to GRbUP 52A - Console Box.)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver
54-I 87
SPEAKER L/
~
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ,/$‘I ./$I/’ j /$/” 1 ,*: ...
4 :” ., /,,$’ ,A’ I ._.
./’
I I’ ? ;I
_I ‘7.. ,, .-Y_.,
: ,’
16FOO97 00002404
Door speaker removal steps
Rear speaker removal steps
1. Door trim (Refer to GROUP 42 - Door Trim and Waterproof Film.) 2. Speaker garnish 3. Speaker 4. Speaker cover
1. Quarter trim (Refer to GROUP 52A Trims.) 2. Speaker garnish 3. Speaker 4. Speaker box
TSB Revision
54-188
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
MOTOR ANTENNA / ANTENNA FEEDER CABLE / AMPLIFIER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
\
Z16FO497
4
Motor antenna removal steps Rear side trim (LH) (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.) 1. Ring nut 2. Base 3. Antenna pole 4. Antenna feeder cable and motor antenna connection 5. Motor antenna l
Amplifier removal il. Amplifier (under passenger’s seat) NOTE
l ‘: Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims ‘*: Vehicels with glass mounted antenna
1 TSB Revision
Antenna feeder cable removal steps Rear side trim (LH)*l Quarter trim (LH)” Rear side trim*‘, ** Quarter trim (LH)*t, ** l Quarter upper trim”, l * 0 Liftgate upper trim*‘, +* l Ligate side trim (RH)“, l * l Rear console assembly (Refer to GOUP 52A - Console Box.) l Radio and tape player (Refer to P54-176) 4. Antenna feeder cable and motor antenna connection 6. Rear seat cushion 7. Rear seatback 8. Inner seat belt 9. Console side cover (LH) 10. Antenna fedder cable l l l l
54-I 89
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
+A,REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL Raise and remove the seat cushion with the lever pulled.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT .AqREAR SEAT CUSHION INSTALLATION (1) Securely fit the attachment wire of the seat cushion under the seatback. (2) Pass the inner seat belt buckles through the cushion. (3) Securely fit the lock plates of the seat cushion into the holes in the floor.
INSPECTION ANTENNA MOTOR INSPECTION Disconnect the motor antenna control unit connector, connect the positive terminal of the power supply to terminal (1) and connect the negative terminal to terminal (4) to check that the antenna goes up, and that when the connections are reversed, the antenna goes down.
Antenna going down
Antenna going up
16FO203
MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION (1) Connect the harness connector to the motor antenna. (Body harness) (2) Disconnect the antenna motor connector. (3) With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, operate the radio switch and check the voltage between the terminals during the period when the antenna is going up or going down. I Antenna operating Voltage (V) Terminals to check direction I Down 10-13 l-3
I
UP
16F0198 00002406
TSB Revision
3-4
10-13
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player ANTENNA POLE REPLACEMENT (1) Remove the ring nut. Ring nut
I (2) Set the radio switch to ON. After the antenna pole has extended, remove the antenna pole and rack cable as an assembly. _.
7
Tboth side of rack cable
Rack cable
,8Loa1
Tooth side of rack cable
(3) Extend the antenna pole up to its farthest point. NOTE If the motor end of the rack cable is bent, straighten it. (4) Force the rack cable into the motor assembly with the tooth side of the rack cable toward the luggage compartment.
16LO427 00002407
I I vi ~ I
(5) Turn the tooth side of the rack cable toward the rear of the vehicle (90” clockwise) to bring the rack cable into mesh with the motor gear. (6) Lightly pull the rack cable. If it comes out without resistance, it means that the rack cable is not in mesh with the motor gear. Recheck that the rack cable end is not bent before repeating the above-mentioned steps (2) and (3). (7) With the antenna pole upright and the radio switch at OFF, take up the rack cable. As the rack cable is taken up, insert the antenna pole toward the motor antenna. (8) After the ring nut has been tightened, set the radio switch to ON and OFF to check the operation of the antenna pole.
~ d
TSB Revisidn
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player
54-I 91
CD AUTO CHANGER L
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Z16FO495 00002408
L
Removal steps 1. CD changer cover l
Lu gage compartment floor carpet, big\ floor center board.
2. CD auto changer 3. CD changer bracket (front) 4. CD changer bracket (rear)
TSB Revision
54-192
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SPECIAL TOOLS
e rear window defog-
e rear window defog-
‘d ,
I
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
54-193
TROUBLESHOOTING 8,
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS) ;&iL#GHT I
3R-B 5
L
G-W
I I
I 8=
i
n
F;
2B-R -
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR (HEATER>
ILL
1
\L
B
“1
I
+j m DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3B n Z
G-W t
2B
JI \I
II I
(B-Y) 4 0
I II II I
B-Y (i&y,2 ---------- - ---- ----1
DEFOGGER :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (c-65):1
f RHEOSTAT
(c-65)
HR13MOOAA
TSB Revision
54-194
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNIl IN SWIT( (IGl)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
FUSIBLE LINK@
GENERATOR (L TERMINAL)
B-W
(F>L
7m CHARGING 7
1 1OAb
I
(D-45) JO
15A
3m 3R-B I ,,5 /\ ------_____---______--~~~~~
L ,,3 ,\
1
L
6s)
imGER CHARGING
OFF-,=ON
L
'4 3B-R
G-Y
B-R
(c-15) :$
(1,J pa-u
7?a-D
.y "I u" "I =" :‘I
v
L I
'3u-0
I I
MFI
&STEM
t %!E, i Cl? bUI” I KUl2~C” MIRROR
(c-65)
I,"::
L-7
52
(c-66)
(c-65) 2%
r
4
I47i7I GNO
EW
c&+;;;
B 3B-R 0
2B
n 6
NOTE al:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. :3:1994 :4:FROM MODELS 1995 MODELS
HR13MOlAA
TSB Revision
54-195
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-B
TAILLI GH'T RELAY 2R-
2W-B
Zz&P”‘“” G L
5W-B
HORN
,,l (c-68) J/B
15
10A ----__
(c-83)(F>R-E ‘11
(F)R-B
R-Y
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE ) C O M P A R T M E N T a
G1m
I' R 2
S(c-69)
J/B
1
I
(A-11X)
G-
II e(c-71)
2B-1 IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR
.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
4 (D-41)
ETACS ECU
G-W
1
F.ELC-4A/T '#&AND (G-!'I
2
lOFd,ON I
1
*
IND’
3
1
ILL
-
1
B-L
16
I
v
2B B
(D-41)
1 6
2
RHEOSTAT
2E
i
:;f'g-$;T (B-Y *G"~$&AND
4
E
i-
B
R-B I
1
(C-79)FRONT SIDE (c-83)
2B
I =
H
(D-06)
(D-41) (D-42)
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
(D-44) HR13MOlAB
TSB Revision
54-196
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) -
F'JSIBL E LINK@
3R-I3 (c-01)
2L-B I
IGNIl IN SWITC (IGl) 28-h B-W
2B-h 2-----------___. 7m
,
J’Bp
3R-E
L-RI
GENE (L TE
TOR INAL)
(F>I CHARGING
(D-45)
10
I 30
B-k
I
e-
DEFOGGER RELAY (c-06x)
CHARGING
3B-F
T
(c-15)
MFI SYSTEM
-
3;:
52
(c-66)
REMOTE #JJ&LLED
GNI n I
'57 :1 59 $2 B 38-F
!B NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. 22:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
HR13M02AA
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
ii
FUSIBLE LINKa I
TAILLIGHT RELAY q-
2W-B
:;&"A'""
5W-B
HORN
,.1 (c-68) ‘J/B
69 10A
(F>R-I
(F>R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT :I,
\/ ------ A/1 (c-70)
11 1
R-Y ,,2 /\
J/B
r R ,,l ,--(A-11X)
(
I7
8cc-71)
I
p@
G-W
2B-F IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR
,HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT. PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT /
L
4 Ed
I
G-W
.ELC-4A/T
L-R cc-65)
L-R
2B-k
'i;$$SAND (G-W) 2
i \6
,,3
DEFOGGER SWITCH iD-os)
f
IND( UN
i
B-L
V
i
1
my54 R-B
'4 :;fE-$;T (B-Y) .$;;EESAND
I ,E
9 I16 A A\( 5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) B "
4
2B
2B , (D-41) 2
B-Y 7 RHEOSTAT
2B h
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
n
HR13M02AB
TSB Revision
54-I 98
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)
FUSIBL
IGNIII
TOR INAL)
SWITC
3R-I
-l 7B
CHARGING
(c-01)
J’Bn
(F)*
10
(D-45)
7
3R-i
e-
CHARGING
OFF-:,ON
3B-R
G-Y
B-R
(6-15)
1
2B-R
3B-R MFI SYSTEM
(c-65)5 ,I V
fl
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
I
( c - 6 6 ) I5 2 V
L ,I I
I
?
(c-65) -4 4
GND
V
HR13M03AA
1 TSB Revision
54-199
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
FUSIBLE LINKa I
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
I 1.25R-W l&&CATED 0% 15A
(c-83)L
G-W ,,6 (c-69) \ J/B
(F>R-i
(F>R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENF
\,,
G-W 8 (c-71) .HEADLIGHT ,FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT. PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
rI
/2B-- 1 IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR I 2B6 DEFOGGER SWITCH (D-06)
P
$
F 4
B
1 (D-41) .ELC-4A/T
L-R (C-65)112
LJ
W8(D-44)
'&;&AND (G-W) )
,,3 1
i )FF ‘T[ IN
Al
5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
2B
E
B-Y RHEOSTAT
2B
2B
=
: aFRONT SIDE (c-83)
HR13M03AB
TSB Revision
54-200
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
OPERATION l If the defogger switch is turned to “ON” when the generator is generating electricity (L terminal exceeds 10 V.) with the ignition switch at the “ON” position, the timer circuit in the ETACS unit will be operated to keep the transistor “on” for 11 minutes to close the contact point of the defogger relay. When the defogger relay is “on”, the defogger and mirror heater will be activated. Moreover, the indicator light of the defogger switch is lit to inform that the defogger and mirror heater are activated. l When 11 minutes have passed, the defogger and mirror heater will stop activating even if the defogger switch is at “ON”. When the defogger and mirror heater are activated (the timer is activated), they will also stop activating even if the defogger switch is set at “ON” again or if the generator stops generating electricity (the terminal is 3.5 V or less.) NOTE The light automatic shut-off system is valid for the illumination light of the defogger switch. (Refer to P.54-37.) TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
NOTE
For the troubleshooting hints of the automatic light shut-OFF system, refer to P.54-38. COMPONENT LOCATION Data link connector
Data link. connector
\
V16FO496 1
es.-‘) blocky,6Fww 216FO125
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
X16FO354
1
TSB Revision
54-202
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger
With voltmeter
Data link connector
INPUT SIGNAL When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter Using the scan tool or voltmeter, check whether or not the input signals from each switch are being input to the ETACS unit. (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector located at the right side of the junction block or connect the voltmeter between the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal. (2) Check if the buzzer of the scan tool sounds or the needle of the voltmeter moves when each switch is operated. If the buzzer sounds or the needle moves, the input signals are being input to the ETACS unit, so that switch can be considered to be functioning normally. If not, the switch or switch input circuit is faulty. Check the switch and the switch input circuit.
When using the scan tool (MUT-II) (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models, use the adapter harness supplied together. Caution Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the scan tool is connected or disconnected. (2) If the scan tool makes a peep sound when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
When using the MUT-II CUD to 1993 models>
Y2OFO164
00002231
When using the voltmeter (1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool. (2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to .ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
Ground
U2OFO163
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger Normal characteristic curve
L
54-203
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Voltage j\
Positive terminal
Printed heater line
Negative terminal
Abnormal characteristic curve Voltage Qj( (
r”!“Yui;
THE PRINTED-HEATER LINES CHECK (1) Run engine at 2,000 rpm. Check heater element with battery at full. (2) Turn ON rear window defogger switch. Measure heater element voltage with circuit tester at rear window glass center A. Condition good if indicating about 6 V. (3) If 12 V is indicated at A, there is a break in the negative terminals from A. Move test bar slowly to negative terminal to detect where voltage changes suddenly (0 V). (4) If 0 V is indicated at A, there is a break in the positive terminals from A. Detect where the voltage changes suddenly (12 V) with the same method described.
THE PRINTED-HEATER LINES REPAIR Positive terminal
Printed heater line Negative terminal 216Y332
Tape
Break
L-J \ Conductive paint
216Y333
REQUIRED MATERIALS l Thinner l Tape l Conductive paint
l l
Lead-free gasoline Fine brush
(1) Clean disconnected area with lead-free gasoline. Tape along both sides of heater element. (2) Mix conductive paint thoroughly. Thin the required amount of paint in a separate container with a small amount of thinner and paint break three times at 15 minute intervals. (3) Remove tape and leave for a while before use (circuit complete). (4) When completely dry (after 24 hours) finish exterior with a knife. Caution Clean glass with a soft cloth (dry or damp) along defogger heater element.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH (1) Remove rear window defogger switch from the meter bezel. (Refer to P.54-109.) (2) Operate the switch and check the continuity between the terminals.
c
16FO167 00002409
TSB Revision
54-204
~1994 models> Connect battery power source to terminal 1. Check circuit between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.
L---i
00002411
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem
L,
54-205
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM SPECIAL TOOLS Tool number and name
Supersession
Application
MB991 341
MB991 341 C
Up to 1993 models Checking the theft-alarm system
MB991 502
All models Checking the theft-alarm system
MB991 529
From 1994 models Checking the theft-alarm system using a voltmeter
Scan tool (Multi-use tester )
Q
ROM Pack (For the number, refer to GROUP 00 Precautions Before Service.) MB991 502 Scan tool (MUT-II)
ROM pack
L
MB991 52%. trouble Diagnostic code check harness
i
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem
TROUBLESHOOTING (UP TO 1993 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
HEADLIGHT RELAY 0
---------_
63
0
10A
15A
c-77) 16
IGNITION TCH(ACC)
SW1
---------1
(c-80)
x SOCI
2R-L1
2R-L1
0.85 , B-W
(R. 2
B-W
0.85L L
FJ$
\I
"2 / 2R ; I ----- --A 3 ‘3 1.25R 0 0.85R-W 1.25R (c-01) 3_---- ,,6
E54# G#~O rL[
1625R ,8 ,C I---. *
HI
t
R-B
I
1
0.85R-W
L
+I LE 1
Y -B
’ I ,\ 8
j
L 520 ---------__ 53 --------__
3
.----------------------
LIGHT AUTOMATIC 0 SHUT-OFF UNIT
lO(c-65) ETACS UNIT
R-c
A
R-c nr-
-
-
(LH)
-
-
(RH)
DOOR TWITCH
;zk77) (c-80) (c-82) (E-15)(m) (E-21) gj 1~~~~~~~~~ HR15MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
I
54-207
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem
FUSIB E LINK b 6 5W-B ,.l (c-68) /J/B @
J,
15A
V V (c-70,“1---“2
R
(c-83)
I ,,2 I\
I
OR-B ‘10
ik (c-77)
R-1
R-Y ,,l
.l
R-E
I
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x)
/ i
----i L----i< B l6 B5 2B d
HRlSMOOAB
TSB Revision
~
54-208
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
KEY I#$!;'"
IGNITION SW ITCH(ST)
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 7 r7
2B-Y 0
A/T ,yM/T
B-Y
2B-Y (c-31) v2
L M/T " A/T
2B-Y
mayt1j---1 1 j
,4
$V??ER/ L. mI . b ------____--___ - ------ - ----- -- ---- --
/ \,
\n OFi-,,ON
2B-Y 2
G-B
(A-67) 2(3
M/T
*I
I /
\
B-L
,J ---_
II ,-r
Y-
n /T
a
A/T G-E3
I
,
(1992 MODEL> *cl993 MODEL> r \
G-E3 ; 3 t t
8
E
LG-B
G-B 3 /\
SE" POSITION NI SWITCH
OFF-,:ON
l(c-64)
6'1
I
xm-
STARTER RELAY l(c-56)
LG-E \ 2E L-2%13q
1
A/T * M/T I1
‘-:liq
GND V
2B
HR15MOOBA
TSB Revision
I
54-209
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
i
FUSIB E LINK 6 'T
2,,-B
,
5W-B ,,l (c-68) \
J/B
RBI
T,, 11;; ‘I‘ I
' THEFT-ALARM i HORN RELAY I (c-72) II I
R-E -0FFJ 3
II
iA (c-78)
L (c-76) R-E
14
L-G
G-E _____-_________--
18 G-E
L L-G ETACS UNIT
(c-66) I58
DIODE c-12
G-E
1
R-E
G-R
mi-
CLOCK SPRING
HORN
HORN (LH) (RH)
GR
(1 2E
28 d z
1 -
q E! GFm KFn (A-47) (A-48) (A-49) @FEZ) mJ2)
L
-
HORN SWITCH
-
(c-57)
II Ei q a q q9 p---qpq ~10~1 ~12/13~141 51 6l1?~16~19 (c-68) (c-12) (c-76) 673 (c-80)
/EiJ q @ mmE=F
HR15MOOBB
TSB Revision
~
54-210
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
FUSIBLE LINK@ I
IGNITION
'ITCH(IG1)
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)
2R-B 2B7_ ------ - ---- Tjj-l
FOG LIGHT 5 TAILLIGHT.bARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND b;gXySE PLATE
‘3D-r
@
------____ 3
15A
15A
(c-80)
(IL)
(R-Y
Ob” 'G
1
1
WITHOUT WITH ACCESSORY ACCESS ;ORY SoCKET
2R-L
LIGHT
FOG
0
@ 10 A iAL, (c-7’D 16
HEAD LIGHT RELAY (A-O1X)
B-h
0.85L
3I ,t 0 QxDZ8 ----I
L 0.85L
3
BACK-UP LIGHT
>
t 3-w
I - -L
CIGARETTE LIGHTER \
B-W 1
1 (I2)
(R-Y
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
ObS z
r
0.85B I
(c-ol)&---------- ____ ,F
(R-Y) 5
0.85B
0.85R * e8
HEADLIGHT
1
,,3 (c-76) J/B' A
iyi;tRTMENT
lO(c-65) (I >)
(R-Y
2B
@” L1GHT JGGAGE
I
k
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT (E-17)
I
R-G 8
2h V
J
5._i
i
\/ _ 3 (c-82) 28
Y-B
n =
-
5 \ A
6
-
(LH)
=
=
(RH)
/ * DOOR S W I T C H
HRlJMOlAA
1 TSB Revision
54-211
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
i i
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-B
+ ,,l (c-68) HORN ,\
J/B V
ED“11
1,
(C-71)
~~~“10
\,
(c-77)“1
\/
0.85R-B“3F
NATION IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) 1 CENTRAL DOOR t LOCKING B-L
(E-17)
/ LJ
GR 157 ----____-________-_______________ --------------- A51 ---------- J,EQ(c-66) ETACS UNIT
2B
B I I ----J L---2B l6 (F)B 5 t 2B 1 0
HRlJMOlAB
TSB Revision
54-212
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
KEY &y+;;ER
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
rA/T yM/T B-L
1
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 7
I /
M/T y A/T 20-Y 4 /\ STARTER , RELAY o oft--,--------------------------!a 2B-Yr2
II II I
_______
B-L
t- 1 b EE”
Y-B
11/T ! A/T
r LUTD-CRUISE CONTROL I
MFI SYSTEM
-B
l$&gJ& I
pSOU;&ON
SUPPLEMENTAL NT
2B-Y
MFI SYSTEM
BATTERY 20B-R
LG-B
-B 2
2B-k
'(c-64)
SYSTEM
J/B J;B B v R-B
Jm
3B-R J(B-23) ,.l(B-24) /\ %ERER
j I$ "7 ----c&i--9 my9----- =54 =54 B-L 0
B
4
(c-65)
(c-66)
B
-5 99 16 4 -5 A A h * DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
(c-79) FRONT SIDE HRlBMOlBA
1 TSB Revision
54-213
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
FUSIB E LINK b s
~,J/B
RB[
‘;/I
,
(c-68)
6,, 11;; I‘
10A
R-B 0 R-E
(c-76) R-E
(c-78) 14 L-G
R-B
1
[
ON
G-E
G-R
___-________---_
8
5
(c-02) 7
G-B
i
ETACS UNIT
L-G (c-66) 58
G-B
D,'p,"," R-B
(c-57) 2 GR
(A-26) iEEiHORN (A-27)
,70 1
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (F-23)
i;yTEfiTE 1 (F-24)
B
>
CLOCK SPRING
1 C
-l
G-R (A-47) 1 iv
IA 9
HORN (LH) (RH)
GR
2B
1
2B d r
/ LJ
DEDICATED FUSE
HORN SWITCH
(A-06X)0 @F-m (A-47) Gz3 (A-49) GF53 (c-02) (c-57) 1423 q m Lizi lla q la /fim$mqmj ii35 cc-ss) oF7-ia(c-76)(m (c-80) al /a1
•pJipTimaJJ~E&~
HRlBMOlBB
TSB Revision
1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ij
,, 2R-B l,25R-B FOG LIGHT
FUSIBLE LINK@ IGNITION I ITCH(IG1) IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I I 2L 2R-# , B-W 2B-h I 2B-& 7 ----_---------------:c-82) 44 CHARGING;r (L) 2R-B r5
LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
13
-------
0.8~ B-L
(L ; ---.
(c-so)~~---------~l
16
:c-77)
1
B-W
\
0.85~ L31 L 0.85~
ga
-7
2R-1
1BACK-UP LIGHT
E;gfi$E;TE ri
E
( 0.85E
(L
0.85E 1.25R 1 (c-01) ---------------- 6 I 0.85E
(R-Y) HEADLIGHT
kEPt!ft (%K@ (c-10)
J/B
I 40
(R-k')
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT (E-17)
R-G 4 (c-34)
7
2
r
IR-G (
(L
_I: ? I
,
Y-B 5 6A
(LH)
(RH)
DOOR SWITCH
Ei (rn)(A-41) (c-10) (A-61) (A-76) (A-77) cm (c-31) (c-34) (c-65) lq23 am@Jm ~1~1~~~1 I!3 & (c-76) 677.. (c-82) (7FFJCE-17) (E-21) (c-80) ~pjJJ p$$@gp=[~/~ ~~~~ HR15M02AA
1 TSB Revision
~
54-215
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
FUSIBLE LINK@ I
\/ I O.&R-B 3= T2, R-B ,, R-B
‘1
V
i&R LIGHT I llf-Y-nf-!c
IOD OR
~$@EMENT I -L I
STORAGE CONNECTOR L1GHT (A-11X)
CflMR I NAT_ _T nN ~E;I;ER"'~ -.. fEg-j$
LiGHT AUTOMATIC $f-&OFF
(E-17) -________-________--____________________------ A--Jf- - - - - - - - - - - - - E
”
V
i?
140 --1 r
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --J
I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I
:
4 B ----
I
(F)Bt5
(E-01)
cE=m)tFT7~
a
m-3 cFm(E-23) HR15M02AB
TSB Revision
1
54-216
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
KEY i#+#ER
IGNITION SWITCHCST) 2%-Y
B-Y
0
I
1
B-L
v M/T h A/T
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 77
I
Y-B M/T ! A/T i-B
LG-E
;-B ; )
t CLUTCH
I
2B-Y I
PEDAL POSITION N SWITCH I(c-64)
,
O.05B-Y
A/T i M/T
2B-Y
MFI SYSTEM
MFI SYSTEM
BATTERY
lm
J;B (c-66)yg----- YE
0.85B-R
20B-R
R-B
oF;;;fBil?&&R
ii'k'AL
% o
^i
B
I@
/I
B-L ,
~
,o~~~
B
16 4 5 E A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR I
(c-65)
0 EiQ(c-02)
0 E-22)
(A-09X) (A-66)
El
(c-66)
q
OFRONT
(c-31)
0 (c-56)cm
SIDE
HR15M02BA
1 TSB Revision
54-217
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
5W-B
DEDICATED FUSE
0
R-B
R-B
,,l
,5
ON
2
- ____--__-- - _ (c-02) --I2 G-B
G-E
I
7
8
G-B
i
ETACS UNIT
58
DIODE c-12
G-B
R-B
(c-57)
GR
)I
CLOCK SPRING
rl7
G-h
G-R
(A-47) r
!A
B GR I 10
2E
HORN SWITCH -
NOTE ::1995 MODELS
I ---- -Am (A-06x) (A-26) (A-27) (A-47) @Fm lA-49) (A-50) (c-02)
(c-57)-
HR15M02BB
TSB Revision
54-218
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
COMPONENT LOCATION
16FO257 19FO134
16FO268 00002412
\I-
relay m \ \016F0261
h$k Revision
I
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
54-219
1 r
216FO282
P
I
\
Y 16FO498
Y2OFO164
00002231
When using the voltmeter 1. Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool.
UZOFOlfX3
1 TSB Revision
‘d
vi
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem
Voltmeter (Output)
rvv
54-221
2. Make sure that when the following switches are turned on, the output shown in the illustration is delivered. (Only those switches which are related to the theft-alarm system are listed here.) 0 Driver and front passenger door switches l Headlight switch l Driver and front passenger door lock switches l Passing light switch l Pop-up switch (up to 1993 models) l Hood switch l Liftgate switch l Door key cylinder switch l Liftgate switch If there is no output of a voltage pattern at all, check for a malfunction of that switch or for damaged or disconnected wiring.
1-1
Scan tool (Buzzer %,i sound)
16FO571
i
TSB Revision
54-222
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
TROUBLESHOOTING QUICK-REFERENCE TABLE For information concerning the locations of electrical components, refer to GENERAL-Theft-alarm System Circuit. 1.
ARMING / DISARMING RELATIONSHIP
Trouble symptom The system is not armed (The SECURITY light doesn’t illuminate, and the alarm doesn’t function.) (The central door locking system functions normally. If the central locking system does not function normally, refer to GROUP 42.) The arming procedures are followed, but the SECURITY light does not illuminate. (There is an alarm, however, when an alarm test is conducted after about 20 seconds have passed.)
The alarm sounds in error when, while the system is armed, a door or the liftgate is unlocked by using the key.
I
Cause
Check method
Remedy
Damaged or disconnected wiring of ECU power supply circuit
Check by using check chart P.54-224.
Replace the fusible link No. (6) or the fuse No. (19). Repair the harness.
Damaged or disconnected wiring of door switch input circuit
Check by using check chart P.54-225.
Repair the harness or replace the door switch.
Damaged or disconnected wiring of SECURITY light activation circuit.
Check by using check chart P.54-229.
Replace the fusible link No. (6) or the fuse No. (1% Repair the harness.
Blown SECURITY light bulb
Replace the bulb.
Malfunction of the ECU.
Replace the ECU.
Damaged or disconnected wiring of a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch input circuit.
If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P&f-227.
Repair the harness or replace a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch.
Malfunction of a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch. Malfunction of the ECU.
2.
Replace the ECU.
ACTIVATION / DEACTIVATION RELATIONSHIP
Trouble symptom
Cause
Check method
Remedy
There is no alarm when, as an alarm test, a door is opened without using the key. (The arming and disarming are normal, and the alarm is activated when the liftgate or hood is opened.)
Damaged or disconnected wiring of door switch (all doors) input circuit
If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-225.
Repairthe harness or replace the door switch.
There is no alarm when, as an alarm test, the liftgate is opened without using the key. (The alarm is activated, however, by opening a door or the hood.)
Damaged or disconnected wiring of liftgate switch input circuit
Malfunction of the door switch
Replace the ECU.
Malfunction of the ECU
Malfunction of the liftgate switch. Malfunction of the ECU.
TSB Revision
If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-228.
Repair the harness or replace the liftgate switch.
Replace the ECU.
54-223
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System Trouble symptom
Cause
There is no alarm when, as an Damaged or disconnected alarm test, the hood is opened wiring of hood switch input from within the vehicle. circuit. (The alarm is activated, however, I by opening a door or the liftgate.) Malfunction of the hood switch. Malfunction of the ECU. Engine would not start [Engine There is a short-circuit of starting is possible when the the starter relay activation starter relay is in the switched-off circuit (normally closed) condition, with the clutch switch in the switch-off and the ECU harness connector disconnected.]
Check method
Remedy
If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart p.54-225.
Repairthe harness or replace the hood switch.
-
Replace the ECU.
Check by using check chart P.54-234.
Repair the harness.
When, as a test of the alarm, a Damaged or disconnected Check by using check door or the liftgate is opened wiring of headlight power chart P.54-231, 232. without using the key, orthe hood supply circuit or headlight is opened from within the vehicle, activation circuit the horn and the theft-alarm horn sound but the headlights don’t flash. (The headlights can, how- M al f u n c t i o n of the ECU ever, be switched. ON by using the passing switch.) The headlights flash during an alarm test but the horn orthe theft alarm horn does not sound.
Damaged or disconnected wiring of horn relay power supply circuit or horn activation circuit Damaged or disconnected wiring of the theft-alarm horn relay power supply circuit or the theft-alarm horn activation circuit.
Check by using check chart P.54-229,230,231.
Malfunction of the ECU. The system is not deactivated nhen, during an alarm test in which the alarm is intentionally activated, the door or liftgate is Jnlocked by using the key. :The system also cannot be disarmed.)
Damaged or disconnected wiring of door key cylinder and liftgate unlock switch input circuit
Repairthe harness or replace the diode Ds. Replace the headlight relay or the headlight.
Replace the ECU.
Repair the harness. Replace the horn. Replace dedicated fuse No. (6) or the fusible link No. (6).
Replace the ECU. If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-227,228.
Repair the harness. Replace the key cylinder switch or the liftgate switch.
Malfunction of door keycylinder and liftgate unlock switch. Malfunction of the ECU
Replace the ECU.
ECU: Electronic Control Unit NOTE If the lifigate unlock switch or door key cylinder unlock switch is operated roughly, or if these switches have been installed incorrectly or switches themselves are defective the ECU may not accept the warning or alarm cancelling signal. In such case, the alarm operation will take place when the door is opened using a key. [When the door key cylinder switch has been shorted, however, if the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECU judges the detection-switch as faulty and thereafter, it will prevent setting of (warning) alarm until the shorting is corrected.] If the liftgate is opened using a key and is left opened when the door key cylinder switch system has a trouble (wiring harness damage, open circuit, etc.), the ECU judges it as the liftgate holding mode and does not produce alarm even when the door is opened.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem
J, , c-66fl
1 -1 c-77
WC’ 1l----i 2 2
I
A.Ilx @j&j
E
JJT k!ifkBoR
CHECKING THE CIRCUIT AND INDIVIDUAL PART 1. ETACS POWER-SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS Description of operation The battery supplies a stabilized 5 V power supply to the ECU, via the constant-voltage circuit and terminal 51 (which is directly connected to the battery). ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector).
51
ECU terminal No. 51
Signal ECU power supply
Condition At all times
\ L)
Terminal voltage 12v
L)
EYZIF E b ml
J,“I:6, p$zsq c-s’
,.,!!I
L
I
I 2 c-58 3466 m [01 ECU
r 1
2. KEY-REMINDER SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation The key-reminder switch is switched OFF and HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU when the key is inserted into the ignition key cylinder: when the key is removed, the key-reminder switch is switched ON and LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector). ECU terminal No. 64
!i I i NDER %,lcH
Signal Key-reminder switch
Condition
Terminal voltage
Key removed
12 V
Key inserted
0V
C-66
d 1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
54-225
3. HOOD SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the hood is closed (the hood switch is switched OFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU: When the hood is opened (the hood switch is switched ON), LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the. ECU connector). ECU terminal No.
Signal Hood switch Hood
18
Terminal voltage
condition Open
OV
Closed 5 V* *
Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.
-
4. DOOR SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the door is closed (the door switch is switched OFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU: When the door is opened (the door switch is switched ON), LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU). ECU
terminal No. 10
I *
L
NOTE rl:UP to 1 9 9 3 moaels f2:From 1 9 9 4 modet.s KX55-AK-R540¶-N
TSB Revision
Signal
Terminal voltage
Condition
Driver door Driver switch door
Open
Passenger door switch
Open
0
ger door Closed I
I
Passen,
OV
Closed 5 V* V 5 v*
I
Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.
54-226
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 5. DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When a door is locked by the lock knob or the key, the door lock actuator switch is switched OFF, and HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU. These signals activate the timer circuit of the R ECU, thereby causing the activation circuit to function, thus R activating the door lock actuator of all doors. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector). ECU terminal No. 13
14
*
TSB Revision
Signal
t!I(
Door lock actuator switch (driver door)
Condition
Terminal voltage
Lock: Door 5 V’ lock ac- OFF tuator Unlock: ON 0 V switch
Lock: ‘5 v* loor lock ac- Door uator switch lock ac- OFF :passenger tuator Unlock: ON 0 V joor) switch
Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.
54-227
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
6. DOOR KEY CYLINDER UNLOCK AND LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT
:Up to 1993 models>
Description of operation When the door key is rotated or the liftgate key is unlocked, R LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU R connector). ECU
Condition
Signal
Terminal voltage
terminal No. 19
Door key cyl-
Door Not 5V key cyl- rotate inder Rotate 0 V 0-W
inder unlock switch
20
Door Not key cyl- rotate
5v
rotate
ov
inder (W Liftgate
Liftgate unlock switch
Lock
5
V
Unlock 0 V
Condition
fl’WABdif Tr--
5v
Door Not key cyl- rotate
inder 0-W 19
cIii@w -a 2% - - *Yasw -_ _ ,. D : G E F ’ : f k G W b B L 3 & i $ ! I!I I gT%Efi El-l 8# ?r SwYbH or, ‘?a8 @gF-23 2
Terminal voltage
m 2 ai23 *
20
-T’&
•iJ
KXSS-NC-R5‘05-N
I TSB Revision
Rotate 0 V
5v
Door key cylinder unlock
Door Not key cyl- rotate
switch
inder W-0
Rotate 0 V
Liftgate
Lock
Liftgate unlock switch
L
5
V
Unlock 0 V
54-228
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem 7. LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the liftgate is closed (the liftgate switch is switched ROFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU. When the liftgate is opened (the liftgate switch is switched R ON), LOWlevel signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector). ECU terminal No. 17
l
1 TSB Revision
Signal
Condition I
Terminal voltage
Liftgate switch _ Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.
54-229
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
8. SECURITY LIGHT ACTIVATION CIRCUIT Description of operation If all doors are in locked state after key-less locking, the ECU transistor is turned ON and the security light comes on. Checking the security light activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU and check at the wiring harness side.) step
1 JS! E-04 @y&fiNAT! ON 6 .$
Check object
Normal condition
Malfunction
D-04 connector terminal voltage 51
12v
ov
SECURITY
3 152
2
D-04 connector terminal voltage 52
12v
ov
Cause
Remedy
Fuse (19) damaged or disconnetted
Replace the fuse
Harness damaged or disconnetted, or shortcircuit
Repair the harness
Damaged or disconnected wiring of SECURITY light bulb
Replace the bulb
Harness
Repair the harness
dam-
aged or disconnetted 3
ECU terminal voltage 57
12v
ov
damHarness aged or disconnetted, or shortcircuit
Repair the harness
i
9. HORN RELAY POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to the horn relay. Checking the horn relay power-supply circuit (Disconnect the horn relay)
FUSIBLE LINK CE) m z al r
0
z!
Malfunc-
%BECATED
Cause
Remedy
Fuse (3) damaged or disconnetted
Replace the fuse
Damaged or disconnected harness
Repair the harness
tion m CL
connector terminal
1
TO THE ECU
TO THE HORN
TSB Revision
54-230
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System .,i”i, LlNl Q
? a / ;
spored
10. dl
10. HORN ACTIVATION CIRCUIT Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the horn relay to activate the horn. Checking the horn activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector No.58, and activate the horn relay.) Step
z “2 I A-as ’ EL? I I3 ig”‘“, 1 u~cw ~ I A.,Op+JIi3 x c! 6
1
IZ)Y.l,.-”
Check object
Nor- 1 I mat Malcondi- Ifunction I tion
I Cause
Remedy
Horn relay termivoltage nal (4-Ground)
12v
ov
Malfunction of the horn relay
Check the horn relay (Refer to P.54-118.)
Horn terminal voltage (LH & R H ) (1 -Ground)
12v
ov
Harness damaged or disconnetted
Repair the harness
Horn terminal voltage (LH & R H ) (1 -Ground)
Horn Horn soun doesn’t ds (0 sound V) (0 w
Malfunction of the horn
Replace the horn
Battery voltage
Damaged or disconnected wiring of ground circuit
Repair the harness
11. THEFT ALARM HORN RELAY POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to theft alarm horn relay. Checking the horn relay power-supply circuit (Disconnect the theft alarm horn relay) Check object THEFT A L A R M HORN RELAY connector terminal voltage 1
TSB Revision
Normal condition 12v
Malfunction ov
Cause
Remedy
Fuse (14) damaged or disconnetted
Replace the fuse
Damaged or disconnected harness
Repair the harness
54-231
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
12. THEFT ALARM HORN ACTIVATION ClRCUlT Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the theft alarm horn relay to activate the horn. Checking the horn activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector No. 58, and activate the theft alarm horn relay.)
Fwbk link (6)
A-26 8=
ECU
A 27
’ Theftalarm 1 * horn
al i
Z16FO342
i
13. HEADLIGHT POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to the headlight relay. Checking the headlight power-supply circuit (Disconnect the headlight relay) Check object (Wiring harness side) terminal voltage (5-Ground)
L
TO Ecu auO-U-RS4I2-Y I
1 TSB Revision
Normal condition 12 v
Malfunction ov
Cause
Remedy
Fusible link (3) blown
Replace the fusible link
Damaged or disconnected harness
Repair the harness
54-232
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
14. HEADLIGHT ACTIVATION CIRCUIT
k&w; ._s____. ’ om- 4 3 R-? -5 R
I c-m 3 C-82 5 w *
JO
ta
ii
Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicles door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the headlight relay to active the headlight.
TSB Revision
Checking the headlight activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector 2, and activate the headlight relay.)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem
54-233
1993 models> Check object
Normal condition
Malfunction
Cause
Remedy
1
Headlight relay terminal voltage (4-Ground)
12v
OV
Malfunction of the headlight relay
Check the headlight relay (Refer to P.54-108.)
2
Headlight (3-Ground)
12v
OV
Harness damaged or disconnected
Repair the harness
3
Headlight termi- Column switch: O V nal voltage Low (1 -Ground) 12v Column switch: Hi
The headlight isn’t turned on.
Malfunction of the headlight. Harness damaged or disconnected. Malfunction of column switch.
Replace the headlight or column switch. Repair the harness.
terminal
voltage
Headlight termi- Column switch: 12v voltage Low nal (2-Ground) Column switch: OV Hi
cFron n 1994 models> SW
Check object
Normal condition
Malfunction
Cause
Remedy
1
Headlight relay terminal voltage (CGround)
12v
ov
Malfunction of the headlight relay
Check the headlight relay (Refer to P.54-108.)
voltage
12v
ov
Harness damaged or disconnected
Repair the harness
Column switch: Low
12v
The headlight isn’t turned on.
Malfunction of the headlight. Harness damaged or disconnected. Malfunction of column switch.
Replace the headlight switch. or column Repair the harness.
, id 2 3
Headlight i (2-Ground)
I
terminal -r
Headlight (HI) terminal voltage (1 -Ground)
Column switch: OV Hi Column switch: OV Low
Headlight (LO) terminal voltage (2-Ground) /
Column switch: OV Hi
TSB Revision
54-234
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
15. STARTER RELAY ACTIVATION CIRCUIT lgnlllon
Battery
Key reminder swtch
switch (STI
Lo & A1
Theftalarm starter 03 52 relay
“: Y
. ..-I . OY a.’ ‘pa 3
N
PI/l
C-56
i M/T
ECUm
B-23 l -
PANWNEUTNLl. PONlTlON WITCH :1 (prom 1993 NODEL)
:2 Starter motor
cm2 N@nEL> 216Fcas
Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door etc. are opened without use of the key. This turns OFF the starter relay and power ceases to be supplied to the starter magnet switch. Checking the starter relay activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, depress fully the clutch pedal and activate the starter relay) SW
Check object
1
Starter relay terminal voltage (2-Ground)
2
Starter motor terminal (1 -Ground)
I
Normal condition
Malfunction
12v 12v
t (Starter motor connector B-24: Separation) 3
Continuity between “B-24” 0 Q connector and ground
Cause
Remedy
ov
Malfunction of the starter relay
Check the starter relay
ov
Harness damaged or disconnected
Repair the harness
:
-cl
( TSB Revision
Damaged magnet switch
:
Replace magnet switch
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A ii
ABS POWER RELAY, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 35-82-l RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-110-1 SIGNAL, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-176,277-i ACCELERATOR CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4-l SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-51-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4-l ACTIVE AERO SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-7-l ACTIVE EXHAUST CONTROL UNIT, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 13A-173,274-l SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-40-l AERO PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-19-l AIR BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520-74-l MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-82, 87-l AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9-l ELEMENT, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-l AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-54-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6-l COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-4-l SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-16-l
B BALL JOINT SEALS, Maintenance . . . . BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . BASIC IDLE SPEED, Adjustment . . . . . . BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discharged, Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . BELT LOCK CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . BLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOOSTER, Clutch . . . . . . . . BOOST METER, On-vehicle Inspection BRAKE Parking . . . . . . . . . . ..*............. BOOSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-l .......... 13A-91,217-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-55-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-3-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-82-l . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32,74-t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-35-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6-l . . . . . . . . . 13A-171,273-l
................. 36-8-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-87-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l
1
DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-93,103-l Front, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-70-I Rear, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-73-l FLUID LEVEL SENSOR, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l HOSES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-91-l LINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-74-l PAD Disc, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-66-l Disc, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . ..~..................>. . . . . . . . . . 35-71-l PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-84-l Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . 35-63-l BUMPER Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-8-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-13-l
CAMSHAFT OIL SEALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21-l POSITION SENSOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . 13A-103,225-l CATALYTIC CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-71-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-30-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l CD AUTO CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-191-11 CENTER PILLAR GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-33-l CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-49-l CHARGE AIR COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11-l CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l.6-2-11 CIGARETTE LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-123-k CLOCK SPRING, SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-74-I CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-57-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-101,223-l CLUTCH BOOSTER OPERATING, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6-l CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-l O-I COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20-l DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20-I MASTER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-14-l PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-8-l Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-5-l RELEASE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-16-I VACUUM LINE cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18-I COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-112-11 COMBINATION GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-33-k COMBINATION LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 COMBINATION METERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-31-11 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-123,236-l CONDENSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-40-I Limited Slip, Check cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-15-t CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-25-l DISC BRAKE Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...35-93-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-103-I PADS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-41-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l INSIDE HANDLE, Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-16-l LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l MIRROR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-31-l REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..42-42- 1 WATERPROOF FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-42-l WINDOW GLASS, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l DRIP LINE WEATHERSTRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-63-l DRIVE BELT Compressor, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18-l Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-47-I Tension, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7-l Tension, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l DRIVE SHAFT Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...26-12-l Rear...............................................27-19- I BOOTS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-l OIL SEALS, Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-53-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-15-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-5-l
E ECS On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,338-l 1 -I CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-20-I INDICATOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-18-I EGR SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-164,269-l SYSTEM, Inspection .................................. 17-67-l TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-i35,246-I VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68-l VALVE CONTROL VACUUM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-67-l ELECTRICAL LOAD SWITCH, On-vehicle Inspection 13A-127,238-l ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT CABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-119-l ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18-l CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-5-l
COOLANT Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-51 -I Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4-l COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-l COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Engine and Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-I On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-93,219-l HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-18-l MOUNTING .......................................... 32-3-l OIL, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-47-l OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36-l OIL FILTER, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l ROLL STOPPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-6-l SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-59-l EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-57-l Check for Leaks and Clogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-l PURGE SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-64-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-162,268-l EVAPORATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-37-l EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-66-l MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-26-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-28-l PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-33-l SYSTEM Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-40-l Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-60-l
F FAN MOTOR Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-46-l RELAY, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-129.240-t FEEDER CABLE, Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 FENDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-24-l FILLER TUBE CAP, Fuel Tank, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l FLOOR CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-1 O-I FLOOR PAN, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-16-l FOG LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-105-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-109-11 FRONT IMPACT SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526-68-l FUEL FILLER DOOR, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-10-I GAUGE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I HOSES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-l LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-8-I PRESSURE SOLENOID, On-vehicle Inspection ... 13A-166,270-l PRESSURE TEST, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . 13A-180,279-l PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-72,200-l PUMP CIRCUIT RESISTOR, On-vehicle Inspection . 13A-84,211-l PUMP OPERATION CHECK, On-vehicle Inspection 13A-179,279-l PUMP RELAY N0.2, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . 13A-84,211-l SYSTEM, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-I FUEL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-3-I FILLER DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-23-l FILLER TUBE CAP, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-54-l
3
ALPHABETICAL INDEX FUNCTION, Check (4WS) . . . . . . . . . . . . .37B-5-l
G GARNISHES . . . . . . . . . ......................... 51-15-l GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-12-11 GLASS Center Pillar . ............... ...... 42-33-l D o o r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . . . . . 42-43-l . . . . . . 42-12-l Door Window, Adjustment Liftgate . . . . . . . . 42-38-l Quarter Window . . . . . . . 42-34-l Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-26-l G SENSOR.. . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l . . . . . . . . 35-117-l
H HAZARD SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-110-11 HEADLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-103-11 HEADLINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-16-l HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-137,247-l HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l HEATER CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-30-I HEATER UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34-l HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...42-18-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-11 -I HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-115-11 RELAY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 HYDRAULIC UNIT CABS>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-110-I Check .............................................35-76-l I IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR (Stepper Motor Type) On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-153,263-l IDLE MIXTURE, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12-l IDLE SPEED Basic, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-55-l Curb,Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11-l IGNITION CABLES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-l COIL, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-158,264-l POWER TRANSISTOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . 13&158,264-l SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-6-11 SWITCH-IG, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-65, 193-l SWITCH-ST, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-113,230-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-112,229-l SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-45-11 TIMING,‘Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9-l IMPACT SENSORS, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-68-I INDUCTION CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-133,242-l INJECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-286-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-144,257-l INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52A-5-l INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-88,215-l CHARGE PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . 15-7-l INTAKE MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17-l PLENUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-l 3-l
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15-l
5-l
K KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM .... KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . KICKDOWN SERVO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KNOCK SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . KNUCKLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
................. 23-51-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-52-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-47-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-289-l . . . . . . . . . . 13A-125,237-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-6-l
L LASH ADJUSTERS Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15-l Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-l 7-l LATCH, Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l LEFT MEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-8-l LEVER, Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8-l LICENSE PLATE LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-20-I Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-11-l GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-38-l LIGHT Indicator, ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-105-11 Front Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 High Mounted Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 Rear Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 Switch, Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33B-19-l LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-35-11 LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL Check cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-l 5-l Rear Axle, Oil Change, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-40-I LOOSE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-25-l LOWER ARM Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33A-10-I Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 34-29-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-9-l
M MAIN MUFFLER . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING . ....... MANUAL TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... Maintenance . MASTER CYLINDER . . . ....... Clutch . . . . . . . . ....... MIRROR, Door.. _. . ....... MIXTURE CONTROL (MFI) System ....... M O T O R A N T E N N A . . . . . ....... MOTOR RELAY CABS>, Check . ....... MOULDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... MUFFLER, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. . . . . . . .._.._............._._._. MUFFLER MODE CHANGEOVER SWITCH On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . _. . . . .
.......... 15-30-I . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6-l . . . . . . . . . . 22-13-l . . . . . . . . . . . 22-2-l . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-I . . . . . . . . . . 35-87-l . . . . . . . . . . 21-14-l . . . . . . . . . . 51-31-l . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-I . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 . . . . . . . . . . 35-83-l . . . . . . . . . . 51-15-l . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30-I . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l ... 13A-131,241-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
0 OIL Transmission, Replacement eAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..22-15- 1 CFwD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l COOLER Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36-l Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23-62-l COOLER HOSES, Transaxle .......................... 23-62-l COOLER TUBES, Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l FILTER, Engine, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l LEVEL, Gear, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8-l SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-52-l SHOCK ABSORBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-36-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-13-l SOLENOID EGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-I EGR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-164,269-l Evaporative Emission Purge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to E Fuel Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to F Turbocharger Waste Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to T SPARK PLUG Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-I CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-36-11 SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-187-11 SPEEDOMETER CABLE Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23-~-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-113-l SPEED SENSOR, Wheel, Output Voltage Measurement . . . . 35-75-l SRS Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-53-I DIAGNOSIS UNIT (SDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-71-I STABILIZER BAR Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33A-12-l Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...34-38-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-16-l
5
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
i
STARTER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-23-11 STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-19-11 STEERING Angle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-6-l ANGULAR VELOCITY SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-18-l GEAR BOX, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-18-l LINKAGE SEALS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-14-I STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-14-l Centering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-7-l Free Play Check ................................... .37A-6-l Return to Center Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l STOP LIGHT High Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I STRUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33A-7-l SUN ROOF ........................................... 42-56-l SUSPENSION Rear cAWD> ........................................... 34-26-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...34-7-l SWITCH Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to A Air Conditioning Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . Refer to A Closed Throttle Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to C Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-112-11 ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33B-18-l Electrical Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-127,238-i Fog Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-l 09-11 Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-110-11 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-6-11 Ignition-lG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I Ignition-ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I Muffler Mode Changeover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to M Parking Brake, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-4-l Park/Neutral Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to P Pop-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-l 09-11 Position Detection ................................. 338-19-I Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to P Rear Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-203-11 Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 9-l
T
i:
TAPE PLAYER ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM ......................... THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THROTTLE BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THROTTLE BODY (Throttle Valve Area), Cleaning ... THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIE ROD END BALL JOINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIMING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRAILING ARM cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURBOCHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BYPASS VALVE, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPERCHARGING PRESSURE . . . . . . WASTE GATE SOLENOID Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
................ 22-17-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-5-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-22-l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-47-l ................ 22-15-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-11-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-42-l ................ 15-20-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-23-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6-l
................. 15-8-l . . . . . . . . . 13A-169,271-l
U UPPER ARM . . . . . ............................ 34-29-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-9-l
V VACUUM TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18-I VALVE RELAY CABS>, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-83-l VAPOR LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-8-I VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR (DC Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-174,276-l SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5-l VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-117, 119,231,233-l VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l SYSTEM, Positive Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l VALVE, Positive Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l VENTILATORS (Air Inlet and Air Outlet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52-l (Instrument Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-50-I VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR Engine and Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-85,212-l
W WASHER Rear . . . . . . . . . . .............. Windshield . . . . . . .............. WATERPROOF FILM, Door .............. WATER PUMP . . . . . WEATHERSTRIP, Drip Line WHEEL . . . . ALIGNMENT Front . .._............................. Rear . .._.......................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEARING Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . End Play Check cFWD> . . . . . . . . W H E E L S P E E D S E N S O R . .
. . . 51-28-I . 51-25-l . . . 42-42-l . . 14-11-l . . . . . 42-63-l . . . 31-4-l . . . . .33A-6-l
. . . . . 34-25-l . . . . . . 34-5-l . . .33A-6-t 27-3-L 34-6-l 35-113-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX Output Voltage Measurement . WINDOW GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . Door, Adjustment.. . . . . . Quarter . . . . . . . . . WINDSHIELD . . . . . . . . WASHER . . . . . . . . . WIPER . . . . . . . .
...................... 35-75-i ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
42-26-l 42-12-l 42-34-l 42-29-l 51-25-l 51-25-l
RJHY506014-734